Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Channel allocation

Subclass of:

455 - Telecommunications

455403000 - RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM

455422100 - Zoned or cellular telephone system

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
455452100 Dynamic allocation 468
455453000 Load balancing 64
455454000 Spectrum sharing for different type of system (e.g., point-to-point microwave, television, etc.) 15
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20080280621Method and System For Signaling Available Channels in a Wireless Network - In order to better and more easily identify candidate APs and/or channels, an AP can transmit frames announcing its capabilities in a channel where it is not serving. For example, if an AP is operating in channel 11-13-2008
20110177824WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, SPECIFIC INFORMATION DELIVERY METHOD, AND SPECIFIC INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD - In a wireless base station, a specific information receiver receives specific information delivered from a higher-level device to a wireless terminal. A specific information deliverer delivers the specific information to the wireless terminal via multiple physical channels activated in a wireless base station. Where a common channel via which information is periodically broadcast to multiple wireless terminals and a shared channel of which available radio resources are allocated to wireless terminals to transmit voice data and the like to the terminals are activated in the wireless base station, for example, the specific information deliverer can deliver the specific information using the common channel if the wireless terminal is in a standby state, and can deliver the specific information using the shared channel if the wireless terminal is in a communicating state.07-21-2011
20110177821System and Method for Scheduling Users on a Wireless Network - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to operate with user devices includes scheduling a first user device in a first slot, scheduling the first user device for at least one further slot, and transmitting an assignment for the at least one further slot to the first user device. The first slot has a first resource block (RB) and a first transmission time interval (TTI) and the at least one further slot has the first RB and a second TTI.07-21-2011
20110201345PHYSICAL CELL ID ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a Physical Cell ID (PCI) allocation method and a base station. The PCI allocation method includes the following steps: a target base station obtains a usable PCI list sent by an Operations And Maintenance (OAM) function entity, and removes limited PCIs of the target cell from the usable PCI list to obtain a selectable PCI set (step S08-18-2011
20100035620WIRELESS SYSTEM - The capacity of a cellular wireless system is increased by operation of base stations or base station sectors arranged to re-use radio resource elements that are used by neighbouring base stations or base station sectors, in conjunction with operation of relay stations, which are similarly arranged to re-use radio resource elements used by neighbouring relay stations, and where the radio resource elements re-used by the relay stations are different to those used by the base stations. The relay stations provide coverage, particularly in the areas at the boundaries between the areas of coverage of base stations that suffer from interference between signals transmitted from the respective base stations. In addition, the relay stations generally increase the average available carrier to interference ratio compared with a system in which base stations alone are deployed. The scheme for the allocation of radio resource elements ensures in particular that interference is avoided between signals transmitted from a base station and signals transmitted from a relay station in radio resource elements allocated to control data.02-11-2010
20130029679BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A base station apparatus including a reconnection request signal receiving unit configured to receive a reconnection request signal transmitted from a mobile apparatus, the reconnection request signal being for the mobile apparatus requesting reconnection to the base station apparatus, a status detection unit configured to detect whether a status of the mobile apparatus immediately before transmitting the reconnection request signal corresponds to a status where a frequency band measurement period is activated, the frequency band measurement period causing the mobile apparatus to measure a frequency band different from a frequency band for a radio access technology for use in radio communication between the mobile apparatus and the base station apparatus, a response signal generation unit configured to generate a response signal to the reconnection request signal, the response signal generation unit generating, if the status detection unit determines that the frequency band measurement period is activated, the response signal including an indication signal for causing the mobile apparatus to activate the frequency band measurement period and a response signal transmitting unit configured to transmit the generated response signal to the mobile apparatus is disclosed.01-31-2013
20120202507BASE BAND POOL DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING BASE BAND DATA SWITCH THEREOF - A baseband pool device includes a control unit, and multiple baseband processing units which are connected one another. The control unit is configured to determine one or more baseband processing units participating in data processing according to a size of data received by the baseband pool device and baseband data processing capabilities of various baseband processing units, and allocate an identifier of the baseband data to be processed to each baseband processing unit participating in the data processing to construct a data allocation relationship, and respectively transmit the data allocation relationship to the baseband processing units participating in the data processing. The baseband processing units receive the data allocation relationship and process the received data according to the data allocation relationship, or transmit the received data to other baseband processing units of the baseband pool device, or receive data processed and then forwarded by other baseband processing units.08-09-2012
20130029678COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller (01-31-2013
20130029677MULTI-SITE MIMO COOPERATION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method of serving a given data stream to a target mobile terminal, in a cellular communications network that includes a plurality of transmitting sites wherein each transmitting site including at least one antenna, is provided. The method includes designating at least two of the plurality of transmitting sites as cooperating sites; assigning tones to each transmitting site from a sub-band associated with the cooperating sites; dividing the data stream into at least two sub-data streams, each of the sub-data streams for transmission over selected tones; and interlacing tones of the cooperating sites in accordance with a selected one of a time switching and a frequency switching transmit diversity technique. Other techniques for multi-site MIMO cooperation are also provided.01-31-2013
20130029680METHOD IN WHICH A TERMINAL COOPERATES WITH ANOTHER TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT DATA, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE DATA - According to the disclosure of the present description, a method in which a terminal cooperates with another terminal to transmit data to a base station is provided. The method comprises the following steps: if data to be transmitted to a base station exists, mutually exchanging data with another cooperative terminal which belongs to the same cooperative cluster; transmitting, to the base station, a request message for an allocation of an uplink resource for transmitting the data; receiving, from the base station, a permission message for the uplink resource; and, upon receipt of the permission message, transmitting the data and data of said other terminal using the uplink resource in accordance with the permission message.01-31-2013
20110207468BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in low traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently.08-25-2011
20130029676Methods for Enhancing Performance of Open-Access and Closed-Access Femtocells - In a system including one or more femtocells within a service area of a macrocell, a method includes: (a) receiving from a base station information regarding available resources at each femtocell; (b) measuring a signal-interference-to-noise ratio (SINR) at a mobile station relative to the macrocell and each femtocell; and (c) selecting for the mobile station one of the femtocells for a hand-off, wherein the femtostation is selected based on the combined capacity of the macrocell and the femtocells after the hand-off.01-31-2013
20110183679METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO CONTROL INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A method and apparatus for controlling inter-cell interference in an evolved Node-B for a cellular communication system with a frequency reuse factor of 1 are provided. The apparatus includes a bitmap generator for receiving scheduling information from evolved Node-Bs of a plurality of neighbor cells, and for generating scheduling information including its cell's bitmap information for the resource allocation using the received neighbor cells' scheduling information, and a scheduler for scheduling the resource allocation for UEs in its cell based on the scheduling information provided from the bitmap generator and power allocation information of the UEs in its cell.07-28-2011
20110190001Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.08-04-2011
20120184282Apparatus and Method for Providing Access to a Local Area Network - An apparatus, system and method for providing access to a local area network for user equipment operable in a wide area network such as a long term evolution cellular network. In one embodiment, the apparatus (07-19-2012
20120184281UE CAPABILITY REPORT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for reporting a capability of a User Equipment (UE) supporting advanced functions such as Carrier Aggregation (CA) are provided. The method includes checking, when a control message requesting a capability report is received, a Radio Access Technology (RAT) type and transmitting, when the RAT type is set to Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (EUTRA), at least one band combination information on at least one band combination supported by the terminal. The UE capability report method is capable of reporting the UE capability related to advanced functions, such as CA and Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO), to a network efficiently with the least amount of information, thereby resulting in an improvement of radio resource efficiency.07-19-2012
20090191887TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes: determining, at the radio base station NodeB, a maximum granted value that can be notified to the mobile station UE, in accordance with a throughput at which the uplink user data transmitted from the mobile station UE to the radio base station NodeB is successfully received at a point of time; calculating, at the radio base station NodeB, as an allowable value to be notified to the mobile station UE, a granted value not more than the maximum granted value; notifying, from the radio base station NodeB to the mobile station UE, the granted value calculated at the radio base station NodeB, by using a transmission rate control channel; and transmitting, from the mobile station UE, the uplink user data, at the transmission rate corresponding to the granted value notified from the radio base station NodeB.07-30-2009
20090191886TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes: determining, at the radio base station NodeB, a maximum granted value that can be notified to the mobile station UE, in accordance with the happy bit notified from the mobile station UE; calculating, at the radio base station NodeB, as an allowable value to be notified to the mobile station UE, a granted value not more than the maximum granted value; notifying, from the radio base station NodeB to the mobile station UE, the granted value calculated at the radio base station NodeB, by using a transmission rate control channel; and transmitting, from the mobile station UE, the uplink user data, at a transmission rate corresponding to the granted value notified from the radio base station NodeB.07-30-2009
20090191885Broadcast channel transmission method and apparatus - The invention provides for a broadcast channel transmission method comprising delivering broadcast channel data as a series of blocks (07-30-2009
20090191884CHANNEL ELEMENT PACKING AND REPACKING - Providing for efficient utilization of channel element device ladder (CEDL) resources is described herein. By way of example, a received data request can be packed in a first portion of the CEDL and a received voice request can be packed in a second portion of the CEDL. Subsequent requests can be assigned to contiguous channel elements (CEs) of the CEDL within the first or second portion, as suitable. In addition, non-assigned CEs can be maintained in a third portion of the CEDL, by packing requests initially from opposite ends of the first and second portion, and be re-packing dropped traffic within the CEDL. Accordingly, the subject disclosure provides for efficient utilization of CEDL resources both for incoming voice traffic requests and incoming data traffic requests, by packing and maintaining data, voice and un-assigned CEs in contiguous portions of the CEDL.07-30-2009
20090191882Method, apparatus and computer program for signaling channel quality information in a network that employs relay nodes - A relay node receives from user equipments UE CQI reports which give a CQI value per radio band resource RBR, from which are aggregated across the RBRs and/or aggregated per UE across that UE's RBR values. The relay node reports an indication of the average to its controlling access node (eNodeB), either explicitly or implicitly (e.g., a gain applied to the CQI of the downlink between the relay and access nodes). The relay node also checks the UEs' buffer status (actual or predicted) and reports either periodically or based on an underflow/overflow occurrence. For periodic reports, each UE buffer experiencing the overrun/underrun is reported.07-30-2009
20110195719Configuration of Nodes for Local Data Transmission Which are Under an Overlay Wide Area Macro Network Operated on the Same Frequency Layer - At a node for local data transmission which is under an overlay wide area macro network operated on the same frequency layer, conditions of a wide area cell of the overlay wide area macro network are obtained, wherein the wide area cell is measured as a cell with a certain received signal level at a location of the node. Based on the conditions of the wide area cell, an allocation of channels for local area data transmission from the node is set such that interference of the channels for the local area data transmission with allocated wide area channels of the wide area cell is avoided or minimized.08-11-2011
20130029675METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for direction communications in a wireless communication system. In the direct communication support method of a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, when a base station receives a direct communication request message from a first terminal to request a direct communication with a second terminal without going through the base station, the base station then allocates resources to be used for the direct communication and transmits resource allocation information to the first and second terminals.01-31-2013
20100159940METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLEXIBLE SPECTRUM ALLOCATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The disclosed embodiments provide for methods and systems for flexibly allocating a shared frequency spectrum to a plurality of users, the spectrum may have a first number of segments, each segment having a second number of clusters associated with a certain sector/cell. In one aspect, a method for flexibly allocating a shared frequency spectrum to a plurality of users comprises the acts of fixedly assigning a first group of clusters to a first group of users, such that the first group of users stay fixed to the assigned clusters, and assigning a second group of clusters to a second group of users, such that the second group of users hop within the assigned clusters.06-24-2010
20100056169DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL WITH LIMIT TO DYNAMIC RANGE USING DETECTION OF DOWNLINK TRANSMIT POWER - An apparatus and method is provided for dynamic range power control of a wireless downlink communication signal, such that target signal quality adjustments are held temporarily when it is apparent that transmit power control commands will not produce the desired response at the transmitting station. Comparisons of measured received signals to thresholds are performed to determine whether the transmitting station has either reached the maximum or minimum transmit power, in which case the target signal quality adjustment is controlled accordingly. When normal transmit power is detected, the target signal quality adjustments are allowed to resume as usual.03-04-2010
20100113040METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE AVOIDING CONTROL SIGNALING CONFLICTS WHEN USING HSARED WIRELESS CARRIER RESOURCES - A base station (05-06-2010
20100113051Random Access Preamble Transmission Design With Multiple Available Random Access Channel Resources - A method for use of a RA preamble with multiple available RACH resources is described. The method includes allocating resources including a plurality of RACH resources for a UE. Information that indicates a dedicated preamble and the allocated resources is sent to the UE. The UE receives the information. A response including the dedicated preamble is generated at the UE. The method also includes the UE sending the response over at least two of the allocated resources. In response to receiving at least one response, a message is transmitted to the UE. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described05-06-2010
20100113050CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR OPTIMIZING SPECTRUM UTILIZATION - An exemplary method of allocating bandwidth to a call for at least one user includes allocating 10 MHz of the bandwidth for a downlink between a base station and the at least one user. 5 MHz of the bandwidth are allocated for an uplink between the user and the base station. A selected amount of bandwidth is aggregated to the allocated 5 MHz for the uplink. The amount of bandwidth that is aggregated is at least one of an additional 3 MHz band or two additional 1.4 MHz bands.05-06-2010
20100113045BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a classification unit configured to classify user apparatuses based on channel state of a radio link, a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) status memory configured to store information indicating which of multiple groups each of one or more of the user apparatuses conducting DRX belongs to, a determination unit configured to determine which of the groups the user apparatuses classified by the classification unit are to belong to with reference to the information stored in the DRX status memory, and an indication unit configured to indicate the determined groups to the user apparatuses. Each of the groups includes one or more of the user apparatuses activating simultaneously. The determination unit is configured to assign one of the user apparatuses having relatively poor channel state to one of the groups having a smaller number of simultaneously activating user apparatuses.05-06-2010
20100075687METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING WIRELESS TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A wireless communications system is described which comprises a plurality of base stations, each comprises at least one beam generating means for generating narrow spatial beams for communicating with respective subscriber devices located along a direction to which the respective narrow beam is currently directed. The system's transmission resources are allocated so that a substantial part of the resources allocated to each of the beam generating means is different from a substantial part of transmission resources allocated to any of the angularly adjacent beam generating means at the respective base station and are different from the substantial part of the resources allocated to beam generating means associated with adjacent base stations and directed towards geographical areas located in a proximity to the geographical area towards which the respective narrow beam is directed.03-25-2010
20100075686SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK CONTROL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Systems and methods of uniquely identifying communication nodes in a wireless communication system are described herein. One embodiment of the disclosure provides a wireless communication apparatus operative in a communication network. The apparatus comprises a transceiver configured to transmit control information over a first frequency range and content data over a second frequency range during a first predetermined time interval. The first frequency range is allocated to carry a first plurality of control blocks for transmitting only the control information. A duration of each of the first plurality of control blocks spans over the entire duration of the first predetermined time interval. The apparatus further comprises a processing circuit configured to direct the control information of the transceiver over the second frequency range for transmission to a base station node.03-25-2010
20100075685Communications session management - A scheduling algorithm is disclosed that allows mobile units, participating in an ongoing communications session, to temporary perform channel-demanding communications operations without ending the session and that is useful in the case of no free radio channels. The algorithm is based on selecting a radio channel for transmitting a radio block based on information of a previous radio channel, no which a previous radio block has been transmitted. The radio block and the previous radio block are based on common information. A mobile unit participating in the communications session selects whether to perform any channel-demanding communications operations on the selected radio channel. By limiting any such other channel-demanding operations to only the selected radio channel, the probability of loss of useful data for the mobile unit during the communications session is minimized.03-25-2010
20100075688RADION BASE STATION DEVICE AND RADIO RESOURCE CONNECTION SWITCHING METHOD - For example, in a radio communication system using an OFDMA method, frequency bandwidth allocated to each sector is modified according to, for example, the number of terminals existing in each sector, and the effective utilization of radio sources is promoted. A radio base station device includes unit to determine the amount allocated to each sector from the amount of radio resources in the base station and unit to switch over the connection states of a plurality of radio resources obtained by dividing the entire radio resources that can be allocated to each sector in the base station according to the determined amount of allocation.03-25-2010
20120244870UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - An uplink radio resource allocation method allocates, at a radio base station, an uplink radio resource used for uplink user data transmission to a mobile station. The method includes: allocating, at the radio base station, the uplink radio resource, so that total received power in an particular cell of the radio base station is equal to a first target value assigned by a radio network controller; and allocating, at the radio station, the uplink radio resource, so that a ratio of first received power from a serving mobile station to second received power from a non-serving mobile station is equal to a second target value assigned by the radio network controller, a serving cell of the serving mobile station being the particular cell, a non-serving cell of the non-serving mobile station being the particular cell.09-27-2012
20090005053Data Flow Control Device and Method for Congestion Avoidance Into Lub and Lur Interfaces of a Radio Access Network of a Mobile Communication Network - A control device (D01-01-2009
20130035105APPLICATION NOTIFICATION AND SERVICE SELECTION USING IN-BAND SIGNALS - In-band signaling may be used between two stations to determine the capabilities of the stations and/or send actionable information between the stations participating in the call. The in-band signals are indicative that the station that is transmitting the in-band signals can use in-band signals as a conduit to send and/or receive various types of information and are used to probe whether the receiving station can operate similarly. If the receiving station detects and reacts to the in-band signals, then both stations can pass control information and data as well as enhancements between each other, without any need of infrastructure upgrade and/or quality compromise to legacy phone users. Additionally or alternatively, out of band interfaces and watermarking may also be used.02-07-2013
20130035102METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING MAC-IS RESET AMBIGUITY FOR COMMON E-DCH TRANSMISSIONS - A method and system in which a UMTS base station determines if any UE has re-acquired a common Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) resource, and responsively transmits a indicator toward an RNC that is adapted to cause the RNC to recognize the beginning of a new transmission session so that the RNC may responsively perform appropriate actions such as flushing the TSN re-ordering queue, restarting a MAC-is re-ordering algorithm and the like.02-07-2013
20130035104METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING AN IDENTITY IDENTIFIER OF AN ELECTRONIC TERMINAL DEVICE - Method for providing an identity identifier of an electronic terminal device. According to the method, via an interface, the electronic device receives a request from the party to provide an identity identifier, which has at least a request identifier. Via a communication link between the electronic terminal device and a server device assigned to the first communication network, a key to encode an identity identifier assigned to the electronic terminal device is transmitted from the server device to the electronic terminal device. By means of the key, at least the identity identifier in the electronic terminal device is encoded. The at least encoded identity identifier is linked to the request identifier received in the electronic terminal device, transmitted from the electronic terminal device to the server device, and decoded in the server device. The decoded identity identifier, together with the linked request identifier, is provided for transmission to the party.02-07-2013
20130035103METHODS FOR TRANSMIT ANTENNA SWITCHING DURING UPLINK ACCESS PROBING - Electronic devices may be provided that contain wireless communication circuitry. The wireless communication circuitry may include radio-frequency transceiver circuitry coupled to first and second antennas. An electronic device may send network access probe signals to a base station in a wireless network. If the base station responds with a corresponding acknowledgement, the electronic device and base station may establish a wireless communication link such as a cellular telephone link. In response to failure to receive the acknowledgement signal from the base station, the electronic device may increase the transmit power of a successive network access probe signal. The electronic device may switch between use of the first and second antennas when transmitting the network access probe signals. The electronic device may alternate between the first and second antennas or may use other antenna usage patterns.02-07-2013
20090104913RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FREQUENCY SELECTION - A radio communication device and a method for controlling frequency selection. In an embodiment of the invention, a radio communication device may include a first radio modem circuit, a first medium access control circuit assigned to the first radio modem circuit, a second radio modem circuit, a second medium access control circuit assigned to the second radio modem circuit, and a control interface circuit configured to control the first medium access control circuit and the second medium access control circuit.04-23-2009
20130079025METHOD FOR SCHEDULING RADIO ACTIVITIES FOR MULTIPLE RAT MODULES SHARING ONE ANTENNA IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication apparatus is provided. A processor is coupled to a first radio access technology (RAT) module, a second RAT module and a radio transceiver shared by the first and second RAT modules. The first RAT module camps on a first serving cell belonging to a first wireless network and is in a packet transfer mode to perform data transfer in the first wireless network via the radio transceiver. The second RAT module camps on a second serving cell belonging to a second wireless network. The processor schedules the second RAT module to receive at least one neighbor cell's information in a portion of a plurality of predetermined frames during the data transfer of the first RAT module via the radio transceiver.03-28-2013
20090181688AUTOMATIC ALLOCATION OF AREA CODES FOR FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENT - The invention relates to a method of automatically allocating an area code to a first femtocell (f07-16-2009
20090181687Sounding reference signal arrangement - A method, apparatus, and computer program embodied on a computer-readable medium to create an uplink message to be transmitted to a base station, the created uplink message comprises a sounding reference signal based on accessed data. An uplink scheduling grant signal is received via downlink, from the base station, in response to the transmission of the uplink message. An uplink data transmission is transmitted to the base station responsive to the received uplink scheduling grant signal.07-16-2009
20100041412MEASUREMENT CONTROL METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE - A measurement control method, a UE, and a network-side device are provided to solve the problem in the prior art that no measurement control solution can ensure the UE to perform a measurement and obtain a measurement result in time, as well as reduce the impact of the measurement on the performance of the UE. The method includes the following steps. The UE receives measurement indication information provided by the network side; and the UE performs a measurement after determining that the UE needs to perform the measurement according to the measurement indication information, which ensures that the UE may not perform the measurement frequently but pertinently, and reduces the impact of the measurement on the performance of the UE to the utmost extent.02-18-2010
20100041411HIERARCHICAL CLUSTERING FRAMEWORK FOR INTER-CELL MIMO SYSTEMS - A method for wireless communications is provided. The method includes forming a first set of wireless components into a master cluster that provides upper level service functionality to a subset of user devices. The method includes forming a second set of wireless components into a nested cluster that is associated with the master cluster, where the nested cluster provides data transfer to and from the subset of user devices.02-18-2010
20100041410Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - In a method of improved channel-sounding transmissions between a base station in communication with a user equipment in a telecommunication system, the user equipment receiving (SO) an assigned channel-sounding transmission pattern from the base station, and transmitting (S02-18-2010
20100041409Method of transmitting data in multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system - A method of transmitting data in a multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system is provided. The method includes dividing the data into common data and private data, determining a transmission rate and/or a transmission power of the common data and the private data, respectively and transmitting the common data and the private data at the determined transmission rate and/or transmission power. It is possible to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve the performance of the system.02-18-2010
20090156226Method of Signalling Uplink Information - A method of signaling on a downlink, information regarding scheduling resources allocated in uplink, is provided, wherein the information is contained in an uplink scheduling information message, which is formatted to contain a subset of content of any subsequent uplink scheduling information message in an ordered set of message formats. Each uplink scheduling information message selected from the set is punctured into a symbol of a downlink user data allocation.06-18-2009
20090156224WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CANCELING DIRECT LINK MODE - In a wireless communication system (06-18-2009
20100105402METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting control information includes receiving a control information request, transmitting primary control information responding the control information request through a primary control channel and transmitting secondary control information responding the control information request through a secondary control channel, wherein the primary control channel uses data subcarriers and the secondary control channel uses pilot subcarriers.04-29-2010
20100105400SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING RADIO SPECTRUM INTERESTS - Map-based systems and methods may be used to identify favorable opportunities for transferring apportioned spectrum use rights. Holders of spectrum use rights may generate and disseminate maps illustrating portions of available and non-available spectrum use rights. In addition, spectrum users may generate and disseminate maps illustrating desired spectrum. By comparing graphical representations of spectrum availability to desired spectrum, available spectrum use rights of holders may be matched to the desired spectrum of users. Use rights in matched spectrum may then be offered by holders and/or requested or bid upon by users.04-29-2010
20100105403Method For Repetitive Transmissions - The present invention relates to method, and apparatus relating to cellular radio communication (04-29-2010
20100105404ACKNOWLEDGMENT BASED ON SHORT CELL RADIO NETWORK TEMPORARY IDENTIFIER - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate identifying resources upon which an acknowledgment can be sent or received in a wireless communication environment that leverages coordinated multi-point (CoMP). The resources can be identified based upon a criterion that can be identifiable to a non-anchor cell base station (as well as an anchor cell base station, a mobile device, etc.). The criterion can be an identifier corresponding to a mobile device, where the identifier maps to a predetermined set of resources. Examples of the identifier can include a media access control identifier (MACID), a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a short C-RNTI, etc. Further, the criterion can be physical resources corresponding to a transmission, where the acknowledgment is responsive to the transmission. Moreover, the acknowledgment can be sent or received in connection with a cooperation technique (e.g., joint transmission via inter-site packet sharing, cooperative beamforming, cooperative silence, . . . ).04-29-2010
20100105401METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for controlling a radio resource allocation is provided. A network transmits access control information to a terminal such that a request for the radio resource allocation which will be transmitted from the terminal can be controlled. The terminal selectively transmits the request for the radio resource allocation based on the received information, thus a transmission of an unnecessary request for the radio resource can be minimized, thereby preventing a waste of the radio resource.04-29-2010
20130183987E-PDCCH Design for Reducing Blind Decoding - A user equipment (UE) is provided. The UE comprises a processor. The processor is configured to receive an extended physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) in an E-PDCCH region that has been partitioned into at least two partitions. A first partition contains control channel elements (CCEs) with a first set of aggregation levels, and a second partition contains CCEs with a second set of aggregation levels.07-18-2013
20090042583WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING ACCESS POINT STARTUP AND INITIAL CHANNEL SELECTION PROCESSES - A startup process of an access point (AP) includes a discovery phase and an announcement phase. During the discovery phase, the AP detects neighboring APs from its own extended service set (ESS), neighboring APs from different ESSs, and external sources of interference. During the announcement phase, the AP transmits its beacon signals at maximum power in order to accelerate recognition by neighboring APs running the discovery phase. An automatic initialization channel selection process of an AP scans channels the AP will use to communicate. Information of each scanned channel is recorded and a best performance channel is determined for use by the AP.02-12-2009
20090042582METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LTE RACH CHANNEL RESOURCE SELECTION AND PARTITIONING - A method and apparatus for random access channel (RACH) channel selection in a long term evolution (LTE) network includes determining a distance from a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to an evolved Node-B (eNB) in a cell of the LTE network. A RACH channel is then selected based upon the distance determination.02-12-2009
20130090122METHOD OF SETTING A PLURALITY OF PARAMETERS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of setting a plurality of wireless telecommunication parameters in a wireless telecommunication network (04-11-2013
20130090121RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN SYSTEMS COMPRISING RELAYS - A method of allocating radio resources to communication links of a wireless communication system based on status parameters of each of the links, the communication system having a plurality of network nodes, a plurality of relays associated with the network nodes, and a terminal accessing the communication system. A first radio resource allocation may be determined by balancing the performance of a relay-to-network-node communication link of each relay against the performance of a corresponding terminal-to-relay communication link. A second allocation may be determined by balancing the performance of the relay-to-network-node communication link of each relay against the performance of a terminal-to-network-node communication link. A final allocation may be determined by calculating a weighted average value of the first and second allocations.04-11-2013
20100003996Apparatus and method for resource allocation for frequency overlay scheme in a broadband wireless communication system - A broadband wireless communication system supporting a frequency overlay scheme is provided. An operating method of a base station includes allocating relative addresses to Resource Blocks in at least one operating Frequency Assignment (FA) of a terminal according to an addressing scheme for the terminal; generating at least one resource indicator represented with the relative addresses; generating resource allocation information which comprises the at least one resource indicator; and transmitting the resource allocation information through a primary FA of the terminal.01-07-2010
20090069026Apparatus and method for estimating carrier to interference and noise ratio in a mobile communication system based on fractional frequency reuse - An apparatus and method for estimating a carrier to interference and noise ratio (CINR) in a mobile communication system based on a fractional frequency reuse are provided. The method includes receiving a report on CINR information on a common zone from a mobile station (MS) allocated a restricted zone, calculating a received signal power value using a CINR value and an interference level value for the common zone of the MS, and estimating a CINR value for a restricted zone using the received signal power value of the MS and an interference level for the restricted zone.03-12-2009
20100130215Method of determining an access mode of cell in a wireless communication system - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and UE providing wireless communication services, and a method of determining the operation mode of a base station, that is, the connection mode (access mode) of a cell, based on which UE's connection is allowed by a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and it may be an object of the present invention to provide a process of determining the connection mode of a cell by checking the existence of a subscriber group identity if it is determined that the connection mode of a cell is not allowed for one or more UEs belonging to a particular subscriber group.05-27-2010
20130090123Method and Device for a Relay Node - A relay node (04-11-2013
20090305714Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Terminal, Base Station and Wireless Communication Method - Provided is a wireless communication system in which a plurality of channels are shared and one of the channels is adaptively allocated to a wireless communication terminal by a base station. The wireless communication terminal is provided with a channel requesting unit that requests the base station to allocate an individual control channel when a communication request is received from an upper control unit of its own terminal or the base station, and a state control unit that controls the state of its own terminal so that the state transits to an individual control channel connected state in which control information is transmitted/received by wirelessly connecting the individual control channel allocated from the base station. The base station is provided with a channel allocating unit that allocates one of a plurality of traffic channels as the individual control channel to be exclusively used for the wireless communication terminal in response to the request from the wireless communication terminal.12-10-2009
20090305713Base Station Device and Channel Allocation Method - Upon receipt of a new channel allocation request from a mobile communication terminal, a suitable channel is allocated. A base station device performs communication with communication terminals by implementing an adaptive process using a plurality of antennas, and includes an interference recognizing unit that recognizes a level of interference on empty channels for use in the communication, a channel selector that selects an empty channel to be allocated based on a result recognized by the interference recognizing unit, and a channel allocator that, when there is a new channel allocation request from a communication terminal, allocates the empty channel selected by the channel selector to that communication terminal.12-10-2009
20090305711Discontinuous Transmission/Reception in a Communications System - Allocation information is transmitted in a communications system in accordance with at least one allocation rule for indicating allocation of sets of transmission resources to communications devices. The at least one allocation rule is defined for associating sequences of sets of transmission resources with communications devices, and a communications device monitors allocation information of sets of transmission resources associated with it. Communications devices are informed of their respective allocation rules. Transmission resources for the communications devices are allocated based at least on said allocation rules.12-10-2009
20090111478METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR FREE BAND FOR A COGNITIVE TELECOMMUNICATION TERMINAL - This invention relates to a method of searching for free band using a cognitive telecommunication terminal operating in a zone covered by a primary telecommunication system using a plurality of frequency bands (B). The terminal classifies said bands as a function of their conditional probabilities of being available (p(b04-30-2009
20090111477UPLINK COMMUNICATION METHOD IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio communication system including a radio base station and radio terminals communicating with the radio base station, wherein the system further includes a unit for allocating a first frequency resource which is shared by the radio terminals and which is used when each of the radio terminals transmits a first signal to the radio base station in periodic transmission timing. Also included is a unit for allocating a second frequency resource which is used when each of the radio terminals transmits a second signal to the radio base station. Also included is a unit for controlling the second frequency resource when each of the radio terminals transmits the second signal in transmission timing of the first signal, so that the second frequency resource is changed to a third frequency resource which is smaller than the allocated second frequency resource so as not to overlap the first frequency resource.04-30-2009
20090111475DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION - Device, system, and method of channel quality indication. In some demonstrative embodiments a method may include, for example, calculating a plurality of channel-quality-indicator values corresponding to a plurality of sub-channels associated with a mobile communication device; and transmitting a channel-quality-indicator message from the mobile communication device to a base station, the channel-quality-indicator message including only first and second channel-quality-indicator values of the plurality of channel-quality-indicator values corresponding to first and second sub-channels of the plurality of sub-channels. Other embodiments are described and claimed.04-30-2009
20090093255ADJUSTING MULTI-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate adjusting allocation of carriers in wireless communications. A mobile device can establish communication with a base station over a number of allocated carriers for simultaneous transmission thereover. The mobile device can experience a decrease in power amplifier (PA) headroom causing dropping of at least one carrier and can report the drop to the base station. The base station can subsequently await a carrier request message from the mobile device before allocating additional carriers, or can allocate an additional carrier based on a determination that the mobile device can handle the new carrier. The mobile device can transmit a carrier request message when the PA headroom returns to a threshold level.04-09-2009
20130072207SMART CHANNEL SELECTIVE REPEATER - A system and method for processing signals in a selected channel through a repeater wherein the repeater is dynamically adapted to the channel by receiving channel information from a local cell phone, such information including modulation and channel designation.03-21-2013
20130072206METHOD FOR SETTING UP A CHANNEL BETWEEN FEMTO BASE STATIONS - A method in which a first femto base station sets up a channel with another femto base station. The method includes transmitting, from the first femto base station to a femto control station, information on a first smart meter to which the first femto base station is connected; transmitting, from the first femto base station to the femto control station, information on one or more other femto base stations which are neighbors of the first femto base station; receiving by the first femto base station from the femto control station, information on a second smart meter to which one or more other femto base stations are connected; and determining, by the first femto base station whether or not to set up a channel through the first smart meter and the second smart meter, if data to be transmitted to said other femto base stations exists.03-21-2013
20130072208Method And Apparatus For Wireless Transmissions Using Multiple Uplink Carriers Technical Field - A method and an apparatus for wireless transmission using multiple uplink carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot and control channels for uplink transmissions on both uplink carriers, and transmit a data channel and a pilot channel via a secondary uplink carrier. Alternatively, the WTRU may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmission on the primary uplink carrier, and transmit via a secondary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmissions on the secondary uplink carrier. Each uplink carrier may be associated with at least one specific downlink carrier such that the WTRU applies control information received on a downlink carrier to uplink transmissions on an uplink carrier associated with the downlink carrier on which the WTRU receives the control information.03-21-2013
20130072205Systems, Methods, and Media for Reducing Femtocell Interference - Systems, methods, and media for reducing femtocell interference are provided. In some embodiments, systems for reducing femtocell interference are provided, the systems comprising: at least one hardware processor that: estimates a total path loss between a macrocell user (MU) and a mobile base station (MBS); estimates a path loss from the MU user to a femtocell access point (FAP); determines whether the MU can meet a first target signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR); determines whether a transmission from the MU will prevent a femtocell user (FU) of the FAP from achieving a second target SINR; and restricts the MU to using subcarriers not used by the FAP when it is determined that the MU cannot meet the first target SINR and/or it is determined that the transmission from the MU will prevent the FU from achieving the second target SINR.03-21-2013
20130072204Architecture, devices and methods for allocating radio resources in a wireless system - Systems and methods are presented for a wireless Base Station (BS) to directly communicate with multiple Core Network data sources on one side and directly provide multiple corresponding Radio Access Networks (RANs) on the other side, while dynamically allocating a pool of at least three transceiver chains among a plurality of RANs. In this manner, communication capacity or communication system gain may be dynamically allocated among the plurality of RANs.03-21-2013
20130072203Architecture, devices and methods for supporting multiple operators in a wireless basestation - Devices, systems, and methods are presented for a wireless Base Station (BS) capable of simultaneously providing service to subscribers of multiple Operators. Depending upon the particular deployment requirements or equipment capabilities, each Operator may be operating on the same or different frequencies (in which different frequencies may be adjacent, closely separated, or widely separated). The wireless BS will distinguish and logically separate and route the traffic between each subscriber device and its relevant Operator's Core Network, potentially supporting different logical or even different physical interfaces between the wireless BS and each Operator.03-21-2013
20090270107COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN FEMTO CELL AND MACROCELL - A communication system and method for supporting direct communication between a femto base station and a macro base station are provided. The communication system includes at least one macro base station which allocates a resource to one or more user equipments. The communication system also includes at least one femto base station which operates in a base station mode for serving terminals located within a service area of the at least one femto base station and operates in a user equipment mode for communicating with the at least one macro base station using the resource allocated by the at least one macro base station.10-29-2009
20130065600METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONNECTION CONFIGURATION BY FEMTO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING CONNECTION BY TERMINAL - Disclosed is a method for controlling connections between a terminal and one or more neighbor base station (BSs) by a serving BS with respect to the terminal. The method for controlling a configuration of connections between a terminal and one or more neighbor BSs includes: receiving, by the serving BS and from a control station, information regarding radio access technologies (RATs) which are supported and have been activated or deactivated by the one or more neighbor BSs from a control station; transmitting an activation request message from the serving BS to the control station in order to activate the radio access technology in the deactivated state if there is a need for activating the deactivated RAT to connect the terminal to the one or more neighbor BSs; receiving, by the serving BS and from the control station, an activation response message including information regarding the neighbor BSs and information regarding the at least one specific radio access technology which is activated according to the activation request message; and transmitting a connection request message from the serving BS to the terminal to allow the terminal to be connected to the one or more BSs according to the one or more activated radio access technologies using the at least one specific RAT.03-14-2013
20110021206METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for communicating between a primary station and at least one secondary station, comprising configuring each secondary station to search at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, said first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets having a first size, where at least one resource set might be used to transmit a message to the considered secondary station, changing the search space structure to a second structure different from the first structure in response to a signalling message.01-27-2011
20110021205Cell Identifiers in a Cellular Communication System - A solution is provided for dynamic allocation of cell identifiers in a cellular mobile telecommunication system. Cell identifiers being reused in a cellular radio access network of the cellular mobile telecommunication system are managed by a cell identifier manager configured to handle dynamic allocation of the cell identifiers to a plurality of base stations. Upon detection of a new base station or reactivation of an existing base station in the radio access network, the cell identifier manager allocates a cell identifier to the base station in such a manner that two base stations having the same cell identifier do not interfere with one another, i.e. do not cause cell identification problems in the radio access network.01-27-2011
20110021204Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Voice Call Requests During Data Communication Sessions With A Mobile Device - A voice call request for a voice call involving the mobile device is received in a wireless network while the mobile device is engaged in a connected data communication service via the wireless network. The service utilizes a radio traffic channel between the mobile device and the wireless network and a data session for communication of data. In response to the receiving of the voice call request, the wireless network causes the radio traffic channel for the service to be torn down without terminating the data session. The wireless network also causes a voice call involving the mobile device to be established and maintained over a new radio traffic channel via the wireless network while the data session for the service is maintained. Subsequently, the wireless network identifies an indication that the voice call involving the mobile device has ended and, in response, resumes the communication of the data in the data session over a radio traffic channel.01-27-2011
20110021202QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) RESOURCES WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access terminal sends a request for a level of Quality of Service (QoS) resources to an access network, the QoS resource request associated with a call attempt by the access terminal. The access terminal proceeds with call set-up for the call attempt irrespective of whether the access network grants the QoS resource request. Alternatively, the access terminal waits for an extended period of time before the call attempt is permitted to fail. In a further example, in the event of call failure, the access terminal can refrain from informing a user thereof of the call failure. In another embodiment, the access network can respond to the QoS resource request with an allocation of a lower level QoS resources than requested if the requested QoS resources are not available. The access terminal can likewise be permitted to participate in the call with the lower level QoS resources.01-27-2011
20090233614Channel Assignment Based on Spatial Strategies in a Wireless Network Using Adaptive Antenna Arrays - Channels are assigned based on co-spatial constraints in wireless network using spatial division multiple access. In one example, the invention includes assigning a co-spatial constraint to each of a plurality of conventional traffic communications channels of a base station, and receiving a request from a user terminal to communicate using a traffic communication channel of the base station. The invention further includes measuring a quality parameter of the request deriving a co-spatial constraint for the user terminal, assigning the user terminal co-spatial constraint to the user terminal, and assigning the user terminal to a traffic communication channels having a channel co-spatial constraint that is no less than the user terminal co-spatial constraint and that has no more assigned radios than permitted by the channel co-spatial constraint.09-17-2009
20090233613RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - A radio communication system where data is transferred from a mobile station to a radio base station in a band allocated by the radio base station at a band allocation period. The mobile station transfers a request for extending a next band allocation period by carrying the request together with the data to be transferred to the radio base station. The request is transferred when the mobile station detects that there is no data to be transferred at a next time. The radio base station extends the next band allocation period based on the request.09-17-2009
20090233612BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO CHANNEL CONDITION REPORTING METHOD - A base station includes a group determination unit grouping mobile stations residing within a cell and a radio channel condition reception unit receiving information indicative of a radio channel condition transmitted from a mobile station at a transmission timing of the radio channel condition corresponding to a group associated with the mobile station. Each mobile station includes a radio channel condition measurement unit evaluating a radio channel condition, a group determination unit determining a group associated with the mobile station, and a radio channel condition transmission unit transmitting information indicative of the evaluated radio channel condition at a transmission timing of the radio channel condition corresponding to the associated group.09-17-2009
20090023452METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY SPLITTING JOBS ACROSS MULTIPLE AGNOSTIC PROCESSORS IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Dynamically splitting jobs in wireless system between agnostic processor may comprise evaluating a job that a wireless mobile communication device may be requested to perform. The wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may evaluate a requested job to determine if one or more tasks may be sent to a remote device. The WMC device may consider such factors as information pertaining to the WMC device itself, information relating to the connection between the devices, and/or information pertaining to the remote device. This information may comprise such data as power availability in the wireless mobile communication device, processing load in the WMC device, processing and/or storage capabilities of the remote device, and characteristics of the connectivity between the two devices.01-22-2009
20120231802MULTIPLE SUBSCRIPTION RESOURCE ACCESS CONTROL - A particular method includes receiving multiple requests to access a signal processing resource of a device that supports multiple subscriptions during a first time period. During the first time period, a first subscription is granted access to the signal processing resource, and a second subscription is denied access to the signal processing resource. A remedial action policy and historical information related to subscription access to the signal processing resource may be used to determine whether to grant access to the signal processing resource to the second subscription during a second time period. When access to the signal processing resource is granted to the second subscription during the second time period, hysteresis may be used to determine whether to grant access to the first subscription during a third time period after the second time period in order to preserve paging performance of the first subscription.09-13-2012
20090011769Transmitting Information in Mobile Communications System - Transmitting information using a preamble of a Random Access Channel (RACH) in an Evolved Universal mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) is provided. A preamble transmission is used to inform a base station of specific information when a terminal uses a RACH and the base station efficiently allocates radio resources for data transmission to the terminal according to the specific information. Delay time before the terminal transmits data is reduced and unnecessary consumption of radio resources is minimized.01-08-2009
20090011768RADIO MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a radio measurement procedure for station statistics measurements in wireless communication network. In the method a requesting station transmits to a requested station a triggered station statistics measurements request message including a group identity field which indicates the requested QoS statistics group and a triggered reporting field for QoS station counters which is used to specify trigger conditions comprising reporting triggers and QoS statistics thresholds for the corresponding reporting triggers. And the requesting station receives from the requested station a QoS station statistics measurements report message when the trigger conditions specified in the triggered reporting field for QoS station counters of the triggered station statistics measurements request message.01-08-2009
20090011767CONSTRAINED HOPPING OF DL REFERENCE SIGNALS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing constrained frequency hopping of downlink reference signals. Constrained frequency hopping of reference signals provides a sufficiently large set of frequency hopping patterns while enhancing channel estimation. Respective subsets of resource elements can be selected to carry reference signals from a plurality of antennas for a first subframe of a sequence. Further, respective subsets of resource elements used to carry reference signals from the plurality of antennas for a second subframe can be constrained based upon the respective subsets for the first subframe. Moreover, the first subframe frame and the second subframe (and similarly any additional subframes in the sequence) can be transmitted. An access terminal receiving the sequence of subframes can combine reference signals sent from common antennas at common frequency locations in the plurality of subframes and perform channel estimation as a function of the combined reference signals.01-08-2009
20100087199METHOD FOR TRUNKING RADIO FREQUENCY RESOURCES - A subscriber unit monitors a first channel currently serving as a rest channel for the system, wherein the channel currently serving as the rest channel for the system is monitored by subscribers that are idle in the system. The subscriber unit determines that a first call is being initiated on the first channel. If the first call is not of interest, the subscriber unit ceases to monitor the first channel, and monitors a second channel that will serve as the rest channel for the system when the first call starts on the first channel. If the first call is of interest, the subscriber unit participates in the first call on the first channel, and before or after the first call ends, participates in a second call on a third channel or monitors a channel currently serving as the rest channel for the system when the subscriber unit becomes idle.04-08-2010
20100087201COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER CALL ORIGINATION AND TERMINATION - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a mobile origination comprises receiving an origination request message by a main call control (MCC) from a radio call control (RCC), receiving an assignment request message by the RCC from the MCC, receiving a traffic channel assign message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC from the RCC, receiving a call setup message by a selector distribution unit (SDU) from the MCC, and receiving a link active message by the CEC from the SDU.04-08-2010
20130165131ANDSF Provisioning - A PUE in communication with an ANDSF server through an access network includes a network interface unit of the PUE from which a registration request is sent to the ANDSF server through the access network and which receives a successful authentication result and a set of configuration instructions from the ANDSF server. The PUE includes a processing unit of the PUE which determines one or more observation triggers from the set of configuration instructions. Upon fulfillment of the observation trigger, the processing unit activates one or more interfaces supported by the PUE, which the set of configuration instructions requires to be monitored. The processing unit determines consolidated areas, wherein each consolidated area includes those geographical points with given network characteristics for one or more accessible networks. The consolidated areas data are stored in the memory and submitted by the network interface unit to the ANDSF server through the access network.06-27-2013
20130165132SPECTRUM EMISSION LEVEL VARIATION IN SCHEDULABLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication entity schedulable in a wireless communication network, including a controller (06-27-2013
20130165133METHOD, CONTROLLER NODE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RELEASING RESOURCES - It is presented a method, performed in a controller node being responsible for resource utilisation for at least part of a mobile communication network. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining a utilisation value, being a value of resource utilisation in the controller node; determining a release rate value and an inactivity timer value based on the utilisation value; and releasing resources having been assigned by the controller node for communication with at least one mobile terminal, and having been inactive for a period longer than the inactivity timer value, the resources being released at a rate being less than or equal to the release rate value. A corresponding controller node, computer program and computer program product are also presented.06-27-2013
20120238281SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PROCESSING CALL ORIGINATIONS BY A FEMTOCELL SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer readable medium for processing a call setup in a network system are provided. A femtocell system receives a call origination from a user equipment located within a service area of the femtocell system and performs a service connection with the user equipment. The femtocell system creates a connection for an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem core network, transmits an INVITE message to a called telephone device via the Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem, and completes the call setup between the user equipment and the called telephone device.09-20-2012
20120238280METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF POWER AND FREQUENCIES IN A FEMTOCELL NETWORK - Aspects of a method and system for dynamic adjustment of power, antenna direction and frequencies in a femtocell network are provided. In this regard, a communication system may comprise a plurality of femtocells, one or more base stations, and a femtocell management entity that coordinates operation of the plurality of femtocells. One or more parameters may be communicated from one of the plurality of femtocells and/or one or more base stations to the femtocell management entity. The femtocell management entity may be enabled to utilize the one or more parameters to determine configuration information for one of the plurality of femtocells and/or for one or more remaining ones of the plurality of femtocells. One of the plurality of femtocells may be enabled to receive the determined configuration information from the femtocell management entity. One of the plurality of femtocells may be configured utilizing the received determined configuration information.09-20-2012
20120270556METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING PAGING AREAS - A method for allocating paging areas includes: determining a basic paging area currently visited by a User Equipment (UE); and allocating a paging area to this UE according to a history record of motion trace of UEs located in the basic paging area currently visited by this UE. An apparatus for allocating paging areas is disclosed.10-25-2012
20110177822COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention provides a communication device and receiving method in which a scale of circuit and power consumption can be reduced. A parameter calculating section 07-21-2011
20100323710Method of Random Access Channel Optimization and Related Communication Device - A method of random access channel optimization for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, the mobile device receives a message including an indicator for the RACH optimization from a network of the wireless communication system. Afterwards, in response to the message, the mobile device sends a RACH measurement report including RACH parameters, used for the network to perform the RACH optimization, to the network.12-23-2010
20110098053HANDLING IDENTIFIERS FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNELS IN CELL FORWARD ACCESS CHANNEL STATES04-28-2011
20100279698 Method of Operating a Dual SIM Wireless Communications Device - A wireless telecommunications device is configured so that it is capable of handling multiple instantiations of GSM control channels and thereby capable of holding multiple SIMs, can register each SIM with the network consecutively, and maintain idle network connections for each SIM using separate control channels. This allows calls and messages to be received on any registered SIM.11-04-2010
20080293426Method and Apparatus for Discontinuous Transmission/Reception Operation for Reducing Power Consumption in Celluar System - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including the steps of: a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode.11-27-2008
20090131063RRC CONNECTION REQUEST METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for transmitting a single counting end message to reject the RRC connection requests of a plurality of terminals, thus minimizing the waste of radio resources and providing a quick response to those terminals that transmitted a connection request. RRC connection request messages are sent by a plurality of terminals to a network in response to an RRC connection-required message received from the network on a first channel. Each terminal monitors a second channel for an RRC connection setup message. The network establishes connections with a predetermined number of terminals by transmitting an RRC connection setup message to each terminal on the second channel and then transmits a single RRC connection-not-required message to the plurality of terminals on the first channel. Each terminal that does not receive an RRC connection setup message on the second channel after a predetermined period of time then monitors the first channel and, after receiving the RRC connection-not-required message, terminates the network connection procedure and does not re-transmit an RRC connection request message.05-21-2009
20080200177Performance In Mobile Communications Systems - In third generation mobile communications networks, e.g. CDMA systems, a mobile station intending to access a base station transmits a request for access to a base station and waits for a response in the form of an indicator signal. Both detecting a signal as an acknowledgement message without one being sent from the base station and failing to detect such an acknowledgement message can give rise to noise and interference in the whole cell. The invention provides a method and a user equipment for determining the received signal strength in an access slot in a downlink channel and for asserting whether detection of an indicator signal from the base station in the access slot in the downlink channel is reliable. Hereby, a more secure reception of indicator signals can be obtained, which leads to reduced interference and noise in the whole cell.08-21-2008
20090163219COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC.06-25-2009
20110136495BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USER DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A base station (06-09-2011
20110136494OVER-THE-AIR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHODS IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS - An inter-cell interference coordination method coordinates interference between cells neighboring each other and belonging to different base stations by broadcasting interference coordination information between the neighboring cells through a broadcast channel. The terminal relays the interference coordination information between the neighboring cells over the air, so that the interference between the neighboring cells belonging to the different base stations is coordinated.06-09-2011
20090186624METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCEDURE IN A CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus for performing an enhanced random access procedure in a Cell_FACH state are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble for random access. If a positive acknowledgement (ACK) is received in response to the RACH preamble, the WTRU enters a contention resolution phase and transmits a message via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH). If contention resolution fails, the RACH preamble is retransmitted. A contention back-off timer may be used for retransmission. A physical random access channel (PRACH) code may be reselected. The RACH preamble may be retransmitted using a reserved PRACH resource so that E-DCH resource is allocated to the collided WTRUs. Data transmitted during the contention resolution phase may remain in a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) buffer. The MAC-i/is entity may be reset. All data sent during the contention resolution phase may be stored in a temporary buffer.07-23-2009
20110300873RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD, SCHEDULER AND BASE STATION - The present invention proposes a distributed probabilistic dynamic interference coordination scheme to decrease or eliminate inter-cell interference, wherein the mechanism of ALOHA is introduced into the dynamic interference coordination. According to the first aspect of the present invention, a resource scheduling method is proposed, comprising: selecting resource to be scheduled from a scheduling list; selecting a first user equipment to be scheduled from the scheduling list; allocating the selected resource to the first user equipment by probability of p, wherein 0≦p≦1, if the first user equipment is of edge user. The present invention further proposes a scheduler implementing the aforesaid resource scheduling method and a base station (BS) comprising the aforesaid scheduler.12-08-2011
20110300872METHOD OF CONFIGURING RADIO CONNECTION IN MULTIPLE CELL SYSTEM - A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system is provided. The method includes configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE, receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE, releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection, the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold, transmitting to the UE, a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection, and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration.12-08-2011
20110143765METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network, comprising a) a secondary station preparing the transmission to a primary station of a message comprising at least a data field for containing data in an allocated resource, said resource comprising a plurality of resource blocks, and b) if the size of the allocated resource is bigger than required for the size of the message, the secondary station dividing the allocated resource in a first portion and a second portion, each portion comprising at least one resource block, c) the secondary station transmitting the message to the primary station in the first portion of the resource, d) the secondary station preventing from transmitting in the second portion of the resource.06-16-2011
20110143762SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCESSING - Systems and methods for processing a physical random access channel are provided. In some embodiments, a method can include: receiving a signal indicative of a strong user and a desired user on a physical random access channel; performing at least one of a single segment frequency domain detection or a multi-segment frequency domain detection on the signal indicative of a strong user and a desired user; generating a residual signal by cancelling out the signal indicative of a strong user; and obtaining a message transmitted by a user equipment by performing at least one of the single segment frequency domain detection or multi-segment frequency domain detection on the residual signal.06-16-2011
20110287773Method, Apparatus and System for Key Derivation - A method, an apparatus and a system for key derivation are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: a target base station) receives multiple keys derived by a source base station, where the keys correspond to cells under control of the target base station; the target base station selects a key corresponding to the target cell after knowing a target cell that a user equipment (UE) wants to access. An apparatus for key derivation and a communications system are also provided.11-24-2011
20110287772METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING FEMTO BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of operating a femto base station in a wireless communication system is provided. A first announcement message indicating service interruption is transmitted. A second announcement message indicating service recovery is transmitted. The second announcement message is transmitted to a user equipment or a macro base station having a wider cell area than the femto base station. Reliability of a communication service can be maintained for a user equipment even if a service of a femto base station is temporarily interrupted.11-24-2011
20110319091SYSTEM FOR MANAGING INTERFERENCE OF CONTROL CHANNEL - Provided is a system for allocating a radio resource. The system for allocating a radio resource may include a macro base station, a macro terminal, and a femto base station. The femto base station may allocate a radio resource for transmitting a control channel to a femto terminal, and transmit information of the allocated radio resource to the macro base station. The macro base station may allocate a radio resource for transmitting a control channel to the macro terminal in relation to the received information of the radio resource.12-29-2011
20120003981Signaling Femto-Cell Deployment Attributes to Assist Interference Mitigation in Heterogeneous Networks - There are disclosed methods of a wireless communication device and a wireless base station. The device is served by a serving base station and receives from a neighbor base station a downlink transmission including a broadcast signal. The device decodes the broadcast signal, and determines a bandwidth attribute associated with the neighbor base station based on the broadcast signal. The device then sends to the serving base station a report including the bandwidth attribute associated with the neighbor base station. The wireless base station receives from a first wireless terminal a signal including a bandwidth attribute associated with a neighbor base station. The base station then schedules a second wireless terminal based on the bandwidth attribute of the neighbor base station, in which the first wireless terminal may be identical to the second wireless terminal.01-05-2012
20120238282COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC.09-20-2012
20100184445Method and Apparatus for Improving Reconfiguration Procedure for Scheduling Request - The present invention provides a method for improving a reconfiguration procedure for Scheduling Request (SR) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of receiving an upper layer request for reconfiguring an SR parameter of the UE, and applying new configuration provided by the upper layer request to the SR parameter when an SR is triggered and there is no other SR pending in the UE.07-22-2010
20110294514RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN FEMTOCELLS - Certain embodiments provide a Femtocell base station arranged to receive interference notifications from another Femtocell base station and to send an interference remedial command to the other Femtocell base station and/or to one or more further Femtocell base stations.12-01-2011
20110294513METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING TRANSMISSION AND TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE - A method, a system and a device for indicating and transmitting the preamble are used to solve the problem existing in the prior art, which reduces the resource utilization efficiency due to that the user equipment (UE) sends the preamble to the evolution base station through the physical random access channel (PRACH) selected by itself in the present random access. The method includes: determining the channel signature associated with the PRACH assigned to the terminal side; sending the determined channel signature to the terminal side, and indicating the terminal side to transmit the preamble using the PRACH associated with the channel signature. Adopting said method can improve the resource utilization efficiency.12-01-2011
20100099424INTERFERENCE CONTROL IN A MOBILE NETWORK STRUCTURE WITH PRIVATE PICO/HOME BASE STATIONS - A method controls interference between a first and second communication system, each system having a base station and at least one use device. According to the method, in response to a trigger, a connection is set up between a first system user device and a second system base station. A maximum uplink power is allocated for the first system user device. Transmissions are halted between the first system user device and a first system base station. This means that the maximum uplink power is not exceeded and interference between the first system user device and the second system base station and user devices is minimized. The first system base station is a private pico/home base station and the second system base station is a public macro/micro base station.04-22-2010
20100081443METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in a cellular communication system, for avoiding errors in a HARQ process, wherein an NDI flag is used both for indicating either semi-persistent scheduling, SPS activation or SPS retransmissions, and also for indicating, by toggling of the flag, a new transmission in dynamic scheduling mode. The method comprises the steps of receiving, in a scheduling message, an indication that dynamically scheduled transmission will take place; if a semi persistent resource has occurred for the same HARQ process since a previously received indication for dynamically scheduled transmission, then considering the NDI flag to be toggled regardless of the value of the NDI flag. Thus, if the condition is fulfilled, a UE will always regard the NDI flag as indicating or requesting a new data transmission.04-01-2010
20090163216PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A NETWORK - Techniques for facilitating a hand-in using proximity-detection and dual-pilot operation detect a presence of a client device in proximity to the network-side device; and transmit a first signal over a first communication channel to the client device, the first signal enabling the client device to access information transmitted in a second signal from the network-side device.06-25-2009
20100056164WIRELESS ACCESS CONTROL APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION AND METHOD - A radio access network apparatus includes: a discontinuous reception management unit configured to manage a reception state (a discontinuous reception state or a continuous reception state) for each of one or more mobile stations; a determination and announcement unit configured to determine and announce a correspondence relationship between a discontinuous reception channel and a shared data channel for each mobile station; and a scheduling unit configured to perform scheduling of a downlink shared data channel, wherein, when a paging signal to the mobile station in the discontinuous reception state occurs, the radio access network apparatus transmits the paging signal to the mobile station using the shared data channel determined based on the correspondence relationship.03-04-2010
20100056165RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation method in a mobile communication system. The present invention determines a resource block allocated to a high-speed mobile station by using a resource block allocated to a low-speed mobile station, and allocates resource blocks that are allocated to the low-speed mobile station and the high-speed mobile station to different frequencies at the same temporal point by using frequency division multiplexing.03-04-2010
20100035625MULTI-CARRIER DESIGN FOR CONTROL AND PROCEDURES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product operable in a wireless communication system are provided in which a pairing is determined between one or more uplink carriers and one or more downlink carriers. The one or more uplink carriers and the one or more downlink carriers include at least three carriers. On which carrier to exchange control information on one or more of the carriers is based on the pairing or an anchor carrier designation.02-11-2010
20100035624Method and Apparatus for Improving DRX Functionality - A method for improving a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) functionality in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of configuring a timer for controlling the DRX functionality, which indicates the UE a time length to monitor a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); and excluding a duration corresponding to a measurement gap from calculation of the time length when a running time of the timer is overlapped with the measurement gap.02-11-2010
20100035621METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting/receiving data in a mobile communication system and a method for efficiently using more radio resource if allocation of the more radio resource is required in addition to a predetermined radio resource are disclosed. An example of a method for receiving data in a mobile communication system includes receiving first control information using a first identifier, receiving second control information transmitted in the same time period with the first control information using a second identifier, and receiving the data via at least one of a first radio resource indicated by the first control information and a second radio resource indicated by the second control information.02-11-2010
20120190374FEMTO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE THEREOF - A method for managing radio resource of a femto cell includes: providing, by the femto cell, a service to one or more UEs by using most of pre-set radio resource; receiving measurement results from the one or more UEs; determining whether or not one or more neighbor femto cells are closely located nearby based on the measurement results; and if it is determined that neighbor femto cells are closely located nearby, reducing the pre-set radio resource into a small radio resource and providing a service with the small radio resource.07-26-2012
20090098879APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Apparatus and a method for handling discard of a service data unit in universal mobile telecommunications system user equipment. Strategies for the radio resource control entity to handle discard of a service data unit by the radio link control entity are presented.04-16-2009
20100113047Method for informing user equipment of downlink control message construction information in cellular system - A method for transmitting control messages from a base station to a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages.05-06-2010
20100234034WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication base station device and a wireless communication method by which overhead is reduced in MBMS of LTE. An MBMS SIB creating section (09-16-2010
20100113043Blind channel detection techniques - Techniques for use in a blind detection process of information elements. Channels can be allocated into groups. For each group, resource blocks of each channel can be further divided into subspaces. A base station may communicate a number of channels in a group, a number of subspaces allocated to a group of channels, and a bit shift value to all mobile stations via non-specific user channels to a mobile station. The mobile station uses a blind detection scheme and the number of channels allocated per group, a number of sub-spaces per group of channels, and a bit shift value to locate an information element assigned to the mobile station. A number of blind detection trials may be capped to a sum of a number of channels for all allocated groups.05-06-2010
20100035623METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling quality of service (QoS) in a mobile communication system includes configuring a service model to operate radio resources, based on an application to provide a requested service from a subscriber terminal; forming a QoS profile using the service model; allocating the radio resources for each requested services in accordance with the QoS; providing information on the allocated radio resources to the application; monitoring a condition of the allocated radio resource; and controlling the QoS by reflecting information obtained from the monitored condition.02-11-2010
20100113049METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGEMENT OF FEMTO BASE STATION - A method for management of a base station according to the present invention includes: entering a first interval when a terminal is not present in a region of a first cell managed by the base station; receiving an interval switching request when the terminal enters a second cell that is larger than the first cell while including the first cell; and switching into a second interval other than the first interval in accordance with the interval switching request.05-06-2010
20100113046Sequence Report Method and Sequence Report Device - Disclosed are a sequence report method and a sequence report device for reducing a signaling amount for reporting a Zadoff-Chu sequence or a GCL sequence allocated for a cell. Indexes starting at 1 are correlated to different ZC sequences and are allocated for cells so that the indexes are continuous. When such ZC sequences are reported from BS to UE, a start index indicating the start of the continuous indexes is combined with the number of allocated sequences and they are reported as allocation sequence information by a report channel. The UE and the BS share the correlation between the ZC sequences and the indexes and the UE identifies a usable sequence number according to the correlation and the allocation sequence information reported from the BS.05-06-2010
20090181685METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION - The invention aims to reduce the delay associated with setting up a session for a user terminal in a mobile communication network. A control unit for use in a wireless communication network for controlling a user terminal's ability to communicate with the network, comprising—at least one input for receiving event information about at least one trigger event indicating that the user terminal is likely to wish to communicate with the network within a predetermined period of time—decision logic for deciding whether the state of the terminal should be changed to enable it to communicate and—output means for triggering the a state change for the terminal to a state in which the terminal is able to communicate with the network, if the decision logic decides that this should be done.07-16-2009
20090149189METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL OF THE RLC AND PDCP SUB-LAYERS - Methods and apparatus support configuration and/or control of the radio link control (RLC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) sub-layers by defining and utilizing radio resource control (RRC) parameters and procedures, and by including information elements (IEs) in RRC messages in both the uplink and downlink for RLC and PDCP configuration.06-11-2009
20090149188System and Method for Resource Allocation in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for resource allocation in wireless communications systems includes a method for operating a base station. The method includes receiving a resource request for radio resources for a mobile station and transmitting an indication of unallocated radio resources to the mobile station. A resource assignment is determined for the resource request, and the resource assignment is transmitted to the mobile station. The resource assignment comprises unallocated radio resources and a number of radio resources.06-11-2009
20110263265Method of Dimensioning Radio Access Networks, Corresponding System and Computer Program Product - Downlink and uplink communication resources to ensure network coverage and satisfy assigned traffic requirements in a communication network are allocated by setting a given balance of downlink and uplink communication resources while leaving a part of downlink and uplink communication resources remaining to be allocated. Downlink cell radius and uplink cell radius values are then determined which ensure network coverage with the resources as previously allocated. An effective cell radius is then selected as the smaller of the downlink and uplink cell radius and then a first check is made as to whether the effective cell radius selected satisfies the assigned traffic requirements. If not, the effective cell radius is updated. If so, a further check may be made as whether the resources remaining to be allocated for downlink and uplink have a difference in excess of a given amount. If yes, the procedure is repeated by setting an updated balance of downlink and uplink communication resources reducing that difference. If not, the communication resources are allocated on the basis of the current balance.10-27-2011
20090149187TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A transmission apparatus is provided with radio resource assignment means that assigns radio resources to each physical channel according to a type of the physical channel; and transmission means that transmits information to be transmitted by each physical channel using the assigned radio resources.06-11-2009
20100267394Method of Handling Measurement Capability and Related Communication Device - A method of handling measurement capability for a network in a wireless communication system comprising a mobile device capable of communicating with the network through a maximum number of component carriers, the method includes receiving a capability information message indicating a component carrier capability, from the mobile device, and determining whether to configure a measurement gap to at least one of the component carriers, according to the component carrier capability and a first number of component carriers that have been configured to the mobile device.10-21-2010
20100267393Method for determining paging time slot during base station executing non-trunking service in CDMA trunking system - A method for determining a paging time slot during a base station executing non-trunking service in a CDMA trunking system is provided. The method comprises: when a base station can determine that a mobile station operates in a slotted mode and can determine a preferred slot cycle index of the mobile station, the smaller value of the preferred slot cycle index and a max slot cycle index is selected as a first slot cycle index and the base station pages the mobile station with a slot cycle determined by the first slot cycle index; and when the base station can not determine whether the mobile station operates in the slotted mode or not, or can not determine the slot cycle index of the mobile station, the smaller value of the preferred slot cycle index of the mobile station and 1 is selected as a second slot cycle index, and the base station pages the mobile station with the slot cycle determined by the second slot cycle index. The technical scheme provided in the present invention can improve the access speed of the mobile station after power-on.10-21-2010
20100267395METHOD FOR DETERMINING A PAGING SLOT OF A CDMA MOBILE STATION TRUNKING SERVICE - The present invention provides a method for determining a paging slot of a CDMA mobile station trunking service. The method includes two situations: the mobile station supporting the minus slot function and not supporting the minus slot function. When the station supports the minus slot function, according to the matching situation of the system identifier and a network identifier of a base station, and the system identifier and the network identifier stored in the mobile station, and whether the minus slot paging cycle information is contained on the paging channel overhead message, the paging slot is determined by different modes.10-21-2010
20100267392REDUCTION OF CALL SET-UP TIME IN MOBILE TERMINATING CALLS WITH "HOME AREA" RATES IN A LAND MOBILE NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for setting up a mobile radio connection to a mobile station (MS) in a cellular mobile radio network. According to said method, each cell of the mobile radio network can be identified by an identification character and a plurality of cells form a localisation area of the mobile radio network. In order to localise the mobile station (MS) inside a localisation area, paging is regularly carried out from a switching centre (MSC) in pre-definable time intervals, and a first mobile radio connection to the mobile station (MS) is set up by the paging, whereupon a paging response message is generated from the mobile station (MS) and transmitted over the existing first radio connection. When the paging response message is received, said first mobile radio connection to the mobile station (MS) from the mobile switching centre (MSC) is maintained for a pre-determinable time span, said first mobile radio connection between the mobile switching centre (MSC) and the mobile station (MS) being used to set up a mobile terminating call (MTC) when a call setup from or to the mobile station (MS) is triggered within the time span from the reception of the paging response message.10-21-2010
20110263266METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - In a mobile station, correction information is obtained from a base station for correcting a transmission timing shift in an uplink line of the mobile station, and the transmission timing shift is corrected in accordance with the correction information. Within a period in which the correction information is valid, the mobile station requests communication resource allocation information from the base station, using a random access channel having guard time. In an alternate embodiment, if a communication resource for transmitting a control channel in the uplink line is assigned to the mobile station within a period during which the correction information is valid, the mobile station instead requests the communication resource allocation information from the base station using the control channel in an uplink line from the mobile station to the base station.10-27-2011
20090305712Method and system for transmitting content to a plurality of users of a mobile communication network - A method of distributing information content to at least two user equipments includes: setting up a common downlink channel common to the at least two user equipments; setting up at least two uplink channels, each uplink channel being dedicated to a respective one of the at least two user equipments; delivering the information content to the at least two user equipments over the common downlink channel; and controlling transmission powers related to the common downlink channel and the at least two uplink channels in a closed-loop fashion. The closed-loop fashion power control includes: receiving from the at least two user equipments common downlink channel quality indications over the respective dedicated uplink channels; adjusting a transmission power in respect to the common downlink channel based on the common downlink channel quality indications received from the user equipments; evaluating a channel quality with respect to each of the at least two dedicated uplink channels; and based on the evaluation, sending to the at least two user equipments a transmission power control command over the common downlink channel.12-10-2009
20110201342MINIMIZING LOCATION UPDATE IN CIRCUIT-SWITCHED FALLBACK - A method can include allocating a temporary mobile subscriber identity for a user equipment during a location update procedure. The method can also include allocating, during the allocating of the temporary mobile subscriber identity, a unique network resource identifier value for the whole network element, wherein temporary mobile subscriber identity allocation avoids being location area based. The method can further include providing, to the user equipment, a location area identifier, temporary mobile subscriber identity with the unique network resource identifier value, and an indication to skip location area identifier checking when performing circuit-switched fallback. Certain embodiments of the present invention can thus minimize the LAU by the UE and allow the network not to require perfect alignment of TA and LA.08-18-2011
20110201341COORDINATING UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A base station configured for coordinating uplink resource allocation is described. The base station includes a processor and instructions stored in memory. The base station generates uplink resource allocation information for one or more wireless communication devices. The uplink resource allocation information is sent to one or more base stations. The base station allocates uplink resources based on the uplink resource allocation information. The base station sends an assignment to one or more wireless communication devices based on the uplink resource allocation information.08-18-2011
20100120442RESOURCE SHARING IN RELAY OPERATIONS WITHIN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication relay terminal including a controller coupled to a transceiver wherein the controller is configured to cause the transceiver to transmit a first portion of a first sub-frame during a first time-frequency region to a wireless communication device, to cause the transceiver to receive, from a base station, a portion of a second sub-frame during a second time-frequency region wherein the first and second time-frequency regions are non-overlapping The controller is also configured to detect a control region within the portion of the second sub-frame received by attempting to decode information in a possible control region of the second sub-frame having at least one of several possible starting locations that are known a priori by the terminal.05-13-2010
20110136493METHODS FOR GEOGRAPHIC OPTIMIZATION OF CELLULAR TELEPHONE TRANSMIT POWER SETTINGS - Portable user devices are provided that communicate wirelessly with base stations. A user device may include a transceiver, a power amplifier, a voltage supply, and a global positioning system (GPS) unit. The device may transmit signals at a certain transmit power to a neighboring base station. The device may log the time spent transmitting at each power level. Each data point may be tagged with the current location of the device. The logs of each device may be aggregated by a power optimization server. The power optimization server may calculate optimum power settings for each region and for each type of device. A region may be any desirable size ranging from the size of a single cell to an entire continent. Device users may download updated optimum settings. A device may automatically detect and select the optimum transmit power setting during operation depending on its current location.06-09-2011
20100087200BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD - The base station apparatus calculates the number of the mobile stations associated with a consumption amount of radio resources, and carries out call admission control in accordance with the number of the mobile station. The base station apparatus includes a calculation section that calculates the number of the mobile stations having data to be transmitted in a transmission buffer, and a call admission section that carries out new call admission in accordance with the number of the mobile stations.04-08-2010
20090082028System and Method for Utility-Based Scheduling for Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA) on an Uplink of a Wireless Communications Network - System and method for utility-based scheduling for SDMA transmissions on an uplink of a wireless communications network. A method comprises assigning a utility function to each user in a set of users, selecting a set of selected users from the set of users, assigning uplink transmission resources to each user in the set of selected users, and transmitting a control message to each user in the set of selected users. The selecting comprises iteratively selecting up to K users one user at a time from the set of users, wherein a combination of the selected users maximally increases a value of the assigned utility functions, wherein K is a maximum number of users in the set of selected users03-26-2009
20100167746METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING LTE SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, the system information is grouped or classified in different types according to the characteristics of the system information, and the system information is transmitted to channels with specific functions that allow the optimization of the resource usage and the reception by the User Equipment (UE).07-01-2010
20100167749Link Adaptation in Wireless Networks for Throughput Maximization Under Retransmissions - The present invention implements a method and system for dynamically adapting the modulation and coding scheme for radio links in a wireless communications network based on a retransmission environment model in order to maximize throughput and most efficiently allocate bandwidth resources. The present invention encompasses a refined calculus and methodology for deriving the link adaptation thresholds in a retransmission environment using a complex model and analysis of the retransmission environment. The present invention holds particular application for wireless data communications as opposed to real time data services because it is based on a retransmission model applicable primarily for data services. A critical component of this new link adaptation system is a “no transmission” cutoff mode that is selected for SIR below a base threshold value. This new mode prevents system instability and misallocation of bandwidth in a wireless communication system.07-01-2010
20100099420METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ACCESS TO A CHANNEL IN A CONVENTIONAL MULTI-SITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A repeater receives and repeats, on a multi-site channel, a sequence of control and media transmissions included in a session, wherein the session has a plurality of participants. While repeating these transmissions, the repeater further detects, from at least one of the transmissions, a start of the session and a type of the session. Based on the type of the session, the repeater determines whether to perform an arbitration during the session to control access to the multi-site channel, and restricts each performed arbitration to only transmissions received from the participants to the session. In addition, after repeating at least one of the control transmissions, the repeater sets a hang time having a duration that is determined based on a type of the transmission preceding the setting of the hang time.04-22-2010
20100167748METHOD FOR UPLINK COMMUNICATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method of recognizing states and locations of user equipment in a network by using a random access (RA) channel at a base station without alteration of the conventional network environment or configurations of user equipment. A mobile communication system of an embodiment includes a first base station; and one or more second base stations having service regions smaller than a service region of the first base station. The first base station is operable to broadcast configuration information to the user equipment for connecting to at least one of the one or more second base stations. The user equipment is operable to transmit an uplink signal to at least one of the one or more second base stations in accordance with the configuration information received from the first base station, and at least one of the one or more second base stations is operable to transmit information on the user equipment that transmitted the uplink signal to the first base station after receiving the uplink signal.07-01-2010
20100167747METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE NETWORK PROCESSES - One determines (07-01-2010
20120108256METHOD FOR HANDLING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A USER EQUIPMENT AND A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A method for handling communication between a user equipment and a radio network controller of an UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) radio access network includes: providing a transmission instruction by the radio network controller for redirecting the user equipment to a target carrier frequency, the target carrier frequency being an allowed frequency of a local access radio network; evaluating if the target carrier frequency is interfered by the local access radio network near the user equipment; and preventing a redirection of the user equipment to the target carrier frequency by the radio network controller for a certain time period, if the target carrier frequency is interfered by the local access network near the user equipment.05-03-2012
20120108255APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL USING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transmitting scheduling information in a mobile communication system and a femtocell base station using the method. A femtocell base station transmits scheduling information using a layered scheduling system in which the femtocell base station receives an allocated resource from a macrocell base station, and allocates the resource to femtocell users within a resource region thereof.05-03-2012
20120108250METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MINIMUM GUARANTEED BIT RATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring bit rate in a user equipment (UE) for use in a wireless communication system includes receiving guaranteed bit rate information comprising one or more bit rates which are supported by a base station (BS) for communications with the UE, selecting a minimum guaranteed bit rate responsive to user input received at the UE, the minimum guaranteed bit rate being a bit rate identified by the guaranteed bit rate information, generating a first request message requesting the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate, transmitting the first request message from the UE to the BS, the first request message including a request for receiving communications from the BS at the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate, receiving a response message from the BS in response to the first request message, and receiving data from the BS at a bit rate which is at or greater than the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate when the response message comprises an acknowledgement (ACK) message.05-03-2012
20120108249POWER CONTROL TECHNIQUE TO MITIGATE INTEREFERENCE IN MULTI-TIER NETWORKS - A method and apparatus to manage interference in a multi-cellular network is disclosed. This approach uses downlink power control to allow a serving femto access point of a plurality of femto access points to transmit signals at a first power level to ensure a quality of service level of a service provided to a first plurality of mobile stations served by the plurality of femto access points. This approach also uses the downlink power control to adjust a power level of the signals transmitted by a serving femto access point of the plurality of the femto access points to manage interference caused by the serving femto access point on a second plurality of mobile stations served by one or more macro base stations.05-03-2012
20100081446Wireless Base Station and Mobile Station - A wireless base station in a wireless communication system includes a memory that stores a plurality of timing patterns that are set such that timings of using the resource are distributed for each of the mobile stations when the mobile stations change a timing of using the resource in accordance with a traveling speed and control unit that allocates one of the timing pattern to the mobile stations.04-01-2010
20090163217WIRELESS NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless network control apparatus capable of transmitting an acknowledgement of receipt at an earlier timing, thereby suppressing any delay that would otherwise be caused by a retransmission. In this apparatus, a reading part (06-25-2009
20100099421EFFICIENT MESSAGING OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL - A method for a client and server based messaging system efficiently exchanges messages over an IP connection in a wireless network. Also included is an automated method by which a messaging client can request intelligent and efficient presence updates from the wireless network by utilizing timers and adapt such timers based on load conditions in the wireless network.04-22-2010
20100099423SEQUENCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a sequence allocation method capable of reducing inter-cell interference of a reference signal when a ZC sequence is used as the reference signal in a mobile communication system. In the sequence allocation method divides R×M sequences specified by a ZC sequence number r (r=1 to R) and a cyclic shift sequence number m (m=1 to M) into a plurality of sequence groups X (X=1 to R) in accordance with the transmission band width of the reference signal, so that the ZC sequence is allocated to each cell in each sequence group unit. When it is assumed that R=9 and M=6, the number of sequence is 54. Each of the sequence groups is formed by two sequences. Accordingly, the number of sequence groups is 27. The 27 types of sequence groups are allocated to each cell.04-22-2010
20100099427Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays.04-22-2010
20100099425METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION - A device and method for receiving, by a mobile terminal, system information from a base station. The method includes: receiving a block of first system information from the base station via a broadcast channel configured to broadcast only system information; and receiving a plurality of blocks of second system information from the base station via a downlink shared channel configured to carry system information and other data, one of the plurality of blocks of second system information including scheduling information.04-22-2010
20110195720METHOD FOR MANAGING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION OF HETEROGENEOUS CELLS - Described is a method for managing the identification information of a relay station/femtocell/picocell. It is suggested that the identification information of the relay station/femtocell/picocell inherits either a first or second partial cell ID of the identification information allocated to a region that covers the relay station/femtocell/picocell if the identification information of the relay station/femtocell/picocell comprises the first and second partial cell IDs. At this time, the inherited ID may be a sector ID. The first and second partial cell IDs may or may not have a hierarchical structure.08-11-2011
20100081445METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING CONTROL CHANNEL CAPACITY IN GERAN - A method and apparatus may be used for increasing control channel capacity in Global System for Mobile communications (GSM). In a first method, the Multi-User-Reusing-One-Slot or Voice Services Over Adaptive Multiuser Channels On One Slot (MUROS/VAMOS) concept may be applied to timeslots or bursts carrying a Stand Alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH). In a second method, the control signaling needed to support call setup for voice traffic may be switched over to a MUROS/VAMOS-capable traffic channel as early as possible instead of being handled through the SDCCH. In a third method, the channel coding format of the signaling bursts and/or bursts sent and received on the allocated traffic or SDCCH timeslots or resources may be modified to provide for additional link robustness and to overcome an intrinsic penalty when allowing for two simultaneous wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) on a timeslot used for signaling. In a fourth method, a WTRU may notify the GSM network that the WTRU is MUROS/VAMOS capable.04-01-2010
20100081442Radio Resource Allocation to Reduce Uplink Interference - A network node (04-01-2010
20100081440DELEGATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TO EXTERNAL DEVICE - Delegating voice and/or data traffic communication from a mobile computing device to an external proxy device. The mobile computing device obtains identification of a traffic channel and a time slot and provides the information to the proxy device. The proxy device monitors a cellular network on the identified traffic channel during the identified time slot while the mobile computing device goes into signaling mode. The proxy device exchanges voice and/or data traffic between the user and the cellular network In some embodiments, the proxy device includes a speaker and microphone. In other embodiments, the proxy device sends the voice and/or data traffic to the user via the mobile computing device or another device. By delegating the voice and/or data traffic communication to the proxy device, the battery life of the mobile computing device is preserved.04-01-2010
20080311920Methods and Apparatus for Balancing Modulation in Cellular Communications Over Noisy Channels - Methods and apparatus for balancing multi-symbol modulation schemes in cellular communications are provided. The modulation schemes include a plurality of modulation symbols, each of which codes a predefined bit group, which includes one or more bits. The bit groups define different bit positions for bits within the bit groups. The bit positions of the modulation symbols are associated with different error probability levels. Each error probability level defines a probability level of an erroneous bit value at a defined bit position in the bit group, which is obtained by a mapping operation from the modulation symbol transmitted over a radio frequency channel with noise. Binary content to be modulated is provided in form of code blocks I (where i=1 to n). Each of the code blocks is carried on a corresponding code channel i. The code blocks on the code channels are supplied to the modulation schemes in that each code channel is associated with one predefined bit position of the bit groups to enable a mapping to modulation symbols. The bit groups are formed from the binary content of the code blocks in accordance with the code channel-to-bit position association defined above. The binary content of at least two code blocks is shuffled, distributed, or scattered in accordance with predetermined shuffling, distributing, or scattering rules. The shuffling, distributing, or scattering aims to achieve substantially balanced or same error probability levels for said code channels. The shuffling operation should be performed to achieve a substantially evenly distribution of the binary content upon the involved code blocks.12-18-2008
20090247174UPLINK ACK/NAK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate allocating uplink resources to mobile devices to employ to signal acknowledgment indicators. Persistently scheduled mobile devices can be explicitly assigned uplink resources. Dynamically scheduled mobile device can utilize a one-to-one mapping to identify uplink resources based upon a downlink control channel index. The one-to-one mapping can be revised to remove associations between downlink control channel indices and resources allocated to persistently scheduled users and/or reserved for other control signaling in a mixed resource block. In addition, downlink control channel indices can be selected to avoid collisions between dynamic and persistent users.10-01-2009
20090088175METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOCATE RADIO RESOURCES FOR TRANSMITTING A MESSAGE PART IN AN ENHANCED RACH - A method and apparatus for allocating resources to a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) includes the WTRU transmitting a signature sequence to a Node B, receiving an acknowledge signal from the Node B, and determining a default resource index. The resource index is associated with enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) parameters.04-02-2009
20110171964Resource allocation and signaling method for LTE sounding - A method of resource allocation for uplink channel sounding in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station (eNB) first selects a number of sounding reference signal (SRS) parameters. The eNB then determines a deviation set for each selected SRS parameter and jointly encodes the selected number of SRS parameters using a number of signaling bits. The signaling bits are transmitted to a user equipment (UE) for uplink channel sounding. Based on system requirements, some parameter combinations are filtered out and only necessary parameter combinations are jointly encoded such that the number of signaling bits is limited to a predefined number. In one embodiment, the signaling bits are contained in downlink control information (DCI) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for triggering Aperiodic SRS (ap-SRS). By jointly encoding selected SRS parameters, the eNB can dynamically configure ap-SRS parameters and resources for each UE with high flexibility and efficiency.07-14-2011
20100124932TRANSMISSION RESTARTING METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a transmission restarting method of restarting transmission of downlink user data to a mobile station (UE) in a discontinuous reception state; a radio base station (eNB) allocates a radio resource for downlink data transmission to the mobile station (UE), and notifies, to the mobile station (UE), the allocated radio resource for downlink data transmission; the radio base station (eNB) restarts transmission of downlink user data to the mobile station (UE) by using the allocated radio resource for downlink data transmission; and the radio base station (eNB) stops transmission of the downlink user data when a predetermined condition is detected.05-20-2010
20090143071Uplink Scheduling in a Mobile Telecommunication Network - The present invention relates to a node B comprising a downlink data scheduler and an uplink data scheduler, wherein the node B comprises means for transferring information associated with a downlink data transfer from said downlink data scheduler to said uplink data scheduler, and that the uplink data scheduler comprises means for scheduling an uplink data transfer as a result of the transmission of said downlink data transfer.06-04-2009
20090143070Supporting an Allocation of Radio Resources - The invention relates to a method for supporting in a wireless communication system an allocation of radio resources to connections between mobile stations 06-04-2009
20090280820WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER, CORE-NETWORK DEVICE, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - In a wireless terminal, a receiver receives information being broadcasted from a wireless base station as a femtocell and indicating that the wireless base station is a femtocell, and a transmitter transmits to the wireless base station a signal of a first request to secure one or more wireless resources when the receiver receives the information before the wireless terminal receives a call and a request to initiate a call. When the wireless terminal receives a second request to initiate a call, the wireless terminal performs operations for establishing a communication path by using the one or more wireless resources secured in response to the first request, where the operations do not include an operation for securing the one or more wireless resources. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the time taken to start communication after the user of the wireless terminal requests the start of the communication.11-12-2009
20080207212METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION UNIT FOR REQUESTING A COMMUNICATION RESOURCE - A method for obtaining access to a physical uplink shared channel by a mobile station is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a mobile station, a physical uplink shared channel capacity request over the uplink dedicated channel to a base station. The method further includes receiving a physical uplink shared channel allocation. The physical uplink shared channel allocation is determined at a base station in response to the physical uplink shared channel capacity request. In some embodiments, the physical uplink shared channel allocation is received over a downlink common channel. The method may also further include accepting an assignment of the uplink dedicated channel.08-28-2008
20080207214Apparatus and method for allocating uplink radio resource in wideband wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for UpLink (UL) radio resource allocation in a wideband wireless communication system are provided. In a method of operating a Relay Station (RS) for UpLink (UL) radio resource allocation in a wideband wireless communication system, the method includes relaying to a Base Station (BS) a resource request message of at least one or more Mobile Stations (MSs); receiving data from the at least one or more mobile stations; if the received data is non-real time traffic, queuing the data received from the mobile stations according to a traffic type; and requesting the base station to allocate necessary radio resources by checking a queue status. Accordingly, a delay can be reduced when the UL resource is allocated to an relay station for real time traffic.08-28-2008
20080207213BRAODCAST METHOD IN A MOBILE COMMUNCATION SYSTEM - A broadcast method in a mobile communication system is disclosed. When the same information is broadcast to a plurality of cells, broadcast is carried out in a radio base station device.08-28-2008
20110171966Technique for Transmitting on Multiple Frequency Resources in a Telecommunication System - The present disclosure relates to a technique for transmitting modulation symbols on multiple frequency resources. A method aspect of this technique includes applying a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) coding per set of modulation symbols of two or more sets of modulation symbols, wherein a first set of modulation symbols from the two or more sets of modulation symbols is transmitted on a set of frequency resources handled by the same power amplifier. Then, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) modulation is applied to the sets of DFT coded modulation symbols to output a first set of OFDM symbols for transmission on the set of frequency resources, and output another set of OFDM symbols for transmission on at least one additional frequency resource distinct from the set of frequency resources. Power amplification is then applied per set of frequency resources at the power amplifier.07-14-2011
20130217403COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD - A resource used by a wireless terminal device to communicate with a terminal device in an internal network is appropriately managed. In a communication system 08-22-2013
20100136988METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING A CALL IN A DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A digital radio communication system (06-03-2010
20110171965Reduced Resource Allocation Parameter Signalling - It is described a method for distributing radio resources between a first radio link between a primary network element being assigned to a first hierarchic level of a network and a first secondary network element being assigned to a second hierarchic level and a second radio link between the primary network element and a second secondary network element being assigned to the second hierarchic level. The method includes (a) transmitting respectively a first resource allocation parameter from the first and the second secondary network element to a decision unit, the first resource allocation parameter being indicative for a minimum performance requirement, (b) transmitting respectively a second resource allocation parameter from the first and the second secondary network element to the decision unit, the second resource allocation parameter being indicative for a performance increase for the respective radio link following an allocation of additional radio resources, and (c) distributing the radio resources between the first and the second radio link based on the first and the second resource allocation parameter.07-14-2011
20090203384RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - The present invention provides a method of allocating a frequency parameter for random access preamble transmission. The method includes determining a fixed location, in an operating bandwidth, of a frequency region for random access transmission wherein a relative location parameter defines the fixed location of the frequency region according to a bandwidth parameter, the relative location parameter being common to a plurality of cells. The present invention further provides a method of allocating a frequency parameter for random access transmission. The method comprises allocating a fixed location, in an operating bandwidth, of a frequency region for random access transmission, wherein the fixed location is configurable per cell.08-13-2009
20100113044providing random access to a communication system - In a communication system providing services with different quality of service requirements to a plurality of user equipment sharing resources of the communication system, resources of the communication system are allocated for service requests. The allocating of resources includes dividing the resources into at least two groups of resources, the different groups of resources being dedicated to different types of service.05-06-2010
20100113048BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a base station apparatus for transmitting a L05-06-2010
20100136994CLUSTER-BASED COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A cluster-based cooperative communication system and method is provided for mitigating inter-cell interference effectively. A cluster-based cooperative communication method of a mobile station includes receiving allocation of a resource of a weighted subband mapped to one of preset cooperative base station clusters, the selected cooperative base station cluster having a group including a serving base station of the mobile station and dominant interfering base stations found by channel estimation, and communicating with the serving base station in cooperation with the dominant interfering base stations.06-03-2010
20110207467BASE STATION, UPPER NODE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduling unit and a call reception control unit. The call reception control unit includes a managing unit that updates total resource usage amount based on total resource allocation amount and manages the total resource usage amount, and a decision unit that adds an initial radio resource to be allocated to a new call to the total resource usage amount and decides whether the new call can be accepted. The managing unit updates the total resource usage amount by subtracting a radio resource in response to the release of an existing call that radio resource allocation being not controlled at each transmission time interval. The managing unit manages the total resource usage amount without subtracting a radio resource in response to the release of an existing call that radio resource allocation being controlled at each transmission time interval.08-25-2011
20110207466BASE STATION APPARATUS AND IDENTIFIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A terminal information acquiring unit acquires terminal information on the priority of a terminal device that requests the assignment of a preamble to a base station apparatus. A priority determining unit determines whether the priority of the terminal device is not less than a predetermined reference on the basis of the terminal information acquired by the terminal information acquiring unit. A preamble assigning unit refers to the determination result reported from the priority determining unit and assigns a preamble to the terminal device when the priority of the terminal device is not less than the predetermined reference. The preamble assigning unit then outputs assignment information indicating the assigned preamble to a transmitting unit. The transmitting unit transmits the assignment information output from the preamble assigning unit.08-25-2011
20100136992MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: determining to change a reception cycle of a downlink data signal in the mobile station, from a continuous reception cycle to a discontinuous reception cycle; releasing the uplink dedicated resources being allocated to the mobile station (UE), in response to a result of the determination; and establishing uplink or downlink synchronization between the radio base station (eNB) and the mobile station (UE), and setting up the uplink dedicated resources, when transmission of an uplink data signal or a downlink data signal is to be resumed.06-03-2010
20100136987WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH PROTOCOL ARCHITECTURE FOR IMPROVING LATENCY - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system having protocol architecture for reducing latency of a cellular system. In the protocol architecture of the wireless communication system in the cellular system, a physical layer supports wireless transmission of the cellular system and estimates a radio channel condition. A data link layer determines a data transmission mode based on a QoS of user data and the radio channel condition estimated by the physical layer and performs segmentation and assembly of the packet data, and a network layer establishes and releases a radio bearer for transmitting packet data transmitted from the data link layer and a control command. A control service access point is provided for control information transmission between the data link layer and the physical layer.06-03-2010
20100144360MESSAGE EXCHANGE METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - In A message exchange method, a wireless terminal transmits to a wireless base station a message parameter which includes identification information identifying a trigger message and a message size indicating the data length of a message, which is to be transmitted from the wireless terminal to the wireless base station. The trigger message is a message to trigger transmission of the message to be transmitted. Next, the wireless base station transmits the trigger message to the wireless terminal, and thereafter allocates to the wireless terminal a wireless bandwidth corresponding to the message size of the message to be transmitted. Further, the wireless base station transmits to the wireless terminal allocation information indicating the allocated wireless bandwidth. Then, the wireless terminal transmits the message to be transmitted, to the wireless base station by using the wireless bandwidth indicated by the allocation information.06-10-2010
20090036139TRANSFER RATE CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - The present invention simplifies management of a transmission rate of data flows of a plurality of priority levels, and reduces load in the mobile station and the radio base station.02-05-2009
20080274748Methods and Apparatus for Channel Assignment - A method, according to various aspects of the present invention, for assigning channels to a plurality of wireless cells. The method is performed by the plurality of wireless cells. The method includes in any practical order: (1) assigning an initial integer to a master wireless cell, wherein the integer is denominated a current hop number and each one wireless cell has a shape of coverage similar to a square; (2) setting a next hop number as the current hop number plus one; (3) assigning the next hop number to each one wireless cell nearest to each one wireless cell assigned the current hop number; (4) incrementing the current hop number by one; (5) repeating setting, assigning the next hop number, and incrementing until all wireless cells of the plurality of wireless cells are assigned a hop number; (6) forming a nine-cell channel pattern by assigning a channel assignment pattern to the master wireless cell, to each of the wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus one, and to each of the wireless cells that are substantially adjacent to two wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus one; and (7) assigning the nine-cell channel pattern to the plurality of wireless cells such that the center cell of the nine-cell channel assignment pattern falls only on wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus an even integer.11-06-2008
20080274747Method and Apparatus for Allocating Bandwidth in a Wireless Communication System - Network resources can be allocated more efficiently to communication sessions in a wireless telecommunications network, by the method of—monitoring the traffic load in the uplink and downlink direction in the network,—for the at least one session, determining the parameters ul_ratio and dl_ratio, given as ul_ratio=ul_throughput/(ul_throughput+dl_throughput) dl_ratio=dl_throughput/(ul_throughput+dl_throughput) wherein ul_throughput is the throughput in the uplink for the at least one communication session and dl_throughput is the throughput in the downlink for the at least one communication session, and—allocate resources to the at least one session in dependence of the traffic load and ul_ratio and dl_ratio, by allocating resources in the uplink in dependence of the dl_ratio and/or allocating resources in the downlink in dependence of the ul_ratio.11-06-2008
20080311923Fast Radio Bearer Establishment in a Mobile Communication System - The invention relates to methods for establishing a radio bearer between a network element terminating radio resource control protocol and a mobile terminal. The invention provides RNC for establishing a radio bearer between the RNC and a mobile terminal, especially adapted mobile terminals and a system comprising the network element and at least one mobile terminal. In order to reduce the delays implied by the signaling in the procedure the invention proposes two mechanisms. The first mechanism aims at reducing the delay implied by setting up the radio link for the radio bearer by preconfiguring a pool of resources comprising a set of at least radio bearer configuration and making the available radio bearer configurations known to the mobile terminals. The second mechanism aims at avoiding the delay implied by the explicit assignment of a radio network temporary identifier by signaling a set of available identifiers from which the mobile terminal may choose an identifier.12-18-2008
20100136991Method of Transmitting Down Link Data - In a cellular radio system data is transmitted to a Dual Carrier mobile station from two different cells during a data transfer. Hereby existing hardware in a GSM system can be utilized more efficiently. The data transmission from the two cells can be frame synchronized. Frame synchronization can for example be obtained by transmitting data from two cells located on the same radio base station site.06-03-2010
20090069024Method for Requesting Bandwidth Allocation and Detecting Service Flow in Communication System - A method for requesting bandwidth allocation by a mobile station in a communication system is provided. The mobile station detects at least one Connection IDentifier (CID), bandwidth allocation for which is to be requested, generates a bandwidth request header when the number of the at least one detected CID equals one, and transmits the bandwidth request header to a base station, wherein the bandwidth request header includes a region for indicating a first CID representing basic information for identification of the mobile station, a region for indicating a ranking of the detected CID, and a region for indicating information about bandwidth requested for the detected CID.03-12-2009
20090061888Transaction Method Between Two Servers Including a Prior Validating Step Using Two Mobile Telephones - Before effecting a transaction (E03-05-2009
20100248732Methods and Devices for Communicating Over a Radio Channel - The invention relates to methods and communication devices for transmitting data on a radio channel comprising the steps of determining a first preamble format to be used in a cell of the second communication device, determining a basic cyclic shift value from a set of basic cyclic shift values, the set is selected based on the preamble format, and transmitting data comprising indication of the determined first preamble format and a basic cyclic shift value pointer indicating the basic cyclic shift value in the set of basic cyclic shift values.09-30-2010
20100248731Method of Controlling Channel Access and Related Mobile Device - A method of controlling channel access for a mobile device in a wireless communication system includes receiving a dynamic persistence level from a base station, determining a persistence value according to the dynamic persistence level and at least a one persistence coefficient stored in the mobile device, comparing the persistence value with a random number of the mobile device, and determining whether access to a channel is permitted to be accessed for sending a message from the mobile device to the base station according to a comparison result of the persistence value and with the random number.09-30-2010
20100248730METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE PARTITIONING USE OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCES AMONGST BASE STATIONS - A central controller (09-30-2010
20100248729Apparatus and method for bidirectional relaying in a relay wireless communication system - An apparatus for use in a relay wireless communication system is capable of bidirectional relaying with precoding. A Base Station (BS) includes a plurality of antennas. The BS can receive a relay signal that includes a transmit symbol vector of the BS and a transmit symbol vector of a Mobile Station (MS) from a Relay Station. The BS determines power difference values corresponding to all of symbol vectors available as the transmit symbol vector of the MS. The BS further determines the transmit symbol vector of the MS or per bit Log Likelihood Ratios using the power difference values.09-30-2010
20100248728USER GROUP-BASED ADAPTIVE SOFT FREQUENCY REUSE METHOD TO MITIGATE DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE FOR WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS - A novel soft fractional frequency reuse (FFR) technique is disclosed. The novel FFR technique includes reuse partition and power restriction, dynamic user grouping, channel quality indicator feedback based on reuse, and a user group-based interference aware scheduler. The FFR technique reduces co-channel interference for cell edge users.09-30-2010
20080287137Method for Allocating Radio Resource in Multi-Carrier Time Division Duplex Mobile Communication System - A method for distributing wireless resource in multicarrier time division duplexing mobile communication system, such as TD-CDMA system, to overcome the shortage of 11-20-2008
20080293424METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ACKCH RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating physical resources to an Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) signal channel representative of a response signal in a wireless communication system. The method includes grouping ACK/NACK signal channels corresponding to a plurality of resource blocks used for transmission of a data channel or a control channel into a plurality of groups so ACK/NACK signal channels having consecutive indexes do not belong to the same group; and allocating same frequency resources to ACK/NACK signal channels belonging to the same ACK/NACK signal channel group and allocating orthogonal sequences so ACK/NACK signal channels in each ACK/NACK signal channel group are distinguished in a code domain.11-27-2008
20080293423Method of Transmitting a Measurement Report in a Wireless Mobile Communications System - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of transmitting a measurement report to a network. The network transmits in advance, a message including the allocated uplink radio resources and the like, to the terminal so that the terminal can transmit the measurement report to the network using the previously allocated uplink radio resources, thereby minimizing a time for transmitting the measurement report to the network.11-27-2008
20120295629COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE - A method for mitigating interference at a small base station in a hierarchical cell structure is provided. In the method, the small base station checks a sub-frame allocated to macro user equipment by using a downlink signal received from a macro base station when an interference candidate user equipment list is received. The interference candidate user equipment list contains information on the macro user equipment adjacent to a femto cell controlled by the small base station. Then the small base station allocates other sub-frame to femto user equipment located in the femto cell by avoiding the sub-frame allocated to the macro user equipment.11-22-2012
20080311921COMMUNICATION RESOURCE SIGNALING - A method for communication resource signaling including determining whether an event has taken place which indicates that communication resources being allocated to a communication terminal for a communication service are currently not needed by the communication terminal for the communication service; and sending a signaling message, if the event has taken place, to the communication terminal indicating that the communication resources continute to be allocated to the communication terminal for the communication service or that the communication resources are no longer allocated to the communication terminal for the communication service.12-18-2008
20080214197Technique for Radio Resource Management - A radio resource management technique in a cellular telecommunication system is disclosed. The telecommunication system comprises at least one radio network controlling component and one or more base station components operable to implement an uplink scheduling scheme in relation to one or more user terminals. A method embodiment comprises the steps of receiving, by one of the base station components from the at least one radio network controlling component, at least one interference control parameter, of generating one or more scheduling grants taking into account the at least one interference control parameter, and of issuing the one or more scheduling grants to one or more user terminals.09-04-2008
20110028156METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE COORDINATED TRANSMISSION FOR DOWNLINK SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and device for controlling the serving BS and at least one coordinating BS for coordinating downlink data communication with the MS in a wireless telecommunication network based on CO-MIMO technology. The method comprises obtaining the MIMO downlink channel information between the serving BS and the MS and between the coordinating BS and the MS, determining the downlink signal precoding information between the serving BS and the MS and between the coordinating BS and the MS according to the channel information, and performing MIMO downlink data communication coordinately with the MS based on the downlink signal precoding information.02-03-2011
20110028155COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC.02-03-2011
20110028154METHOD FOR MULTIHIERARCHICAL ADDRESSING OF CELLS IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for operating a cellular mobile telephone network formed by a multiplicity of cells, with several cells at a time being grouped into a location area, by means of which mobile telephone terminals attached to the mobile telephone network can be located and addressed in this location area such that, for the purpose of establishing a call with a mobile telephone terminal, all cells in this location area page the mobile telephone terminal, wherein several groups (1, 2, 3 N) of location areas are created, with each cell being assigned to one or more of said groups (1, 2, 3, . . . N) and a cell being assignable to different of said groups (1, 2, 3, . . . N), and addressing of the cell being performed according to its affinity to a specific group (1, 2, 3, . . . N) of said groups.02-03-2011
20110028153FREQUENCY RETENTION AND REUSE - A wireless device may receive a BA-list from a wireless service provider. Before removing any cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device, the wireless device may determine if the BA-list is complete. If the BA-list is not complete, the cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device may be retained, and the cell frequencies received in the BA-list may be added to the storage. However, if the BA-list is complete, the cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device may be removed if they are not in the BA-list.02-03-2011
20110207465METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signalling connection release indication) messages. The use equipment (UE) maintains a count of how many indication messages with a cause set have been sent by the UE while in at least one radio resource control (RRC) state. The counter is reset responsive to entering idle mode from at least one RRC state.08-25-2011
20100144358WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless base station for transmitting and receiving a wireless signal with at least one wireless terminal existing in an area, having a transmitter for transmitting the wireless signal, and a receiver for receiving the wireless signal; a timing management unit for managing the information on start timing of the transmitter and receiver, as well as noticing the information on start timing of the transmitter and receiver to the at least one wireless terminal; and a control unit for performing the switching control of start and stop of the transmitter and receiver.06-10-2010
20080268860Coherent and non-coherent control signaling - A method is provided where unused uplink code resources of a shared control resource are used for non-coherent acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement transmission to increase the total number of user equipment that can be supported. The method including defining a shared uplink control resource to include N out of a possible M uplink control resources as being coherent uplink control resources, where M>N, defining at least one of the remaining M−N uplink control resources as non-coherent uplink control resources, and assigning the N coherent uplink control channel resources and the at least one M−N non-coherent uplink control resources to user equipment as needed.10-30-2008
20090156225Method, apparatus, and computer program product for signaling allocation of neighbor cells - A method, user equipment, network device, and software product employ indicators from a plurality of respective cells to indicate a difference, if any, regarding allocation in the respective cell as compared to neighbor cells. Mobility measurements are then performed according to the indicators, and also on the basis of configuration of a cell where the measurements are performed.06-18-2009
20100136989Method and Radio Base Station for Effective Spectrum Utilization - The present invention relates to radio communication in a cellular network and in particular to the sharing of a frequency spectrum with another network. The object is to enable robust communication in the shared band. The solution is to allocate a third band for communication in a cell. A L1/L2 control channel may be transmitted in the third band only, whereas data can be transmitted in the shared band. The L1/L2 control channel support the data communication in the shared band. The invention relates to a method and a radio base station.06-03-2010
20100136993METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELEASING RESERVED RESOURCES - The present invention relates to radio telecommunication, and discloses a method for releasing reserved resources. The method includes: utilizing the control signaling or control signaling format 06-03-2010
20090117912METHOD OF OPTIMIZING DATA FORMAT SELECTION PROCEDURE FOR UP LINK COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a method of optimizing a data format selection procedure (E-TFC) for up link communication between a terminal and a base station on a cellular communication network in which the base station transmits to the terminal a signal including at least one piece of update information of at least one predetermined parameter intervening the data format selection. The method in accordance with the present invention further includes the step of optimizing a period of time required to detect the signal transmitted from the base station.05-07-2009
20110190002MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: step of establishing, upon receipt of a control channel establishment request for connection-type communication from a priority mobile station 08-04-2011
20110190000METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING IDENTIFIER OF BASE STATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for allocating an identifier of a Base Station (BS) in a communication system are provided. The method includes determining a Physical Cell Identification (PCI) allocation range using Physical Cell Identifiers (PCIDs) of adjacent macro BSs located within a predetermined distance from a target macro BS, the PCI allocation range including PCIDs substantially allocable to at least one micro BS installed in a service area of the target macro BS, determining a PCI broadcast range using the PCI allocation range, the PCI broadcast range including PCIDs exclusively allocated to the at least one micro BS, and broadcasting the PCI broadcast range to Mobile Stations (MSs) located in the service area.08-04-2011
20110189999METHOD AND APPARATUSES FOR TWO OR MORE NEIGHBORING WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICES ACCESSING A PLURALITY OF RADIO RESOURCES - Methods and apparatuses for two or more neighboring base stations to access a plurality of radio resources are described. The method includes defining a channel quality requirement by one or more access conditions and assigning the plurality of radio resources to the channel quality requirement, wherein a neighboring base station has access to the plurality of radio resources and the neighboring base station neighbors a target base station. The method also includes allowing the target base station access to the plurality of radio resources if the target base station satisfies the channel quality requirement.08-04-2011
20090181689METHOD FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION BASED ON HARQ SCHEME IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signal transmission/reception by a transmitter in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining a signal transmission/reception corresponding relation between a downlink and an uplink of the wireless mobile communication system using a super-frame, the super-frame including at least one frame, said at least one frame including at least one downlink sub-frame and at least one uplink sub-frame, the signal transmission/reception corresponding relation enabling each sub-frame within a link including fewer sub-frames to correspond to at least one sub-frame within a link including more sub-frames when the downlink and the uplink of the wireless mobile communication system include different numbers of sub-frames, wherein the signal transmission/reception corresponding relation is also determined when the downlink and the uplink of the wireless mobile communication system include a same number of sub-frames, and transmitting and receiving signals to and from a receiver through at least one downlink sub-frame and at least one uplink sub-frame according to the determined signal transmission/reception corresponding relation.07-16-2009
20120142363METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING CALL CAPACITY ON A CARRIER - A method and apparatus is disclosed for increasing calling capacity in a carrier using enhanced Terrestrial Trunk Radio (TETRA) protocols. The method includes transmitting, by a base station to at least one mobile station, a permission signal for an assigned timeslot on a carrier, wherein each timeslot is divided into at least two sub-slots. The method also includes configuring a control signal that is associated with each of the plurality of timeslots. Specific fields in the control signal are associated with each sub-slot on each of the plurality of timeslots. The method further includes providing usage markers through the control signal. Usage markers values are divided into ranges, each range used to identify a timeslot or a sub-slot assignment on the carrier. The base station sends a time advance value to the mobile station to indicate when transmission from the mobile station is to begin.06-07-2012
20120142364INTERFERENCE-CONTROL METHOD AND FEMTO BASE STATION - Provided are an interference-control method and femto base station whereby inter-cell interference between a femtocell and a macrocell is decreased without a loss in throughput or coverage of the femto base station. A nearby-macro-terminal detection unit (06-07-2012
20090124264METHOD AND MOBILE PHONE CAPABLE OF AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING RADIO CHANNELS OF A FREQUENCY MODULATION RADIO - A mobile phone capable of switching radio channels of an FM radio is provided. The mobile phone includes antennas for receiving analog signals and wireless signals. The mobile phone includes a signal conversion module for converting the analog signals to digital signals, and a channel database for storing radio channel information corresponding to LAI information of different local areas. A communication protocol processing module of the mobile phone is configured for receiving the digital signals, and for reading the LAI information of a local area where the mobile phone is located. A FM management module of the mobile phone is configured for searching the channel database to retrieve available radio channel information in the local area, synchronously monitoring if the LAI information changes, and determining if the FM radio needs to switch from one radio channel to another radio channel.05-14-2009
20100197315CONDITIONAL PARALLEL EXECUTION OF ACCESS STRATUM (AS) AND NON-ACCESS STRATUM (NAS) SIGNALING - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for facilitating an efficient connection setup. The present invention specifies rules for defining the signaling of connection setup messages from user equipments such as to apply one single transmission if an assigned uplink transmission grant for transmitting the connection setup messages is sufficiently large while applying separate transmissions if the size indicated in said uplink transmission grant is not sufficient. Thus, a sufficiently large grant allows a parallel execution of the connection setup messages.08-05-2010
20120196609Systems, Methods, and Apparatuses for Facilitating Allocation of a Common Resource to a Terminal - Systems, methods, and apparatuses are provided for facilitating allocation of a common resource to a terminal. A method may include transmitting one or more inbound packet data units including an indication of a category of a terminal and an indication of an identity of the terminal to a network node responsible for managing allocation of a common resource to the terminal. The method may further include receiving an absolute grant of a portion of the common resource to the terminal, wherein the absolute grant is issued by the network node based at least in part upon the transmitted indication of the category of the terminal. Corresponding systems and apparatuses are also provided.08-02-2012
20090117911Cooperative Base Stations in Wireless Networks - The embodiments of the invention provide an adaptive method for base station cooperation in a wireless network. In a multi-user communications network that includes base stations, and in which each base station is associated with a cell, and in which each cell includes one or more mobile stations, each base station determines pre-coding matrices for full-cooperation, semi-cooperation and non-cooperation. Each base stations also determines a sum rate SR05-07-2009
20090029712Cell reselection signalling method - The invention relates to methods pertaining to cell reselection in a cellular telecommunication system. According to the invention, a connection setup rejection message is used to direct a mobile communication means to attempt a new connection with certain parameter values such as a certain carrier frequency. A plurality of parameter values may as well be indicated in the message, which allows the network to direct the mobile communication means to make a connection setup request to a specific cell, for example. The connection setup rejection message can be for example the CONNECTION SETUP REJECT message of the RRC protocol.01-29-2009
20090298508Receiving and Processing Protocol Data Units - A method for processing one or more bursts including receiving at least a portion of a first burst comprising one or more protocol data units. The method includes receiving a sequence number for the first burst. The method includes writing the sequence number and the first burst to a physical-layer queue, such that the first burst is concatenated to the sequence number in the physical-layer queue. The sequence number may identify the first burst from one or more second bursts written to the physical-layer queue preceding or following the first burst.12-03-2009
20090137253AVOIDING COLLISIONS BETWEEN USERS IF MAP CONTAINING PERSISTENT SCHEDULING INFORMATION IS LOST - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a MAP may be used by a base station to allocate network users for one or more users in a wireless network using persistent scheduling. In the event one or more of the users does not successfully receive a MAP transmitted by the base station, the user may stop transmitting and/or receiving in order to minimize and/or avoid collision with transmissions from other users. The affected user may transmit an indication of the error in receiving the MAP to the base station, wherein the base station may retransmit the previously transmitted MAP to the affected user that did not successfully receive the MAP from the origination transmission. One or more users may utilize a shared NAK channel to indicate to the base station an indication of the error in receive the MAP.05-28-2009
20090181686Enhanced Uplink Retransmission Securing - A method, network node, and base station for communicating with mobile user terminals over an air interface. A scheduler allocates and de-allocates resources in the node or base station for communicating with a user terminal. The scheduler includes a delayer for delaying the de-allocation of an allocated resource if delayed de-allocation is needed.07-16-2009
20090186625METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEQUENCE DISTRIBUTING AND SEQUENCE PROCESSING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A sequence distributing and sequence processing method and apparatus in a communication system are provided. The sequence distributing method includes the following steps: generating sequence groups including a number of sequences, the sequences in the sequence groups are determined according to the sequence time frequency resource occupation manner which is supported by the system; distributing the sequence groups to cells. The method avoids the phenomenon that signaling transmission is needed to distribute the sequences to the cells for different time frequency resource occupation manner, and saves in so far as possible the wireless network transmission resource occupied during the process of distributing the sequences through distributing the sequence groups comprising a number of sequences to the cells.07-23-2009
20090005057APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATIONS IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communications in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A frame used by the terminal in P2P communications includes a plurality of P2P contention channels overlapping with a region for cellular communications and at least one P2P dedicated channel allocated by a base station only for the P2P communications. The method includes establishing a P2P connection with a correspondent terminal through the at least one P2P dedicated channel, and exchanging P2P communication data with the correspondent terminal through at least one of the plurality of P2P contention channels.01-01-2009
20090005054STATUS NOTIFICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A call connection request from an access terminal is suppressed in a state in which the base station judges that the call connection is impossible, thereby suppressing a waste of the wireless band and the generation of noise. A BCMCS management block of an access point receives information indicating whether there is an allocable channel, from a channel management block of the access point, and information indicating whether the start of QoS can be accepted, from a QoS acceptance determination block of the access point, and the BCMCS management block distributes the information to the access terminal. Accordingly, the access point can inform the access terminal that it is not serviceable before channel allocation is attempted.01-01-2009
20090061886System and Method for Activity-Based Power Control Target Adjustments in a Wireless Communication Network - The teachings presented herein provide, among other things, improved power control stability and increased system capacity in a wireless communication network by raising signal quality targets for mobile stations engaged in scheduled uplink data transmissions and lowering those signal quality targets at the end of such transmissions. As one example, the teachings herein are applied to the Enhanced Uplink (EUL) in a Wideband CDMA (WCDMA) network. In that context, the target received signal quality (e.g., SIR) for a given mobile station's Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) signal is raised for times when the mobile station is engaged in a scheduled data transmission via its Enhanced-Dedicated Physical Data Channel (E-DPDCH), and lowered at other times. Doing so prevents the power control loop from “chasing” the potentially dramatic changes in mobile-specific interference conditions that arise in a scheduled uplink environment.03-05-2009
20090005055METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SWITCH OF MOBILE USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - The present invention discloses a method for controlling switch of multi-mode mobile user equipment (UE). Through designing a dedicated Switch Control Module (SCM) in the existing terminal management module within the multi-mode UE supporting IMS services, utilizing the automatic detection function of the Access Service Network (ASN) at the terminal side, and modifying part of the control signaling of the Connectivity Service Network (CSN) at the terminal side to make the UE participate the switch control procedure actively, the invention implements the seamless switch between different networks, strengthening the real-time performance during the network switch, thus enabling the mobile multimedia service to continue to satisfy the requirements for the real-time performance even when switched in use and enabling the user to obtain quicker data transmission rate, better quality of service and service with a cheaper price.01-01-2009
20080318586COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - According to a communications method according to the present invention, data is transmitted from a base station to two or more terminals via a common channel, and transmission power, with which the data is transmitted from the base station to the two or more terminals, is controlled according to a reception state of at least one of the two or more terminals. Furthermore, the terminal transmits reception capability information at a time of selection combining, and at least one of the two or more base stations receives the reception capability information at the time of selective combining and notifies the reception capability information to a radio network controller (RNC) which controls the two or more base stations. When a connection request is issued to the terminal, the RNC refuses assignment of a dedicated channel to the connection request when determining that the assignment of the dedicated channel to the terminal cannot be done based on the reception capability information at the time of selective combining.12-25-2008
20090325586METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMON CHANNEL CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile station that is configured to perform common channel cancellation may include a parameter estimation unit that is configured to estimate parameters for generating a common channel error. The mobile station may also include a common channel generation unit that is configured to generate the common channel error based on the parameters. The mobile station may also include an adder that is configured to subtract the common channel error from received data samples.12-31-2009
20080233964Uplink control channel allocation - Various methods of allocating uplink control channels in a communication system are implemented at a resource scheduler or a user equipment (UE). In one method the scheduler reserves resources for a downlink data channel and signals a corresponding downlink data channel grant and also reserves resources for a persistent uplink control channel for a longer duration than the data channel grant. Signaling overhead associated with a grant for this persistent uplink control channel is reduced over a full dynamic grant. A predetermined rule can be used at the scheduler and at the UE to avoid overhead signaling associated with a grant for this persistent control channel. Predetermined rules at the UE and scheduler can also be used to reserve appropriate resources and select appropriate MCS levels for control information and the control information and uplink data can be transported over a common uplink channel when a time overlap occurs between an uplink data channel and the persistent control channel.09-25-2008
20100003997Radio Base Station And Radio Communication Method Therefor - A radio base station transmits data to a mobile station in the form of error correction coded blocks. To this end, a controller allocates radio resources belonging to a first set of radio resources to one part of a block of data, as well as radio resources belonging to a second set of radio resources to the other part of the block. The first set of radio resources is a set of radio resources assigned to the radio base station for use in data transmission, while the second set of radio resources is a set of radio resources other than the first set of radio resources. A transceiver transmits the block by using the radio resources that the controller has allocated.01-07-2010
20110143761APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - This document describes an apparatus for providing an advance indication of channels available for use by a mobile device travelling along a geographic path. The path extends across two or more cells, with each cell defining a particular set of radio channels available for use by the mobile device in that cell. The apparatus is configured to receive predicted geographic path signalling associated with prediction of the geographic path to be taken by the mobile device. The apparatus is also configured to determine radio channels available for use by the mobile device along that path. The apparatus is also configured to provide, in advance, an indication of the radio channels available for use by the mobile device along the geographic path in each respective cell along the path.06-16-2011
20090069022Method and system for estimating channel of a mobile station in a communication system - A method of estimating a channel between a desired Mobile Station (MS) and a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) antenna of a one of a plurality of sectors of a BTS. The method includes receiving a composite signal at the BTS antenna. The composite signal comprises a desired MS signal and an interfering MS signal. Thereafter, a known desired random sequence and a known interfering random sequence is applied to pilot symbols of the composite signal, resulting in a first de-randomized signal and a second de-randomized signal. Finally, the channel estimate is obtained by weighting and summing the first de-randomized signal and second de-randomized signal.03-12-2009
20130217400METHOD AND BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM FOR ACTIVATING COEXISTENCE WORK MODE - A method for activating coexistence work mode and a base station, user equipment and system using the method. The method for activating coexistence work mode includes: a user equipment in a first communication system transmits an activation mode request, which requests for entering the coexistence work mode, to the base station in the first communication system; in the coexistence work mode, using different transmission resource, the user equipment performs a first communication with the base station and performs a second communication with a device of a second communication system which is different from the first communication system, respectively; the user equipment activates the coexistence work mode based on configuration information of the coexistence work mode, wherein, the configuration information of the coexistence work mode is preset for the user equipment by the base station, and is conserved in the user equipment.08-22-2013
20130217402Method, Device, and Base Station for Resource Coordination Processing - The present invention provides a method, a device, and a base station for resource coordination processing, and a user equipment, where the method for resource coordination processing includes: determining an avoided uplink resource, where the avoided uplink resource is an uplink resource which is set between a local cell and a neighboring cell and used to instruct the neighboring cell to perform interference avoidance or shared resource coordination; and scheduling the user equipment according to the avoided uplink resource. The method and device can implement resource coordination and scheduling between neighboring cells, and effectively avoid interference between neighboring cells.08-22-2013
20130217399PARTIAL CHANNEL MAPPING FOR FAST CONNECTION SETUP IN LOW ENERGY WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system comprising a controller, a scanner, and a transceiver. The controller is configured to identify a number of channels in which a beacon signal may be wirelessly transmitted. The number of channels is less than a total number of channels available for receiving transmissions. The scanner is configured to scan each of the number of channels for a first beacon signal. The transceiver is configured to receive the first beacon signal from one of the number of channels.08-22-2013
20090061885SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTAGIOUS VIRTUAL CARRIER SENSE - At a first mobile station operating in the wireless communication system, channel usage information is observed and sensed on a first communication channel. The channel usage information is re-transmitted to a second mobile station that is operating in the wireless communication system.03-05-2009
20110230198Apparatus and Method - An apparatus and a method are provided. The provided solution includes determining at least one sub cell specific spectrum load characteristic by an apparatus serving a sub cell; receiving neighbor cell information from an apparatus serving a cell and transmitting the at least one spectrum characteristic to the apparatus serving a cell.09-22-2011
20090054073METHOD AND SYSTEM WHEREIN TIMESLOTS ALLOCATED FOR COMMON CONTROL CHANNELS MAY BE REUSED FOR USER TRAFFIC - A method and system is disclosed wherein timeslots designated in a wireless communication system as Common Physical Channel (CPCH) timeslots may be reused for user traffic. A CPCH timeslot used in a first cell may be reused by a second cell, assuming the first and second cells transmit control information in different CPCH timeslots, for user traffic. The second cell is permitted to reuse the timeslot in which the first cell is transmitting control information so long as the second cell's reuse of that timeslot does not degrade reception of control information in the first cell.02-26-2009
20090054072System For QOS Aware Reverse Link Admission Control In Wireless Communication Systems - A system, comprising various methods and apparatus, for Reverse Link Admission Control (RLAC) with QoS differentiation in wireless communication systems is disclosed. With the present invention, wireless systems may admit new calls or transmission flows based upon sector loading conditions QoS requirements or characteristics of an incoming transmission—providing optimal system performance and stability while addressing QoS needs.02-26-2009
20110223925Antennae System - Embodiments of the invention relate to wireless communications networks, and more specifically to an antenna apparatus for cellular wireless systems. Increasing data capacity of cellular wireless systems places increasing demands on the capacity of the two way connection, known as backhaul, between a cellular base station and a telecommunications network such as the PSTN backhaul, since this is the connection that has to convey the wireless-originating traffic to its destination, often in an entirely different network. Known backhaul links include leased lines, microwave links, optical fibre links or radio resources for relaying backhaul traffic between base stations. The fixed line solutions are expensive to implement and maintain, while the radio solutions antenna configurations that are not ideal for relaying data between base stations. In embodiments of the invention, communication between base stations occurs in a first timeslot by use of a first antenna system and communication between a given base station and a user equipment occurs in a second timeslot using a second antenna system. The benefit of this method is that the first antenna system can be optimised for use in communication between base stations, whereas the second antenna system can be optimised for communication with user equipment which preferably occurs within the area of cellular wireless coverage of the sector served by the second antenna system.09-15-2011
20110230199Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.09-22-2011
20110230197System and apparatus for high speed train communication - This invention discloses a wireless communication system and apparatus for ground to high speed train communication. Unlike other priori arts, the proposed system exploits the train time table, train operating scenarios and GSM-R timing provision so that the train-presence triggered broadband wireless communication can be realized with better performance and less cost. There are provided system architectures and functionality of each apparatus and implementation details.09-22-2011
20090088173CHANNEL ALLOCATION DEVICE AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - The logical channels are made to include a logical channel for control and a logical channel for data transmission, the radio physical channel are made to be commonly used for a plurality of logical channels, and one logical channel is made to have a correspondence relationship with one radio physical channel, and the channel assignment apparatus includes: traffic monitoring detection means that detects occurrence of traffic of the logical channels; and logical channel assignment means that, according to occurrence of the traffic of the logical channels, sequentially assigns required resources on the radio physical channel to the logical channels, so that the object is achieved.04-02-2009
20090191888COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Controlling spectrum use in a first wireless communications system which takes part in a spectrum assignment process, in which one of the first wireless communications system and a second wireless communications system assigns a portion of spectrum to the other of the first and second wireless communications system. The first wireless communications system includes a plurality of network elements some or all located within a cell associated with a particular network element of the second wireless communications system. The controlling includes coordinating network elements of the first wireless communications system to identify a portion of spectrum which is either available for assignment from the network elements of the first wireless communications system to the particular network element of the second wireless communications system, or required to be assigned from the particular network element of the second wireless communications system to the network elements of the first wireless communications system.07-30-2009
20090209261BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION METHOD - A multicarrier communication method capable of improving the frequency utilization efficiency and the throughput of the communication system, while satisfying the QoS. A communication terminal reports the CQI about all of the subchannels included in the bandwidth of a communication channel during a first CQI report, as shown in the upper figure portion. Unlike the first report, during the second and following CQI reports, in which much time is left in terms of the permissible delay time, the communication terminal reports the CQI only about subchannels 08-20-2009
20090163218METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY RESOURCES FOR A RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating subcarrier frequency resources for a relay enhanced cellular communication system is provided. The relay enhanced cellular communication system includes a base station, one or more mobile stations and one or more relay stations. Subcarrier allocation involves assigning a set of subcarriers by allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links between mobile stations and their serving stations, to meet minimum data rate requirements of the access links, and allocating subcarriers to one or more relay communication links between the base station and relay stations to accommodate the data rates achieved on the corresponding access links. The serving stations may include one or more relay stations and the base station. Link balancing, multi-user diversity and minimum data rate constraint are jointly considered to achieve an optimal solution.06-25-2009
20090203383Transmission of Feedback Information on PUSCH in Wireless Networks - A transmission of feedback information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations. The secondary node receives an allocation of resources comprising a plurality of resource elements on an uplink shared data channel. The secondary node generates feedback information in response to transmissions from the primary node and normally transmits feedback information to the primary node on a control channel. On occasion, the secondary node receives a trigger from the primary node. In response to the trigger, the secondary node transmits the feedback information using a subset of the allocated resource elements on the uplink shared data channel.08-13-2009
20090209262TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT EMPLOYING INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT MESSAGES - Various traffic management techniques may be employed in a multi-hop wireless communication system. For example, a decision to transmit data to another node may be based on whether that node is able to effectively transmit its data. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on the amount of data a parent node may transmit. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on how effectively data is being transmitted. A weight may be assigned for an interference management message based on a traffic scheduling policy.08-20-2009
20090247175System and Method for Downlink Control Signal Structure for Multi-User MIMO - A system and method for downlink control signal structure for multi-user MIMO is provided. A method comprises selecting a set of mobile stations (MSs) to receive substantially simultaneously transmitted transmissions, and transmitting interference control information and data to each mobile station (MS) in the set of MSs. A number of MSs in the set of MSs is less than a maximum allowable number of simultaneously scheduled MSs, and an amount of interference control information and a type of interference control information transmitted is based on the number of MSs in the set of MSs and the maximum allowable number of simultaneously scheduled MSs.10-01-2009
20090247173CHANNEL FREQUENCY REUSE FOR NARROW BEAM VIDEO STREAMING BASED UPON MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION INFORMATION - Transmitting streamed video to at least one wireless terminal by a wireless network having a channel frequency reuse pattern. The wireless network receives a request for the streamed video from the at least one wireless terminal and receives position information from the at least one wireless terminal requesting the streamed video. The wireless network selects a transceiving device to service transmission of the streamed video to the at least one wireless terminal. The transceiving device is allocated a first channel frequency set of the channel frequency reuse pattern. The wireless network or a component thereof selects a channel from a second channel frequency set that is different from the first channel frequency set. The transceiving device then, using a directional antenna, transmits the streamed video to the at least one wireless terminal in a direction based upon the position information using the selected channel.10-01-2009
20080261608RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A radio resource allocation method is provided wherein one of a plurality of mobile stations is allocated to one or each of a plurality of frequency blocks. The method comprises: (a) calculating allocation index representing transmission quality of each of said mobile stations in said each of frequency blocks; extracting for said each of frequency blocks, a mobile station having a largest allocation index as a candidate mobile station; (c) extracting a mobile station having a largest allocation index in all of said frequency blocks, as a target mobile station for allocation; and (d) extracting, from among said frequency blocks, frequency block(s) for which said candidate mobile station matches said target mobile station, as candidate frequency block(s).10-23-2008
20080261606Transmission Rate Control Method, Mobile Station and Radio Network Controller - The present invention can flexibly adjust trade-off between the radio network capacity and the radio quality by changing decrease stop of uplink user data in accordance with the congestion of uplink or the uplink user data type. A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes the steps of; notifying, at a radio network controller RNC, a decrease pattern of the transmission rate of the uplink user data to a mobile station UE, when setting, with the mobile station UE, a user data channel connection for transmitting the uplink user data; and decreasing, at the mobile station UE, the transmission rate of the uplink user data in accordance with the decrease pattern, when receiving, from a radio bass station Node B, a relative rate control channel RGCH for indicating that the transmission rate of the uplink user data should be decreased.10-23-2008
20090221293TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF BROADCAST SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and transmission apparatus for transmitting broadcast system information in a mobile communication system. Further, the invention relates to a method and mobile terminal receiving the broadcast system information. To provide an improved method for broadcasting broadcast system information the invention suggests mapping different partitions of broadcast system information to a shared transport channel or a broadcast transport channel for transmission. The mapping may take into account parameters inherent to the mobile terminals to which the broadcast system information is to be transmitted and/or parameters inherent to the different partitions of broadcast system information.09-03-2009
20090221294Radio Resource Management in a Mobile Radio Communication System - A method operates a radio communication system in which network radio devices use radio resources in order to communicate with subscriber stations. A first network radio device performs direct tuning with a second network radio device using the respectively used radio resources. The first and/or the second network radio device send(s) a request for a decision about radio resources to be used by the first and/or the second network radio device to a device. Subsequent to the request, the first and/or the second network radio device receive(s) information from the device about radio resources to be used by the first and/or the second network radio device. A radio communication system carries out the method.09-03-2009
20120077509SERVICE RECOVERY METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A service recovery method for a wireless communication network is disclosed. The method includes: receiving a radio resource control (RRC) re-establishment request or a cell update message from a user equipment (UE); performing an RRC establishment process that is triggered by a non-access-stratum of the UE if the RRC re-establishment or the cell update fails; and sending an initial UE message to a core network device after the RRC establishment process is complete. In the embodiments of the present invention, service continuity of the UE in an active state is ensured.03-29-2012
20120077507PREAMBLE SET SEPARATION FOR RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL IN LARGE SCALE CELLULAR NETWORKS - A scheme for random access channel (RACH) configuration for a system that supports Machine-Type Communication (MTC) devices is provided. Upon receiving a random access configuration message from the network, the MTC device sends a random access preamble based on the received random access configuration message. The random access configuration message comprises a field that includes information related to Machine-Type Communication (MTC) preambles, and the random access preamble is selected among a plurality of Machine-Type Communication (MTC) preambles available for use.03-29-2012
20120077506METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING RADIOS AND MAPPING APPLICATIONS TO RADIOS ON A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for selecting radios and mapping applications to radios on a wireless device are described. The wireless network may have at least one application that is active and a plurality of radios that are available for use. In one design, the wireless device determines requirements of the at least one application, which may be related to throughput, latency, jitter, etc. The wireless device selects at least one radio among the plurality of radios based on the requirements of the at least one application and possibly other factors. The wireless device determines a mapping of the at least one application to the at least one radio based on the requirements of the at least one application, the performance of the at least one radio, and/or other factors. The wireless device maps the at least one application to the at least one radio based on the mapping.03-29-2012
20120077505METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING FRACTIONAL SYSTEM SELECTION BY A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for performing fractional system selection by a wireless device are described. The wireless device may have at least one application that is active and a plurality of radios that are available for use. The wireless device may perform fractional system selection and map different portions of an application to different radios. In one design, the wireless device may determine a mapping of different fractions of the application to different radios based on the requirements of the application, capabilities of the radios, interference between the radios, etc. The wireless device may map a first fraction of the application to a first radio and may map a second fraction of the application to a second radio. The wireless device may exchange (e.g., send or receive) data for the first fraction of the application via the first radio and may exchange data for the second fraction of the application via the second radio.03-29-2012
20100159935System and Method for Resource Allocation - An access node comprising a processor configured to promote allocation of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) resource to a relay node. The PDCCH resource is configured for use by the relay node. The access node is further configured to exclusively control allocation of the PDCCH resource.06-24-2010
20080268859METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROL IN RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A resource allocation control method and device that can reduce inter-cell interference in a radio communications system are provided. According to a method for resource allocation control between a plurality of cells in a radio communications system, radio communication devices respectively controlling at least two cells notify information about control resources of its own cell to each other. In the resources of its own cell, each of the radio communication devices sets a buffer resource within a predetermined resource range corresponding to a control resource of the other cell. At a request for information transmission in its own cell, each of the radio communication devices restricts the allocation of the set buffer resource.10-30-2008
20110143764METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, RADIO STATIONS AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to method for communicating in a network comprising the step a) of a primary station transmitting to at least one secondary station on a downlink control channel an indication related to a resource allocated to said secondary station in accordance with a semi persistent schedule, wherein the step a) comprises the step of transmitting to the secondary station at least two messages including at least part of the indication in one subframe.06-16-2011
20110143763METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION MODE OF FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - A method for controlling an operation mode of a femtocell base station includes receiving a channel quality indicator of a downlink channel between the femtocell base station and a terminal, which is transmitted from the terminal; calculating a communication quality between the femtocell base station and the terminal based on the channel quality indicator; determining whether or not an interference factor has occurred in communication between the femtocell base station and the terminal based on the communication quality; and changing or maintaining an operation mode of the femtocell base station based on the determination result. The communication quality may be calculated when the operation mode of the femtocell base station is allowed to be changed.06-16-2011
20120196608NETWORK ACCESS METHOD FOR M2M DEVICE AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - Network access methods for M2M device, M2M devices and base stations using the same methods are proposed. The proposed method allows M2M devices to perform random access process in the synchronous random access channel when the RTD information to the preferred base station is available. In another embodiment, the base station determines mobility type of a M2M device, determines a dedicated random access channel allocation for the M2M device according to the mobility type of the M2M device, and sends a paging message indicating the dedicated random access channel allocation.08-02-2012
20090239546METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To transmit resource allocation information on a plurality of radio resources to a terminal, a resource allocation device expresses a radio resource that is differently allocated from before the resource allocation information is transmitted among the plurality of radio resources in a radio resource pattern sequence, generates resource allocation information on the plurality of radio resources based on the radio resource pattern sequence, and transmits the radio resource pattern sequence and the resource allocation information, or a compressed pattern sequence corresponding to the radio resource pattern sequence and the resource allocation information, to the terminal through a frame.09-24-2009
20090239545METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Disclosed is a random access method for minimizing delay for call setup, managing a random access request conflict, and adaptively allocating uplink radio resources according to the reason of an asynchronous random access from a terminal in an initial random access procedure between a base station and a terminal in a cellular mobile communication system for a packet service. The method begins with a radio resource control (RRC) layer of the terminal transferring a control primitive and an RRC connection request message to a medium access control (MAC) layer of the terminal. The MAC layer of the terminal requests the MAC layer of the base station to allocate a resource for random access. The MAC layer of the base station allocates resources upon the allocation request from the terminal and transfers the resources to the MAC layer of the terminal. The MAC layer of the terminal sets up an uplink sub-channel based on the allocated resources and transfers the RRC connection request message to the MAC layer of the base station through the uplink sub-channel. The MAC layer of the base station analyzes the RRC connection request message and requests the RRC layer of the base station to set up the RRC connection. The MAC layer of the base station transfers an RRC connection setup message to the terminal.09-24-2009
20100151872APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for managing radio resources, capable of effectively managing radio resources. When a normal call and a handover call are attempted, radio resources are allocated and it is determined whether or not to perform an overload control based on received load related information and then it is determined whether or not to admit the call depending on an availability of a bandwidth for radio resources, a priority of real time traffic or a locking probability of data. The quality and efficiency of a mobile communication service is enhanced by pertaining an effective allocation on radio resources and controlling the load of radio resources in the mobile communication system. The radio resource managing apparatus and method using the same are applied to IMT (International Mobile Telecommunications)-Advanced system base station, thereby optimizing the efficiency of radio resources.06-17-2010
20100273499System and Method for Coordinating Electronic Devices in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for coordinating electronic devices in a wireless communications system are provided. A method for transmitting information by a controller includes computing a beam cycle based on transmissions from a plurality of mobile devices, receiving resource-specific channel quality indicators from the plurality of mobile devices, scheduling a transmission opportunity for a mobile device in the plurality of mobile devices, and transmitting information to the mobile device based on the scheduled transmission opportunity. The mobile devices are being served by the controller, and the scheduling is based on the beam cycle and the channel quality indicators.10-28-2010
20120034928METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a Central Node (CN), a method in a Remote Node (RN), and a method in a wireless communication system for allocating reference signals to be used for uplink transmission are disclosed. According to one aspect reference signals are allocated with a method comprising the steps of: determining in a CN a number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by a Remote Node RN; indicating to the RN the number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by the RN; configuring an uplink transmission by the RN with at most the number of reference signals N; and performing by the RN the uplink transmission with at most the number of reference signals N on transmit antennas comprised in the RN. The present disclosure further discloses a CN and a RN relating to the methods.02-09-2012
20090318159SIGNALING CONNECTION ADMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for admission control of control plane signaling requests includes receiving a signaling request. Upon receipt of the signaling connection request, a first determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to common resources. When the first determination is negative, a second determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to dedicated resources. When the second determination is negative, the signaling request is rejected. When the second determination is positive, the request is admitted to dedicated resources. When the first determination is positive, a third determination is performed to determine whether the quality of the signaling request is high or low. If the quality of the request is high, the signaling request is admitted to common resources. When the quality is low, a fourth determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to dedicated resources. If the fourth determination is positive, the request is admitted to dedicated resources. If the fourth determination is negative, the request is admitted to common resources.12-24-2009
20090275340UL/DL SCHEDULING FOR FULL BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION - A method may include receiving, by a user equipment incapable of transmitting and receiving simultaneously, a schedule to transmit data on an uplink, detecting, by the user equipment, whether there is data to be transmitted on the uplink, and receiving, by the user equipment, during a time corresponding to the schedule, data associated with a downlink, when it is determined that there is no data to be transmitted.11-05-2009
20100151869RESOURCES MANAGEMENT IN DUAL SERVICES TERMINAL - Methods and apparatus are provided to minimize conflicts caused by simultaneous unicast and broadcast transmission/reception in a mobile communication device. The mobile communication device selects a technology for the reception of a broadcast/multicast/unicast service and then disables the use of specific technologies or the use of a specific technology on a specific frequency band that might interfere with the reception of another service. 06-17-2010
20100184447RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS - The base station apparatus includes: a distributed transmission determination unit (07-22-2010
20100184444METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CHANNEL SOUNDING PILOT AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting an uplink channel sounding pilot is used in the Long Term Evolution Project. The method includes: receiving, by a User Equipment, an uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling; and transmitting, by the User Equipment, an uplink channel sounding pilot according to an indication in the uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling. The uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling includes one of or a combination of indication information including transmission starting time, a transmission period, duration, a subcarrier index, a subframe index, a long block index and a frequency band of the uplink channel sounding pilot. A system for transmitting an uplink channel sounding pilot, a base station and a User Equipment are also disclosed. With the use of the invention, a User Equipment may be dynamically scheduled to transmit an uplink channel sounding pilot, a solution for carrying the uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling is provided, and a solution for determining the position of the uplink channel sounding pilot in the subframe is also be provided, thereby the position of the uplink channel sounding pilot in the subframe can more accurately reflect the conditions of the channel on which uplink and/or downlink processing is performed according to the uplink channel sounding pilot.07-22-2010
20100184446Apparatus and method for adjusting offset in a wireless communication system - A Base Station (BS) includes an apparatus capable of performing an offset adjustment for a Mobile Station (MS). The BS can determine an offset mean value of the MS using a previously estimated offset of the MS if UpLink (UL) data received from the MS does not exist. The BS determines whether to transmit an unsolicited ranging response message (Unsolicited RNG-RSP) using the offset mean value of the MS. If transmitting the Unsolicited RNG-RSP, the BS transmits the MS the Unsolicited RNG-RSP including an offset adjustment value for the MS.07-22-2010
20100190504METHOD FOR ENHANCING OF CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCES AND TRANSMITTING STATUS REPORT IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RECEIVER OF MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for enhancing of controlling radio resource and transmitting a Status Report in a mobile telecommunications system, and a receiver of mobile telecommunications system. When any PDUs that have not been received (‘missing PDUs’) occur, a receiving RLC entity does not immediately request re-transmission about the ‘missing PDUs’. Rather, only when missing PDUs more than a predetermined number occur, the receiving RLC entity requests the re-transmission. Accordingly, an amount of radio resources required to transmit a Status Report can be reduced.07-29-2010
20090047970METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK RESOURCE RESERVATION BASED ON MOVING SPEED OF MOBILE TERMINAL, AND MOBILE TERMINAL THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for network resource reservation and a mobile terminal therefor. Provided are a method, apparatus and system for minimizing unnecessary network resource reservation by predicting an expected direction of a terminal. The method for network resource reservation based on a moving speed of a mobile terminal includes: receiving a request for network resource reservation from the mobile terminal; calculating an expected moving direction of the mobile terminal, based on a speed-based moving probability model represented by a probability density function for a movable direction dependent on the moving speed of the mobile terminal, a moving speed of the mobile terminal, and position information of the mobile terminal; and performing network resource reservation for wireless cells included in the calculated expected moving direction. Thus, unnecessary network resource reservation can be minimized by predicting the moving direction of the terminal.02-19-2009
20090298507Method for Implementing a Business of Communication Service Level Based on a User Request - The present invention relates a method for implementing a business of communication service level based on a user request. A calling user initiates a call request at least including the user's requirement information for the current communication service level; a network equipment receives the call request, detects the requirement information for the current communication service level in the call request, determines whether the user-network interface on the calling side has the capability of providing the communication service level; if yes, the network equipment analyzes the requirement information for the current communication service level and the utilization status of the network resources, obtains the strategy information relevant to the communication service level of the current call; said network equipment allocates user-network resources for the calling side according to the relevant strategy information and then the calling terminal and the called terminal establish call connection; if no, it doesn't respond to the requirement information for the current communication service level. The present invention implements the different requirements for the communication service level by the call request as the same calling user under different circumstances. It's convenient and simple to operate.12-03-2009
20130122917METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME AND FREQUENCY TRACKING IN CLUSTERED FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENTS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for synchronizing timing or frequency of a femto node in a cluster. A femto node can determine that one or more synchronization signals are associated with a master femto node in a cluster of femto nodes, where femto nodes are to synchronize timing or frequency to the master femto node. The femto node can obtain timing or frequency information from the one or more synchronization signals and synchronize a local timing or a local frequency based at least in part on the timing or frequency information.05-16-2013
20130122918SYSTEM AND METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT STATE TRANSITION - A user equipment and a method performed by the user equipment is provided. The method comprises receiving a network message from a network, inhibiting a sending of a user equipment message to the network and transitioning to a target state. The user equipment is adaptable/adapted and/or configurable/configured to receive a network message from a network, inhibit a sending of a user equipment message to the network and transition to a target state. The network message indicates the target state to which the user equipment is to transition.05-16-2013
20130122919MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of a radio network controller of a first communication scheme transmitting an instruction signal to a mobile station UE in a case where a radio access capability of the mobile station UE is contained in the received connection setup request signal, the instruction signal instructing the mobile station UE to make an attempt to set up a connection in a cell of a second communication scheme, and a step of the mobile station UE setting up the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme in response to the received instruction signal, wherein in the mobile station UE transmits a connection setup request signal not containing the radio access capability of the mobile station UE, in a case where the mobile station UE detects the predetermined trigger but the attempt to setup the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme has been made a predetermined number of times or more within a predetermined period of time.05-16-2013
20130122920RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SCHEDULING AMONG BASE STATIONS - Various techniques are disclosed for wireless communications for providing a methodology and algorithm(s) to manage resources and schedule users in a coordinated way among a group of base stations, such as Femtocells, Picocells, self-organized Basestations, Access Points (APs) or mesh network nodes, or among the basestations in a two tiered networks, to improve the performance for individual user, individual Basestation (BTS), the overall systems or all of above.05-16-2013
20130122921DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF RADIO NETWORK RESOURCES BASED ON USER EQUIPMENT TYPE - Radio network resources are dynamically optimized based on the type of user equipment. A method, a radio network node, a core network node and a computer program product are provided for managing radio resources in a radio access network formed of cells and having terminals connected to it. A radio resource management action is performed based on determined terminal type information. In particular, the terminal type is a smartphone. The radio resource management action includes load balancing between cells and/or network tuning.05-16-2013
20130122922METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING IDENTIFIER FOR NO-MOBILITY MOBILE STATION IN IDLE STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting/receiving an identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state in a wireless communication system. In a base station device for transmitting an identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state, according to the present invention, a receiver receives information on mobility from at least one mobile station. A processor allocates, to the at least one no-mobility mobile station in an idle state, at least one identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state on the basis of the information on mobility. A transmitter transmits the allocated identifier to the at least one no-mobility mobile station in an idle state.05-16-2013
20100159938CONTROL CHANNEL MANAGING APPARATUS, CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCHING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - There are provided a control channel managing apparatus of a base station, a control channel searching apparatus of a user equipment (UE) and a control channel allocating method in a mobile communication system. When an aggregation level is high and a plurality of UEs having the same starting address of a control channel search space are scheduled in a corresponding subframe, control information with respect to conflicting UEs which have lower priorities in terms of allocation of control information can be transmitted through the conflicting UE space. Hence, more control information can be transmitted and the number of available UEs corresponding to the control information increases, and thus an improvement in the performance of the entire network can be achieved.06-24-2010
20100159936USING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES TO FACILITATE COORDINATING USE OF RESOURCES - System(s), method(s), and device(s) that facilitate managing resources associated with communication devices are presented. A mobile device(s) at cell edge identifies its in-use resource blocks (RBs) to a neighbor base station, or in-use RBs of a neighbor base station to the serving base station. In the former instance, the neighbor base station sorts RBs in ascending order based on signal strengths respectively associated with the RBs and mobile devices; in the latter instance, the serving base station ranks RBs in ascending order based on signal strengths respectively associated with the RBs and neighbor base stations. RBs having weakest signal strength are reused first for mobile devices at cell edge. Base station establishes a direct wireless radio path with another base station facilitated by employing a sequence of subframes where all subframes but a specified subframe are blanked, and data is transmitted between base stations during the specified subframe.06-24-2010
20100216480WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A wireless communication method in a cognitive radio (CR) environment, and a wireless communication device and a wireless communication system using the same are provided. A communication method includes receiving channel information indicating a channel used by an external device, searching for available channels, and performing communication through the available channel. Accordingly, interference between devices can be avoided, available channels can be found more rapidly, and wireless resources can be used more efficiently.08-26-2010
20100216482SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF DYNAMIC SEGREGATION OF MANAGED WIRELESS RESOURCES BY TRAFFIC TYPE - Systems and methods are described for segregating airlink resources in a wireless communication network by traffic type. When voice data and traffic data are sent simultaneously in a wireless network using a limited set of frequency resources, the data traffic can cause unacceptable interference in the voice traffic. Accordingly, transceivers share their voice traffic and data traffic demands and may allocate portions of an airlink resource into resource zones for exclusive use by voice traffic and data traffic. Within each resource zone, the transmission can be optimally managed for each traffic type, and interference between voice traffic and data traffic is reduced.08-26-2010
20110059744Method and apparatus for allocating cell ID in self-organizing network - A method and an apparatus allocate a cell identifier in a self-organizing network. A database stores and obtains position information of a plurality of femto base stations. A Physical Cell Identifier (PCID) reconfiguring unit configures an initial Merge Table (MT) including allocation information of a PCID based on the position information of the femto base station and minimizes the number of rows or columns according to at least one permutation set in the initial MT.03-10-2011
20120196611SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK EMPLOYING BAND SELECTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT - A system and method for enhancing the performance in heterogeneous wireless access networks employing a distributed antenna system is disclosed. A control unit comprises a distributed antenna system management server which collects load information from each of the carriers. The control unit further comprises a power management decision engine which determines the optimal downlink transmission power level for the carriers based on the collected load information and a set of parameters related to the power for the carriers. Power levels may decrease to baseline parameters when the load on carriers decreases.08-02-2012
20120196610SUPPORTING MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITIES IN A PORTABLE DEVICE USING A SINGLE TRANSCEIVER - According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method and technique for enabling wireless communications for multiple numbers or subscriber identities using a single transceiver is disclosed. The method includes, for a terminal device including a transceiver for wireless communications, determining whether the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities. The method also includes, responsive to determining that the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities, creating a plurality of recurrent time slots for a communication channel of the terminal device, allocating for each subscriber identity a respective time slot, and enabling wireless communications for the plurality of subscriber identities using the respective time slots via the transceiver.08-02-2012
20120196607CHANNEL INFORMATION FEEDBACK REDUCTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques are disclosed for reducing channel information feedback in communication networks. For example, a method comprises the following steps. A set of mobile terminals and a set of base stations designated to participate in a coordinated multipoint transmission protocol in a communication network are identified. One or more unique downlink communication resource blocks are assigned to each designated mobile terminal that is located in a given first sector of a designated base station. As such, each designated mobile terminal in the first sector of the designated base station: (i) performs a channel state estimation process in response to respective signals received from the designated base stations in the one or more unique downlink communication resource blocks assigned to that designated mobile terminal; and (ii) transmits resulting channel state information back to at least one of the designated base stations.08-02-2012
20100216478Method and apparatus for operating a communications arrangement comprising femto cells - A method for operating a communications arrangement comprising femto cells includes opportunistic use of the spectrum by a femto cell. The method may involve multi-operator spectrum re-use and/or multi-service spectrum re-use. The femto cell may use parts of the spectrum when they are not used by primary license holders. A femto base station 08-26-2010
20100159937CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK MECHANISM AND METHOD - Methods and apparatus are presented for improving the feedback of channel information to a serving base station, which allows a reduction in the reverse link load while allowing the base station to improve the forward link data throughput. Over a channel quality indicator channel, three subchannels are generated; the re-synch subchannel, the differential feedback subchannel, and the transition indicator subchannel. The information carried on each subchannel can be used separately or together by a base station to selectively update internal registers storing channel conditions. The channel conditions are used to determine transmission formats, power levels, and data rates of forward link transmissions.06-24-2010
20100222066METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES IN A CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEM - In a method and a system for managing resources within a cellular radio system servicing a geographical area, the serviced area is divided into at least two types and additional radio resources is provided to mobile stations located within one of the areas being deemed to be more sensitive for interference compared to mobile stations located within the other area.09-02-2010
20100240382SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer program products are provided. In some embodiments, a method for facilitating interference management in an unplanned wireless communication system is provided. The method can include a non-serving base station: determining information about a user equipment, wherein the user equipment is served by a serving base station; and employing determined information about the user equipment to perform interference management at a non-serving base station. The method can also include the non-serving base station synchronizing to the user equipment using information indicative of the uplink scrambling code for use by the user equipment and information indicative of uplink slot configurations being used by the user equipment. The method can also include the non-serving base station performing interference management on the user equipment served by the serving base station.09-23-2010
20100216483SELECTION OF TRANSMIT MODE DURING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - The invention discloses a method (08-26-2010
20100216484METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEARER PROCESSING - A bearer processing method is disclosed. The method includes these steps: a system border node receives a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) Context Request initiated by a universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS); the system border node adjusts a Request Bearer Resource Allocation message of a system architecture evolution (SAE) system or the PDP Context Request of the UMTS according to the received PDP Context Request to map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. The present invention can map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS.08-26-2010
20100227621Method and device of network resource release processing - A method of network resource release processing is provided, which includes the following steps. After user equipment (UE) using idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) mechanism registers to two 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) communication networks, when the UE changes from the 3GPP network to a non-3GPP communication network, a serving gateway (Serving GW) receives a message sent from a peer endpoint network element (NE), and deletes network resources established by the two 3GPP communication networks for the UE according to the message. A mobility management NE and a Serving GW are also provided. Through the method and device of network resource release processing, the resources are released when the UE using the ISR mechanism changes from the 3GPP network to the non-3GPP communication network.09-09-2010
20100240380Inter-Cell Interference Prediction for Frequency Resource Allocation - A method predicts resource allocations in a wireless network including a set of base stations (BSs). Each BS is in a cell, and serves a set of mobile stations. A sequence and rule of resource allocations are defined for all of the BSs. Previous resource allocations are acquired from the BSs in adjacent cells. In each BS, for a next allocation, inter-cell interference (ICI) is predicted independently for the set of MSs in the cell based on the previous resource allocations by the BSs in the adjacent cells and the sequence and rule of resource allocations. Then, each BS allocates the resources to the MSs in the cell based on the ICI and the previous resource allocations.09-23-2010
20100240379TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE AND RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL METHOD - A transmission device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a random access channel generation portion that generates a random access channel; an assignment portion that performs one of a continuous frequency assignment and a discontinuous comb-shaped frequency assignment for each user; and a transmission portion that transmits the random access channel with variable multi-bandwidth in accordance with the assignment, in a frequency band assigned to a contention-based channel.09-23-2010
20100240381COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - The present invention provides a communication control system which can prevent unnecessary communication connections while ensuring user-friendliness when 1 to N communication is performed.09-23-2010
20100234038Intelligent Utilization of Resources in Mobile Devices - A programmable intelligent activation module to intelligently allow access to GPS resources is provided. In accordance with pre-programmed settings, an intelligent activation module will control the frequency by which a GPS module is allowed to access a GPS or GSM network in order to acquire location information of a mobile device equipped with GPS equipment. By controlling access to a GPS or GSM network, network resources such as bandwidth are conserved unless actually needed as is determined by the intelligent activation module. Similarly, battery resources for the mobile device are also conserved in that unnecessary activation of the GPS module is prevented until such activation is actually needed. The intelligent activation module can be programmed with a variety of settings including speed, map deltas, final destination information, or settings as pre-determined by a user of the mobile device.09-16-2010
20100120444METHOD FOR FACILITATE EFFICIENT MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio access network (05-13-2010
20100210276MULTI-CELL NETWORK INCLUDING COMMUNICATION DEVICE SCHEDULING OUTER CELL FREQUENCY RESOURCE AND METHOD FOR SAME - A communication device, base station, terminal, and method for a multi-cell network include a scheduler configured to generate outer cell scheduling information by scheduling outer cell frequency resources for outer terminals in outer cells of a plurality of cells, and a scheduling information provider configured to provide the outer cell scheduling information to the plurality of cells.08-19-2010
20130217398Transceiver Arrangement - An arrangement for a transmitter and/or receiver which is adapted to allow carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system, comprising a plurality of radio frequency (RF) blocks, each of which is inherently adapted to operate substantially across (in the region of) one of the particular groups of frequency ranges. The number of groups may be 5 or less.08-22-2013
20130217401POSITIONING USING ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference.08-22-2013
20110237271MULTI-MVNO WIRELESS SERVICE - Systems and methods for determining an optimal range of frequencies of electromagnetic waves are described. In some embodiments, mobile voice communications devices measure average power received from certain ranges of such frequencies, each range associated with a communications service provider. A cost may be associated with each range. An optimal range of frequencies may be determined based on these factors. Each device may also receive a set of data identifying the location of the device. Each device may transmit one or more communications signals to a CIP with such measurements and location information, and some of this information may be stored in a database.09-29-2011
20100222064METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INITIAL SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN GSM SYSTEM AND TD-SCDMA SYSTEM - A method for initial synchronization with TD-SCDMA system in the connection mode of GSM system, to resolve the problem of the downlink synchronization codes (DwPTS) may be undetectable or taking too much time to be detected when a TD-SCDMA/GSM dual-mode terminal is examining TD-SCDMA frames in GSM connection mode with prior art; in the connection mode of the GSM system, the method receives or transmits service data within the service time slots of the GSM frame at the radio frequency band of the GSM system, and receives TD-SCDMA signal within the idle time slots of the GSM frame at the radio frequency band of the TD-SCDMA system, and detects DwPTS in the received TD-SCDMA signal, thus the terminal in the connection mode of the GSM system can quickly detect the DwPTS in TD-SCDMA frames, achieving the initial synchronization of the TD-SCDMA/GSM dual-mode system. A GSM system processing apparatus and a communication apparatus are also disclosed in the invention.09-02-2010
20100291940Apparatus and Method for Transmitting CoMP Feedback Information - A method of efficiently transmitting CoMP feedback information from an user equipment, which performs CoMP operation, in a wireless communication system to reduce inter-cell interference is disclosed. The user equipment requests a neighboring cell, which affects the user equipment through interference, to restrict use of a specific beam pattern group in a serving cell direction. In this case, whether the user equipment will request such restriction is determined based on a channel status value of the user equipment. If the user equipment determines to request such restriction, the user equipment transmits a request message to a serving base station, the request message requesting to restrict use of the specific beam pattern group. In this case, the user equipment performs scheduling and requests a specific neighboring cell to restrict use of the specific beam pattern group at a specific resource region.11-18-2010
20100222065OPTIMIZING BANDWIDTH USAGE IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Base station apparatus (09-02-2010
20100144357ALLOCATION OF CHANNELS IN A DEDICATED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM ON A SECONDARY BASIS - Allocation of channels in a dedicated frequency spectrum on a secondary basis. A direct mode communication request (06-10-2010
20100144359APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for allocating resources in a wireless communication system includes: a verification unit configured to receive channel information and base station information of a system, verify from the channel information the number of channels capable of being used in the system and bandwidths of the channels, and verify from the base station information the number of base stations and bandwidths of channels requested by the base stations to be allocated; an allocation unit configured to allocate at least one channel of the channels capable of being used to each base station in response to verification by the verification unit; and a generation unit configured to generate allocation information corresponding to channel allocation by the allocation unit and transmit the allocation information to the base stations.06-10-2010
20110111763METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING INTERFACE CIRCUITS BETWEEN ACCESS NETWORK AND CORE NETWORK - A method of a device for managing interface circuits between an access network and a core network that relate to a telecommunication technology field includes: sending, by a resource management entity, a circuit management message to a control function entity, converting in format and sending, by the control function entity, the circuit management message to a resource coordination entity, wherein the circuit management message is configured to instruct the resource coordination entity to implement a circuit management operation; or receiving, by the resource management entity, a circuit management message sent by the resource coordination entity, converted in format and forwarded by the control function entity, and implementing, by the resource management entity, the circuit management operation according to the resource management message.05-12-2011
20110111760 Method and Apparatus for Co-Scheduling Transmissions in a Wireless Network - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining whether two user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network can be co-scheduled by an uplink scheduler. The method includes the determination of orthogonality factors for each pair of equipments to be considered and, from the orthogonality factors, selecting UEs to be co-scheduled.05-12-2011
20090042581System and Method for Assigning Communications Resources in a Wireless Communications System - System and method for assigning communications resources in a wireless communications system. A method for operating a base station comprises receiving a resource request for radio resources for a mobile station, in response to a determining that the base station will service the resource request, assigning radio resources based on the resource request and transmitting an indicator of the assigned radio resources to the mobile station, and in response to a determining that the base station will not service the resource request, returning to a normal mode of operations. The assigning of radio requests makes use of a channel tree comprised of two non-orthogonal sets of mappings between nodes of the channel tree and radio resources, with each node corresponding to at least one radio resource.02-12-2009
20090042580Method and Apparatus to Facilitate Bandwidth Allocation Management in Integral Combination with Memory Capacity Information - A method and apparatus to facilitate managing communications with at least one wireless node (02-12-2009
20100210272Multi-Band Aggregated Spectrum Receiver Employing Frequency Source Reuse - Efficient carrier aggregation is enabled in a receiver employing a single frequency source, and dividing the frequency source by different frequency dividing factors to generate two or more RF LO frequencies. Received signals are down-converted to intermediate frequencies by mixing with the respective RF LO frequencies. By utilizing only a single high frequency source, embodiments of the present invention avoid spurious and injection locking issues that arise when integrating two or more frequency sources, and additionally reduce power consumption as compared to a multiple frequency source solution.08-19-2010
20100210275METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION DURING DATA TRANSFER - An approach for reducing power consumption during data transfer is provided. A period of delayed release of one or more radio resources associated with a data flow is detected. In response to the detection, radio resource reduction information is generated for a data transfer during the period, wherein the radio resource reduction information specifies a reduced allocation of one or more radio resources. Control information is generated for transmission to a mobile station, wherein the control information specifies the radio resource reduction information.08-19-2010
20100210274Sequence Allocating Method and Wireless Mobile Station Device - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups and between same sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST08-19-2010
20100222068TIMING ADJUSTMENT FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for adjusting transmit timing of base stations and user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network are described. In one operating scenario, a femto base station communicates with a femto UE, and a macro base station communicates with a macro UE located within the coverage of the femto base station. In an aspect, the transmit timing of the femto base station may be delayed relative to the transmit timing of the macro base station, e.g., to time align downlink signals from the femto and macro base stations at the femto and macro UEs. In another aspect, the transmit timing of the femto UE may be advanced relative to the transmit timing of femto base station by an amount larger than twice the propagation delay between the femto UE and the femto base station, e.g., to time align uplink signals from the femto and macro UEs at the femto base station.09-02-2010
20100093361APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF DYNAMIC FEEDBACK CHANNEL INFORMATION IN A MIMO SYSTEM - A base station apparatus and method of transmission of dynamic feedback channel information in a MIMO system. The base station apparatus includes a first channel state information receiving unit to receive a first channel state information; a receiving terminal selection unit to select at least one receiving terminal to receive data from among a plurality of terminals; a quantization length determination unit to independently determine a second quantization length of the selected receiving terminal; a quantization length transmission unit to transmit the second quantization length to the selected e receiving terminal; a second channel state information receiving unit to receive second channel state information from the selected receiving terminal; and a data transmission unit to transmit data to the selected receiving terminal using a plurality of transmission antennas of a base station based on the second channel state information.04-15-2010
20090075666SIGNALING TRANSMISSION ON SHARED AND DEDICATED CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending and receiving signaling messages on shared and dedicated channels in a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) may receive a first signaling message on a shared channel during a first time period, receive a second signaling message on a dedicated channel during a second time period, and receive a third signaling message on the shared channel during a third time period. The UE may receive traffic data on the shared channel during all time periods. The UE may be handed over from a source Node B to a target Node B during the second time period. The UE may receive the first signaling message via the source Node B, receive the second signaling message via the source and target Node Bs, and receive the third signaling message via the target Node B.03-19-2009
20100099426TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A telecommunication network including: a radio access network; and a network switching subsystem operable for communication with the radio access network and with a demand-driven, dynamically-configurable IP based computing infrastructure.04-22-2010
20090258653Method and system for delivering multicast/broadcast services in a half frequency division duplex wireless communication system - A method and system for delivering MBS in an H-FDD wireless communication system minimizes MBS bandwidth allocation and maintains appropriate balance between two H-FDD mobile device groups. Generally speaking, this is achieved by allocating a downlink bandwidth section for one group of mobile devices (e.g. Group 2) to MBS and allowing a subgroup of mobile devices (e.g. Group 1A) in the other group (e.g. Group 1) that subscribes to MBS to participate in the former group (e.g. Group 2) as required to identify and decode MBS data.10-15-2009
20090253435METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE IN A TERRESTRIAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for allocating communication resources for communicating data in a terrestrial wireless communication system including a first set of radio transmitters, at least part of said radio transmitters being used by a coordination entity, and the method comprises: sending an inquiry from said coordination entity, requesting a representation of communication resources available for allocation in each of at least a subset of said first set of radio transmitters, said subset being used by said coordination entity; obtaining a response to said inquiry, said response comprising a representation of available communication resources of said subset of radio transmitters; and based on said response, allocating communication resources from said first subset of radio transmitters. Embodiments of the present invention also disclose a communication system and a radio transmitter.10-08-2009
20090143072CONTROL ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING PAGING MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for utilizing paging group IDs and paging indicators are disclosed for PDCCH and PDSCH transmissions to mobile terminals in a mobile communication system. By use of the paging group IDs and paging indicators, various groups of mobile terminals, including subsets of those groups can be paged with reduced decoding requirements. Nesting of the grouping is exploited and packing of the PDCCH frame to accomplish efficient use is described.06-04-2009
20090111479METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CONNECTION IDENTIFIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for allocating one or more connection identifiers in a base station of a wireless communication system is used in a base station. The base station has a function of allocating one or more connection identifiers used for specific call communication between the base station and a mobile station. The apparatus includes a unit for defining one or more connection identifiers used for the specific call communication and one or more burst profiles that are attributes related to wireless communication using the one or more connection identifiers. Also included is a unit for broadcasting the one or more connection identifiers used for the specific call communication and the one or more burst profiles to the mobile station.04-30-2009
20080311922METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND TRANSMITTER - A method for transmitting data includes using a plurality of time slots of a physical channel for transmission of the data, the plurality of time slots being grouped into at least a first time slot group and a second time slot group, transmitting data items of the data being associated with a first priority using time slots of the first time slot group, and transmitting data items of the data being associated with a second priority using time slots of the second time slot group.12-18-2008
20090111476ALLOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER - A communication system that comprises a base station and a substation connected to the base station. The base station maintains a set of identifiers, each identifier of the set being at least temporarily allocatable to a user equipment for identifying the user equipment when it resides in a cell of the base station. From the set of identifiers of the base station at least one subset of identifiers is extracted, and assigned to the substation. The substation may then respond to a connection establishment request of user equipment by providing it with an identifier from the subset of identifiers assigned to it. The substation also transmits to the base station information on the connection establishment request and on the identifier provided to the user equipment.04-30-2009
20100279699METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSFERRED BY A FIRST TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE TO A SECOND TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention concerns a method for controlling channel state information transferred by a first telecommunication device to a second telecommunication device, the first telecommunication device determining information representative of the quality of the signals transferred between the first and second telecommunication devices. The method comprises the steps executed by the second telecommunication device of: determining a number of information representative of the quality of the signals transferred between the first and second telecommunication devices the first telecommunication device has to report as a channel state information, transferring the determined number to the first telecommunication device.11-04-2010
20130130705METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RF CHANNEL SELECTION IN A MULTI-FREQUENCY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for RF channel selection in a multi-frequency network. A method includes identifying selected local operations infrastructures (LOIs) and their neighboring LOIs, generating a neighbor description message (NDM) that identifies the selected LOIs and their neighboring LOIs and associates a descrambling sequence identifier with each RF channel of the selected LOIs and their neighboring LOIs, and distributing the NDM over the selected LOIs. An apparatus includes a message decoder to receive an NDM that identifies RF channels of a first LOI and neighboring LOIs, and wherein each RF channel is associated with a descrambling sequence identifier, and processing logic to detect content acquisition failures, determine a list of RF channels and their associated LOIs that carry desired content, and select a selected RF channel that is associated with a selected LOI that carries the most additional content among the associated LOIs.05-23-2013
20130130706METHOD OF OPERATING A BASE STATION AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method of operating a base station (05-23-2013
20100311429COORDINATED CHANGE OF TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method for transmission of control information from a primary station to at least one secondary station, comprising the step of transmitting with a first set of control information parameters control information corresponding to data transmission with a first set of data parameters and transmitting with a second set of control information parameters control information corresponding to data transmission with a second set of data parameters, wherein at least one control information parameter has a difference in value between the two sets of control information parameters, said difference in value having a dependency on the difference between the value of a data parameter in the first set of data parameters and the value of the data parameter in the second set of data parameters, said data parameter being a different parameter from the at least one control information parameter.12-09-2010
20100304752COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND CONTROLLER - A communication system includes a first controller which includes a first retransmission request unit to request a mobile station, as a source of a first service connection request, to retransmit the first service connection request addressed to a second controller, which is able to set a communication line with a rate that is higher than the rate of the first controller, when receiving the first service connection request requesting a connection related to a first service from the mobile station, and a second controller which includes a second retransmission request unit to request the mobile station, as the source of a second service connection request, to retransmit the second service connection request addressed to the first controller, which is able to set a communication line, when receiving the second service connection request requesting a connection related to the second service from the mobile station.12-02-2010
20100304751SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT RECEPTION OPERATION - A wireless network includes a serving base station and a plurality of non-serving base stations which are capable of performing a coordinated multipoint communication with at least one subscriber station. A non-serving base station includes at least one antenna configured to overhear a data burst from the subscriber station to a serving base station. The non-serving base station can decode the data burst locally. If the data burst is successfully decoded, the controller forwards the decoded data burst to the serving base station. The serving base station can decode the data burst locally or jointly decode the data burst from the non-serving base station.12-02-2010
20100304753Uplink Transmit Power Control Method, Communication Terminal Unit, Base Station Unit, And Mobile Communication System - In a mobile communication system in which a modulation and coding scheme is selected in accordance with reception quality information in which a terminal periodically reports to a base station, a method for causing a terminal located near the boundary of a cell to reduce its uplink transmit power by considering intercell interference and without incurring an increase in error rate. The method includes the steps of: a first base station detecting an interference level and terminal identification information identifying an interfering terminal, and transmitting interference information to all neighboring base stations; a second base station unit, as the serving base station of the terminal, receiving the interference information and transmitting control information to the terminal; and the terminal receiving the control information, reducing transmit power in accordance with the interference level, and adjusting reception quality information in such a direction so as to reduce quality.12-02-2010
20100323708METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING INFORMATION VIA SILENT SYMBOL CODING OVER UNDER-UTILIZED CHANNELS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for sending information over under-utilized channels in wireless systems. In one embodiment, a method for use in a cellular system in which a channel allocated to a primary user is underutilized at times, comprises: creating a unique 0-1 valued permutation code to transmit bits of a secondary user on a channel of the primary user; creating one or more codewords based on a first set of symbols to be transmitted for the primary user and the permutation code; and transmitting the one or more codewords on the channel.12-23-2010
20110111762RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including a first terminal apparatus group for performing a reception by using a first radio resource and a transmission by using a second radio resource; and a second terminal apparatus group for performing the reception by using the second radio resource and the transmission by using the first radio resource, and a directly radio communication is performed, the system including: a first terminal which belongs to the first terminal apparatus group and transmits allocation request of transmission band in the second radio resource by using the second radio resource; and a second terminal which belongs to the second terminal apparatus group, receives the allocation request transmitted from the first terminal, and transmits information indicating allocation of the transmission band for the first terminal, wherein the first terminal transmits data by using the allocated transmission band in the second radio resource.05-12-2011
20100311430RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In a radio-communication system, when wanting to perform high-accuracy scheduling in a base station, a large number of information items, such as channel quality information, desired precoding matrix information and so on, are fed back from a mobile station with a high degree of accuracy. The base station monitors the feedback information and, upon acquisition of it, transmits to the mobile station a certain kind of feedback information which is judged to contribute to scheduling accuracy improvement while preventing the other kinds of feedback information from being sent to the mobile station.12-09-2010
20100317355Network-Centric Link Adaptation for Coordinated Multipoint Downlink Transmission - A Coordinated MultiPoint (CoMP) cell controller performs network-centric link adaptation for User Equipment (UE) in the CoMP cell. The CoMP cell controller receives at least infrequent channel estimates from a UE in the CoMP cell, from which it estimates downlink channel and thermal noise at the UE. The CoMP cell controller is aware of the desired signal to be received at the UE, and the intra-CoMP cell interference to the UE caused by transmissions to other UEs in the CoMP cell. The CoMP cell receives from the UE reports of inter-CoMP cell interference caused by transmissions by other CoMP cells. Based on the downlink channel quality, the desired signal, the intra-CoMP cell interference, the inter-CoMP cell interference, and the thermal noise, the CoMP cell controller performs link adaptation by selecting modulation and coding schemes, and other transmission parameters, for an upcoming transmission duration (such as a TTI).12-16-2010
20110111761METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION PROCESSING FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Aspects of a method and system for channel estimation for interference suppression are provided. In this regard, one or more circuits and/or processors of a mobile communication device may generate and/or receive a first set of channel estimates and a second set of channel estimates. The one or more circuits and/or processors may modify the second set of channel estimates based on a comparison of a measure of correlation between the first set of channel estimates and the second set of channel estimates with a threshold. The first set of channel estimates and/or the modified second set of channel estimates may be utilized for cancelling interference in received signals. The first set of channel estimates may be associated with a first transmit antenna of a base transceiver station and the second set of channel estimates may be associated with a second transmit antenna of the base transceiver station.05-12-2011
20090069023METHOD FOR RESOURCE PARTITION, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE MIGRATION IN DOWNLINK OF OFDM CELLULAR SYSTEMS - A resource division, allocation, and transmitting/receiving method of downlink for reducing inter-cell interference in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system are provided. Entire downlink radio resources are divided into a traffic resource group for a traffic channel and a control resource group for a control channel, the traffic resource group is divided into a first traffic resource group for the intra-cell mobile terminals and a second traffic resource group for a cell-boundary mobile terminal, and a part of the first traffic resource group is imaginarily divided into a (1−1)-th preliminary traffic resource group, the (1−1)-th preliminary traffic resource group being a preliminary resource group for the cell-boundary mobile terminal. The control resource group is allocated to a control channel for the intra-cell mobile terminal; and a resource of the first traffic resource group or the second traffic resource group is allocated to a traffic channel for the mobile terminal according to inter-cell interference affected to the mobile terminal. Radio resources may be reused in each downlink cell of the OFDM system, the traffic may be rapidly transmitted to the cell boundary mobile terminal, a system capacity may be increased, the cell plane may be easily performed, and the system capacity may not be decreased although the mobile terminal number, locations, and traffic density is not uniform.03-12-2009
20090069025Radio Resource Management in a Radio Telecommunication Network - A telecommunication network comprises multiple radio cells (03-12-2009
20090069021Method and System for Monitoring and Switching Between a First Uplink Signal Processing Circuit and a Second Uplink Signal Processing Circuit - An uplink signal processing system and method of operating the same includes a primary signal processing circuit generating a primary output signal and a secondary signal processing circuit generating a secondary output signal. The uplink signal processing system includes a switch communicating with the primary signal processing circuit and the secondary signal processing circuit. A monitoring and control system monitors the primary signal processing circuit and the secondary signal processing circuit and generates a monitoring signal and controlling the switch to switch from the primary signal processing circuit to the secondary signal processing circuit in response to the monitoring signal. The switch forms an output signal in response to switching.03-12-2009
20100331004REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - Method and system for reducing the power consumption in mobile networks, wherein the communication between a mobile terminal and a base station is QAM modulated. The method comprises: 12-30-2010
20090036138METHOD FOR SCHEDULING ORTHOGONALLY OVER MULTIPLE HOPS - Apparatus and method for supporting wireless downlink and uplink connections. In the downlink direction, an apparatus receives from the downlink node a request to communicate using an allocation of radio resources specified by the downlink node, and transmits to the downlink node a grant to communicate using at least a portion of the specified allocation of radio resources. In the uplink direction, the apparatus sends a request to a downlink node to communicate using a specified allocation of radio resources, and receives from the downlink node a grant to communicate using at least a portion of the specified allocation of radio resources02-05-2009
20100197314System and Method for Opportunistic Cell Edge Selection in Multi-Cell MIMO OFDMA Networks - A method for allocating resources in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) network, where each cell in the network has a center region and an edge region. The cell center region uses a frequency band orthogonal to the frequency band used by the cell edge region. The frequency band is made up of resource blocks (RBs) or non-overlapping sets of subcarriers. Upon availability of cell-center RBs, cell-center user equipment (UEs) are assigned resource blocks. A fixed number of cell edge regions from a few adjacent cells form a cluster, and only the cell edge regions with the highest achievable throughput rate within each cluster gets to transmit in a given scheduling instance.08-05-2010
20100331006DOWNLINK LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED MULTIPLEXING IN A FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING MANNER - A method of signaling system configuration information in a wireless mobile cellular communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting the system configuration information at every predetermined period. In this case, each downlink subframe is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions, and subcarriers from at least two of the plurality of frequency partitions are allocated to a first mobile station using distributed resource allocation.12-30-2010
20100331005VOICE CALL RESOURCE REALLOCATION IN THE DOWNLINK DUAL CARRIER - Method and system for voice call resource reallocation in the downlink dual carrier. The method comprises: 12-30-2010
20100331003FAST RETRY OF TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE USING BITMAP INFORMATION - A fast retry of transmitting a random access preamble by determining an existence of a random access response during a random access procedure in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution System (LTE).12-30-2010
20110039567METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING COLLISION OF PREAMBLE IN BASE STATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for avoiding a collision of a preamble in a base station. When a new base station is installed in a mobile communication system and in this instance, an exclusive preamble using a contention-free scheme is employed to avoid a preamble collision, at least one of a code parameter, a time parameter, and a frequency parameter used in a preamble of the new base station may be set to be different from a code parameter, a time parameter, and a frequency parameter used in a preamble of a neighboring cell, whereby it is possible to manage a random access preamble without causing a collision between cells.02-17-2011
20110039566 METHOD AND A NETWORK CONTROL NODE FOR BANDWIDTH AND ACCESS CONTROL IN FEMTO CELLS OF A WIRELESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a network control node in a wireless communications system, for controlling bandwidth and controlling access in a femto cell. According to the method of the present invention, information on an available bandwidth measured between a femto RBS serving the femto cell, and a network node, is determined and provided to the network control node. Information on a bandwidth purchased by at least one subscribing user in the femto cell is also acquired at the network control node. The method further comprises calculating in the network control node and based on the provided information, a bandwidth that the wireless network can provide to non-subscribing users in the femto cell and further controlling the bandwidth and controlling access in the cell based in the calculated bandwidth.02-17-2011
20110009124UNIQUE RADIO BEARER (RB) PROCEDURE - The present invention is related to a method for radio resource handling in a wireless communication network comprising the steps: -receiving via a transport network interface a request for assignment of one or more radio resources over an air interface of the wireless communication network; -transmitting via the air interface a radio resource assignment message for one or more one radio resources in the wireless communication network; -receiving a radio resource assignment confirmation message over the air interface; -transmitting a radio resource assignment confirmation message over the transport network interface, wherein the radio resource assignment message transmitted via the air interface comprises a single radio resource assignment message configured to simultaneously perform establishment, release and modification of one or more radio resources provided by over the air interface. This method may be implemented by a computer program comprising instruction sets for each method step. Also, the present invention comprises a radio base station and a mobile terminal where the method according to the present invention may be executed.01-13-2011
20110014922Method of Handling Random Access Procedure and Related Communication Device - A method of handling random access procedure for a network in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises configuring a plurality of access points or a plurality of component carriers with at least one of a plurality of physical random access channel (PRACH) resources, a plurality of preamble formats, and a plurality of preamble sequences, whereby a mobile device of the wireless communication system uses at least one of the plurality of PRACH resources, the plurality of preamble formats, and the plurality of preamble sequences to access at least one of the plurality of access points or the plurality of component carriers when performing at least a random access procedure.01-20-2011
20100184448Method of Handling Radio Resource Control Connection Establishment for a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling RRC connection establishment for a UE in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a timer associated with access barring, stopping the timer associated with access barring and performing barring alleviation when a RRC message for the RRC connection establishment is received.07-22-2010
20110130147SERVICE PROVIDING APPARATUS, SERVICE CONSUMING APPARATUS, AND SERVICE TRANSMITTING METHOD - A service providing apparatus, a service consuming apparatus, and a service transmitting method are provided. The service providing apparatus is adapted to connect with the service consuming apparatus via a wireless network. Within a control channel period, the service providing apparatus schedules the services with the service consuming apparatus. Within a service channel period, the service providing apparatus provides a service resource to the service consuming apparatus according to the result of scheduling the services. If the service consuming apparatus does not send a service request signal to the service providing apparatus within the control channel period, the service consuming apparatus has to remain silent within the service control channel. By the arrangement, the problems caused from the characteristic of the link asymmetry of the wireless network can be solved.06-02-2011
20100178927Method For Transmitting Pilot Allocation Information To User Equipment In A Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output System - A method for transmitting pilot allocation information from a base station for reception by at least one of a plurality of mobile stations participating in a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) communication, the method including the steps of generating pilot allocation information for the one mobile station, and transmitting the pilot allocation information for reception by the one mobile station, wherein the pilot allocation information includes at least one of a total number K of pilot streams allocated to the plurality of mobile stations, an index k representing a first pilot stream of one or more pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among a plurality of pilot streams defined for a pilot pattern selected for the MU-MIMO communication, a number M of the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station, and bitmap information indicating the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among the plurality of pilot streams defined for the pilot pattern.07-15-2010
20100178926COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Present invention provides a communication method and a communication system that can provide more detailed communication control, larger transmission capacity, and more flexible resource distribution to users in comparison with a communication method using a conventional frame format.07-15-2010
20110130148INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a bus slot includes a first terminal not connected to a bus on the system board, and second terminals connected to the bus. The bus slot is configured to be connected to either a first wireless communication module or a second wireless communication module. The first terminal is grounded when the first wireless communication module is connected to the bus slot, and is kept in an open state when the second wireless communication module is connected to the bus slot. An antenna switching module is configured to switch an antenna connected to be a feed line between a first antenna and a second antenna in accordance with a voltage on a control signal line connected to the first terminal.06-02-2011
20100144361Method and Apparatus for Hashing Over Multiple Frequency Bands in a Communication System - Method and apparatus for hashing mobile stations to frequencies in a communication system. The method uses two-level hashing to assign a mobile station first to a frequency band and then to a specific frequency within the frequency band. Embodiments allow for weights to be assigned to frequencies and mobiles hashed to the weighted frequencies. Weighting allows for a non-uniform distribution of mobile stations among frequencies to optimize system operating parameters.06-10-2010
20090088174WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus performs simultaneous communication with a plurality of communication terminals by using the same frequency band. The apparatus including: a reception unit that receives feedback information from each of the communication terminals; an acquisition unit that acquires a correlation value between the latest feedback information and the feedback information previously stored in a storage unit for each of the communication terminals; a measurement unit that measures a delay time relating to the feedback information; a generation unit that generates a reliability parameter representing degree of error that is allowed in the feedback information based on the correlation value and the delay time; and a selection unit that selects two or more of the communication terminals from among the plurality of the communication terminals based on the reliability parameter.04-02-2009
20110244874Integrated Multi-Radio Access Technology Multi-Frequency Admission Control - A node of a multi-radio access technology (RAT) system acquires resource status information associated with each RAT of the multi-RAT system. The resource status information of the RATs of the multi-RAT system can be acquired by sniffing higher layer protocol information pertaining to call setup requests and/or call terminated messages. The node further maintains a flag representing overall resource availability associated with the RATs of the multi-RAT system, based on the acquired resource status information, for use in admission control and/or load balancing. The flag is associated with a pre-defined set of overall resource availability states of the multi-RAT system, where the availability states are defined in terms of admission control decisions. The availability states comprise at least one of the following admission control decisions: i) unconditional acceptance of all services; ii) conditional acceptance of broadband guaranteed bit rate (GBR) services and unconditional acceptance of all other services; iii) conditional acceptance of broadband GBR services, conditional acceptance of narrowband GBR services, and unconditional acceptance of other services; or iv) unconditional rejection of all services.10-06-2011
20110086644Method and Apparatus for Configuring Sounding Signals in a Wireless Communication Network - The teachings presented herein propose a separation between the configuration of a sounding signal, and the initialization of the sounding signal. In other words, in at least one example embodiment proposed herein, a base station or other controlling entity separates the selection of sounding signal parameters (sounding signal configuration) and the signaling of that configuration information to a mobile terminal from the Ordering” or other initiation of sounding signal transmission. Thus, a mobile station may be sent sounding signal configuration information and subsequently be commanded (implicitly or explicitly) to begin sounding signal transmissions according to the previously provided configuration information.04-14-2011
20090312029WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONFIGURED TO ENTER AN ACTIVE STATE BASED UPON A DETECTION OF A POTENTIAL REQUEST FOR COMMUNICATION SESSION RESOURCES - Embodiments are directed to determining whether one or more physical user interactions are present, at a wireless communication device, that indicate a near-future potential communication session resource request. Before the determination, a communication interface of the device is in a dormant state characterized by the device not being permitted to engage in a communication session with a wireless communication network. The device transitions the communication interface, after the determination, from the dormant state to an active state. In the active state, the device performs one or more actions to reduce a delay associated with a transmission of the potential communication session resource request in the event that the potential communication session resource request is actually transmitted by the device. For example, in the active state, the device can power-up or wake-up a radio bearer or modem to reduce a delay before transmission of the potential communication session resource request.12-17-2009
20100222067Allocation of Preamble Sequences - A set of specific sequences including a set of root sequences and cyclic shifts thereof is searched, wherein it is started from a root sequence index indicating a root sequence of ordered root sequences, available cyclic shifts of the root sequence are included, and it is continued with a next root sequence if necessary for filling the set, interpreting the ordered root sequences in a cyclic manner.09-02-2010
20100216479MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - When the base station apparatus determines that it is necessary to make the mobile station apparatus execute random access, it is determined whether there is an unused signature. Then, the validity period during which the mobile station apparatus can use a signature is determined and the end time of the validity period is calculated. The signature and the calculated end time are included into a random access preamble allocation message, which is transmitted to the mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus extracts the signature and the end time from the random access preamble allocation message, and determines random access channels through which a random access preamble including the signature can be transmitted, based on the extracted end time. As a result, it is possible to provide a base station apparatus and the like which, even if the signature belongs to the validity period, can achieve efficient communication between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus by assigning the signature to another mobile station apparatus.08-26-2010
20100009689Method and apparatus for managing uplink communication in wireless communication network - A method for managing uplink communication in wireless communication network is provided. The method includes selecting one or more Mobile Stations (MSs) from a plurality of MSs based on a first signal parameter corresponding to each MS of the one or more MSs, one or more second signal parameters corresponding to each MS of the one or more MSs, and one or more threshold parameters. The first signal parameter is associated with a Base Station (BS) serving a MS. Further, the one or more second signal parameters are associated with one or more BSs neighboring to the MS. The one or more threshold parameters are associated with a communication parameter. Thereafter, the method includes modifying uplink Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level of the one or more MSs.01-14-2010
20100015986Radio Base Station, Radio Communication Terminal, Radio Communication System and Radio Communication Method - A radio base station 01-21-2010
20090029711SIGNALING METHOD - A method of signaling to a mobile terminal the radio resources that will be used in a wireless communication between the mobile terminal and a base station is described. The base station provides a plurality of radio resources. The method comprises the steps: 01-29-2009
20110244876Cellular Communication System and Method for Broadcast Communication - A cellular communication system (10-06-2011
20110244873METHOD FOR PILOT SYMBOL TRANSMISSION IN DOWNLINK MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a pilot signal in a downlink MIMO (Multi Input Multi Output) system that supports a first UE (User Equipment) supporting N number of transmission antennae out of a total of M transmission antennae and supports a second UE supporting said M (M>N) number of transmission antennae. Said method comprises a step wherein a pilot symbol is placed as an image in the resource block (RB) region on a subframe that enables the transmission of a user-specific pilot symbol to said second UE in a base station; and a step wherein the subframe whereon said pilot symbol has been placed as an image is transmitted, wherein said RB region includes a first region and a second region, and the first region and the second region each include a certain number of continuous OFDM symbols on a respective time axis, and on said first region is placed as an image a cell-specific pilot symbol with respect to the transmission antenna ports 10-06-2011
20090325585FLEXIBLE SIGNALING OF RESOURCES ON A CONTROL CHANNEL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing flexible signaling of resource block assignments on a control channel. Resource blocks associated with an uplink or downlink channel can be split into a plurality of groups, and group-specific signaling constraints can be utilized with each of these groups. For example, the group-specific signaling constraints can relate to minimum resource block allocation units, signaling structures (e.g., bitmap structure, contiguous allocation structure, tree-based structure, . . . ), and the like utilized for sending assignment indications that allocate resource blocks within the respective groups. Further, an access terminal can have a common understanding of the group-specific signaling constraints; thus, a received assignment indication can be deciphered by the access terminal by utilizing the group-specific signaling constraints.12-31-2009
20090312028SPECTRUM-ADAPTIVE NETWORKING - The present invention increases the available spectrum in a wireless network by sharing existing allocated (and in-use) portions of the RF spectrum in a manner that will minimize the probability of interfering with existing legacy users. The invention provides interference temperature-adaptive waveforms, and a variety of physical and media access control protocols for generating waveforms based on measurement and characterization of the local spectrum. The invention measures the local spectrum at a receiving node, generates an optimal waveform profile specifying transmission parameters that will water-fill unused spectrum up to an interference limit without causing harmful interference to primary and legacy transmitters using the same frequency bands, and enables simultaneous transmit and receive modes at a multiplicity of transceivers in a wireless network. The invention also provides closed loop feedback control between nodes, co-site interference management, intersymbol interference mitigation, wide sense stationary baseband signaling and modulation, and power limited signaling for avoiding detection and interception.12-17-2009
20100009693Base Station, Scheduling Method, And Wireless Terminal - In a base station, a received signal strength calculation unit calculates the received signal strength of data sent by wireless terminals. A scheduler re-allocates the wireless resource next to a wireless terminal that will cause the smallest change from the received signal strength of the currently allocated wireless terminal. The base station can receive data sent from the wireless terminals in such a manner that the received signal strength varies gradually, and degradation in quality of reception can be suppressed.01-14-2010
20100056166Method and Apparatus for Reinforcement of Broadcast Transmissions in MBSFN Inactive Areas - A method for a wireless communication system includes broadcasting that a first service is available in a first MBSFN and a second service is available in a second MBSFN. The method includes supporting a service not broadcasted as available. For example, supporting the first service with the second MBSFN and/or supporting the second service with the first MBSFN. The supporting or reinforcing can be done by echoing. The echoing is scheduled along with the owned service.03-04-2010
20100056167METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE-MINIMIZING RESOURCE BLOCK-SIZE SELECTION AT A MACROCELL, A MICROCELL AND A FEMTOCELL - A method for an opportunistic network within a coverage area of a primary network includes (a) spectrum-sensing signals from users in the primary network to identify unused spectrum resources in a spectrum shared between the opportunistic network and the primary network; and (b) based on the spectrum resources identified, assigning the identified spectrum resources to be used among the users of the opportunistic network in one or more block sizes determined from expected interference from the users of the primary network. The method is applicable to a primary network whether or not spectrum resources are assigned to its users using a block-wise subcarrier assignment scheme or a randomized allocation scheme. The identified unused spectrum resources that are to be assigned to the users of the opportunistic network exclude un-used subcarriers adjacent to subcarriers used by the users of the primary network to avoid interference. The opportunistic network may assign the identified unused spectrum resources using a scheme that selects a block size for an adaptive modulation and coding scheme or for avoidance of waste of spectrum resources.03-04-2010
20100015987Radio Resource Allocation Method And Radio Station - Provided is a radio resource allocation method of allocating common radio resources shared among a plurality of radio stations or a plurality of sectors to each of the plurality of radio stations or each of the plurality of sectors. The method includes defining, as a frame set, a given number of radio frames for repeatedly providing the common radio resources along a time axis, defining, as radio resource units, minimum units obtained by dividing the common radio resources provided by the frame set in units of the radio frames and in units of sub-channel groups, and allocating at least one of the radio resource units to each of the plurality of radio stations or the each of the plurality of sectors.01-21-2010
20100062782BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE OF MULTIPLE SIZES OF RESOURCE BLOCKS - A base station includes a scheduler at least determining a resource block assigned to a data channel, a transmitted signal generation unit generating a signal to transmit the data channel in accordance with scheduling information supplied from the scheduler, a transmission unit transmitting the signal to a user apparatus, and a resource block size adjustment unit adjusting a size of the resource block.03-11-2010
20100056168RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO USERS IN SLOTTED CODE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS USING BEAMS - The invention includes several embodiments for slot assignment in code division multiple access communication systems. Some of the embodiments relate to fixed beams and others relate to adaptive arrays. One embodiment for fixed beams assigns slots by first detecting a beam having the best received quality and selected the best slot from that beam. Another fixed beam embodiment determines the best slot or slots in a number of beams and determines the overall best beam/slot combination. Another fixed beam embodiment uses a modified interference factor. One embodiment for the uplink using adaptive arrays using a spatial analysis stage followed by a transmission power level estimation stage. An overall interference level associated with each slot is determined and a slot having the best overall quality is determined. Another embodiment for the downlink uses the spatial analysis and slot assignment of the uplink for the downlink. Another embodiment for the downlink uses a spatial and transmission power level estimation stages. For adaptive arrays, the slot assignment can be determined whether the pathloss for each user is estimated or not and whether signals from each user are received or not.03-04-2010
20090036140CONTENT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, NETWORK, AND CHANNEL SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD - A content distribution system uses a PtP (point to point) channel (individual channel) or PtM (point to multi-point) channel (common channel) as a radio channel of a predetermined type so as to distribute a broadcast content as communication data to a user terminal as a mobile station. The user terminal receives the same content distributed from a broadcast content server by the PtP channel. Here, if the total of the downlink transmission power of the PtP channel is greater than the downlink transmission power of the PtM channel when the content is distributed to the user terminal by the single PtM channel, a base station or a base station control device judges that the radio channel is to be switched from the PtP channel to the PtM channel. Similar judgment is made when switching from the PtM channel to the PtP channel is performed. Thus, it is possible to switch the radio channel type used for the broadcast-type service without lowering the use effect of the radio resources.02-05-2009
20100069076MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING BROADCAST INFORMATION - A radio base station for establishing a signaling control channel and a shared data channel for a mobile station and communicating with the mobile station includes a broadcast information generating unit configured to generate broadcast information including one or more information blocks; a scheduling information generating unit configured to generate scheduling information for the one or more information blocks; and a broadcast information transmitting unit configured to transmit the scheduling information as part of the broadcast information.03-18-2010
20100062781DPI-DRIVEN BEARER TERMINATION FOR SHORT-LIVED APPLICATIONS - Based on application information received from a DPI device, a downstream device, such as a Radio Network Controller (RNC), optimally implements a dormancy timer policy for short-lived applications, such as email and MMS. In particular, the RNC may initially use a large value for the dormancy timer for these applications. When the RNC receives an indication of the end of the application from the DPI device, the RNC may terminate the connection, thereby immediately freeing up resources. Alternatively, should the DPI device fail to recognize the end of the application, the initial dormancy timer serves as a fail-safe, such that the radio network resources are still released for allocation to another device in the radio network.03-11-2010
20100062783TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNALS - Providing a coding scheme for wireless communication downlink reference signals is described herein. By way of example, a dedicated reference signal is mapped to resources of a wireless channel as a function of an identifier (ID) of a cell in which the reference signal is transmitted. The function can be similar to mapping functions employed for common reference signals, or can be distinct from such functions. As one example of the latter, a dedicated reference signal mapping function can be shifted in time or frequency with respect to the common reference signal mapping function. By employing a mapping function based on cell ID, noise caused by concurrent transmission of reference signals can be mitigated in a manner readily determined by terminals in a wireless network.03-11-2010
20100069079WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system includes a first base station and a second base station. The first base station includes a designator for determining a first resources for using the first base station and a second resources for using other base station in the predetermined radio resources, and a first transmitter for transmitting a first data by the use of the first resources to the mobile station and designation information determined on the bases of the second resources. The second base station includes a receiver for receiving the designation information from the first base station, and a second transmitter for transmitting a second data by the use of the second radio resources to the mobile station.03-18-2010
20130157674BANDWIDTH EXTENSION USAGE OPTIMIZATION - An apparatus, method, system and computer program product is configured for optimizing usage of bandwidth extension. Codecs to be used in a communication connection between communication network nodes are negotiated. The negotiating includes indicating a capability of a communication network node to expand bandwidth by indicating support of the communication network node for a wideband codec towards another communication network node; and indicating a lack of codec transparency for the wideband codec at the communication network node.06-20-2013
20090215464Channel allocating method, wireless communication system, and channel structure of wireless sections - In a radio communication system, a user terminal transmits a reservation packet to a base station using a common control channel (08-27-2009
20110098051SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CLASSIFYING USER EQUIPMENT AND SELECTING TRACKING AREAS - Some embodiments disclose methods for classifying user equipment in a network, comprising: recording a first number of times a tracking area identity has changed for a user equipment device during a period of time based on messages exchanged between the user equipment device and a mobility management entity; recording a second number of times the user equipment device is paged during a second period of time; classifying the user equipment device into one of at least three categories based on the first and second recorded numbers; generating a tracking area identity list for the user equipment based device on its category; and sending the generated tracking area identity list to the user equipment device.04-28-2011
20110098050SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTING SERVING GATEWAYS TO SERVICE USER EQUIPMENT - Some embodiments provide methods for selecting a serving gateway, including: receiving a message from a base transceiver station including a list of tracking areas handled by the base transceiver station; performing a domain name system query for at least one tracking area to retrieve and store in a local memory information identifying a serving gateway serving the at least one tracking area; receiving an attach request from the base transceiver station identifying the user equipment and a tracking area from which the user equipment is connected to the network; searching the information identifying a serving gateway serving the at least one tracking area stored in the local memory to identify a serving gateway to service the user equipment based on the tracking area from which the user equipment is connected to the network; and sending a message identifying the identified serving gateway to the base transceiver station.04-28-2011
20120276914Method and System of Assigning a Channel without Paging - A method and system for setting up a communication with a given mobile station served by a RAN that defines one or more coverage areas. The RAN may receive an indication of a location of the given mobile station. The RAN may then use the location of the given mobile station to identify one or more wireless coverage areas associated with the given mobile station. The RAN may also receive a request to set up a communication with the given mobile station. In response, the RAN may assign a channel for the communication to the given mobile station in each identified wireless coverage area without first paging the given mobile station.11-01-2012
20100069078METHOD OF CONTROLLING CALL SETUP IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is a method of controlling call setup, which accepts a request for setting a call when a first ratio of free resource blocks for uplink during a first monitoring unit time just before receiving the request is more than or equal to a first call acceptance threshold for uplink and a second ratio of free resource blocks for downlink during the first monitoring unit time is more than or equal to a second call acceptance threshold for downlink. When the first ratio is less than the first call acceptance threshold or the second ratio is less than the second call acceptance threshold, the call is queued for a queuing unit time. The call is accepted when a ratio of free resource blocks for uplink during a second monitoring unit time just before terminating the queuing unit time is more than or equal to the first call acceptance threshold and a ratio of free resource blocks for downlink during the second monitoring unit time is more than or equal to the second call acceptance threshold.03-18-2010
20100069077ALLOCATION OF SPREADING CODES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS - In a radio access network (03-18-2010
20110081914RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS, SUBSCRIBER STATION, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation apparatus, subscriber station, resource allocation method, and non-transitory computer readable medium thereof. The resource allocation apparatus may know the unoccupied partition of the wireless network resource and allocate the unoccupied partition to the SS of the femtocell network. Thereby, the SS of the femtocell network will not occupy the same network resource of the macro BS or other femto SS, and interference of between femtocell and macrocell or other femtocell is reduced effectively.04-07-2011
20110081913METHOD OF BANDWIDTH EXTENSION BY AGGREGATING BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE AND NON-BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE CARRIERS - Methods of component carrier aggregation are provided. One embodiment of the method includes aggregating, at a base station, one or more first component carriers that are backwards compatible with a first carrier type and one or more second component carriers that are non-backwards compatible with the first carrier type for communication with first user equipment according to a second carrier type used by the second component carrier(s).04-07-2011
20100069075ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of operating a communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting from a remote unit to a base station remote unit channel data. The remote unit channel is generated at the remote unit and includes data about a first portion of communication channels on which the call can be executed. The method also includes applying a channel selection method to the remote unit channel data and to base station channel data so as to select a communication channel from among the first portion of communication channels. The base station channel data is generated at the base station and includes data about a second portion of the communication channels. The method further includes executing a call on the selected communication channel.03-18-2010
20100069074WIRELESS-RESOURCE BROKER - In one embodiment, a wireless-resource broker employs a self-enforcing spectrum-sharing policy, e.g., the expected utility (e.g., rate) a user obtains by following the policy provided by the broker is not less than the expected utility that the user obtains by switching to some other strategy. Each user is associated with one or more transmitter-receiver pairs, e.g., a transmitter of a wireless device and a receiver of a base station in communication via a wireless channel. The broker receives, as input, user parameters characterizing one or more of the transmitters and/or receivers and resource parameters characterizing one or more available spectrum blocks. The broker solves a linear-programming problem to generate and transmit a recommended policy for one or more users. The policy for each user includes information such as the spectrum block(s) to which the user is assigned, the transmission power for the user, and the transmission rate for the user.03-18-2010
20110250899UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORKS - A method for power control in a long term evolution (LTE) network is disclosed and includes configuring a user equipment (UE) with a plurality of transmit power levels where each transmit power level corresponds to a subframe type. A first power level is used in subframes protected by cooperative coordination between base stations. A second power level corresponds to unprotected subframes. The method also includes scheduling the UE to transmit in accordance with the configured transmit power levels.10-13-2011
20110098052RADIO RESOURCE GROUP SELECTION METHOD FOR A RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Disclosed is the radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method of managing radio resource(s) using a group selection indicator so as to effectively utilize the radio resource(s) in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system.04-28-2011
20110081912DEDICATED SIGNATURE ALLOCATION AND CHOICE - Methods for allocating and choosing dedicated signatures for random access are provided. Options for allocating dedicated signatures include allocating the dedicated signature from the unused space of the random signature root index when there is unused space and allocating more dedicated signatures from the same root index using the same time/frequency resources if additional signatures are needed, and reserving some preambles from the contention-based random access preambles from both sets of preambles. The present invention also proposes that the dedicated signatures be reserved in each of two sets of preambles.04-07-2011
20100159939BIT CALCULATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PDSCH TRANSMISSION - Provided is a bit calculation method, which accurately and easily calculates how many bits are transmitted by codeword per PDSCH in advance before a modulator performs modulation by TTI unit on a PCH or a DL-SCH transferred by a TrCH encoder, in a base-station modulator applied to an LTE-advanced system. Accordingly, the bit calculation method enables smooth data transmission, and easily checks data transmission error.06-24-2010
20120202508Method and Arrangements For MTC Communication - A server for controlling user MTC devices. The server ascertains if a user MTC device has an IP connection to a cellular access network, and if so, sends a message to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message. If a user MTC device does not have an IP connection, the server ascertains if the user MTC device is a mobile or a stationary user MTC device, and for a stationary user MTC device, the server sends a message to the cellular access network to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an IP connection, and for a mobile user MTC device, waits until the user MTC device has an IP connection, and for both kinds of user MTC devices, when the user MTC device has an IP connection, transmits a message to the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message.08-09-2012
20110014923System and Method for Using Subscriber Role Information in a Mobile Communication System - Data stored about user equipment, such as mobile phones, that is stored in a Home Location Register of a cellular voice network communications system, is augmented with supplemental information and is communicated to an active user in the network upon request emanating from a Visitor Location Register with which the requesting user is associated. Supplemental characteristic information includes, for example, the function, position, rank, responsibility level, etc., that each user has, and what group the user is affiliated with. The user may also use shortcodes to choose which other user to call based on that user's supplemental characteristic information.01-20-2011
20110003597METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN FEMTO CELL DEPLOYMENTS - A method and system provide a plurality of femto cells that are deployed within a macro cell of cellular network. The femto cells improve cellular service inside structures, such as residential and commercial structures. Femto base stations convert signals between an airlink-interface and core network to enable data communication between the mobile terminal and an access network to occur through the Internet and a public switched telephone network. The femto base stations are independent of each other and the macro cell. The method and system provide the femto base stations with interference awareness and mitigation techniques to minimize interference with the cellular network.01-06-2011
20100298004Dynamic Policy Server Allocation - A policy control architecture and method for dynamically allocating policy servers to mobile devices is described herein. The policy control architecture introduces a new policy control element called the policy server control function. The policy server control function dynamically allocates policy servers to mobile subscribers when the mobile subscribers attach to an access network. In some embodiments, the policy server control function may also deallocate policy servers when mobile subscribers detach from all access networks to make the policy server resources available for other mobile devices.11-25-2010
20100113052METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING A DATA LIFESPAN TIMER FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL TRANSMISSIONS - A wireless communication system, which supports enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) data transmissions, includes a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), at least one Node-B and a radio network controller (RNC). The WTRU includes a buffer, a data lifespan timer, a data retransmission counter, a hybrid-automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) process and a controller. The timer establishes a lifespan for at least one data block stored in the buffer. If physical resources have not been allocated for a data block associated with a lifespan timer that is close to expiration, the WTRU sends an urgent channel allocation request. If physical resources have been allocated, the data block is prioritized for transmission with respect to other data blocks. The data block is discarded if the lifespan timer expires or if the WTRU receives feedback information indicating that the data block was successfully received by the Node-B.05-06-2010
20100113041METHOD OF SIGNALLING SYSTEM INFORMATION, METHOD OF RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of signalling system information and a method of receiving system information are provided. The method of signalling system information includes broadcasting a piece of system information in a radio cell, the piece of system information indicating that a first portion of a frequency spectrum, the frequency spectrum being available for the radio cell, is assigned to a first radio mode, the piece of system information further indicating that a second portion of the frequency spectrum is assigned to a second radio mode, the second radio mode being different from the first radio mode. A radio base station is configured to perform the method of signalling system information. A radio communication terminal is configured to receive the broadcasted piece of system information.05-06-2010
20100113042WIRELESS NETWORK DISCOVERY - The example embodiments may delay initiation of channel access procedure for transmitting a network discovery message to a network potentially employing directional communication between at least some of the nodes in the network, until a threshold for channel access initiation is met. Meeting the threshold includes satisfying at least one of the following criteria conditions: detecting no activity for at least a predetermined duration of time, or receiving a frame indicating a closure time of a directional communication in the network, or receiving a frame indicating a starting time of an omnidirectional communication period in the network. After meeting at least one of the threshold criteria conditions, the example embodiments may initiate the channel access procedure.05-06-2010
20080248805Method and apparatus for subcell selection for assigning subcarrier in DAS OFDMA scheme - Disclosed is a method and an apparatus for assigning a subcarrier to a subcell serviced by a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) employing an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (OFDMA) scheme in a broadband wireless access system. The method includes dividing an overall frequency band into multiple subcarrier bands, assigning the multiple subcarrier bands to respective Base Stations (BSs) without overlap among the BSs adjacent to one another in assigning the multiple subcarrier bands corresponding to the divided overall frequency band to the respective BSs and dividing the assigned subcarrier bands and selectively assigning the divided subcarrier bands to multiple Remote Stations (RSs) connected with the BSs through optical fibers.10-09-2008
20080248804Radio Bearer Mangement in a Cellular Communication System - A cellular communication system comprises a network based radio bearer controller (10-09-2008
20100099422Data transmission in a multi-user ofdm system with adaptive modulation - A method processes information to be sent via radio, according to which first bits represent a first number of N-tuples and second bits represent a second number of N-tuples. The first bits are to be sent using a first group of sub-bands of a frequency band, and the second bits are to be sent using a second group of sub-bands of the frequency band. A first modulation method is used for the first bits and a second modulation method is used for the second bits. The first bits are rearranged, forming M-tuples, and a symbol is formed from each M-tuple according to the first modulation method. The second bits are rearranged, forming P-tuples, and a symbol is formed from each P-tuple according to the second modulation method, and M≠P. A corresponding method is used for processing information received by radio. Base stations and mobile radio stations carry out the method.04-22-2010
20100035622TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS DETECTION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A terminal apparatus in a wireless communication system having a first and second base station group, and for which access is permitted for a specific base station, and not for a base station other than the specific base station, in the base station belonging to the second base station group, including: a reception unit which receives an identifier from any of base stations belonging to the first base station group; and a detection unit which executes base station detection processing for the second base station group, if the received identifier is an identifier of a base station corresponding to the specific base station in the base station belonging to the first base station group, and restrict execution of the base station detection processing, if not the identifier of the base station corresponding to the specific base station in the base station belonging to the first base station group.02-11-2010
20100003995BASE STATION DEVICE, FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A base station device performs wireless communication with a terminal device. The base station device includes a setting unit to set a first frequency group in which frequencies that differ from frequencies used in an adjacent base station device are used, a second frequency group including different frequencies to the frequencies included in the first frequency group, and a third frequency group including frequencies that overlap at least partially the frequencies included in the first or second frequency group; an allocating unit to allocate a frequency included in one of the first to third frequency groups to the terminal device; and a transmission unit to transmit the allocated frequency to the terminal device.01-07-2010
20100003994COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD, METHOD FOR SHARING INFORMATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION CONTROLLING APPARATUS - The connection state of a wireless line, in which a communication can be immediately made in an estimated time period, is preset by estimating the time period with a high possibility of making a communication based on the communication history of a wireless terminal for a predetermined past period in a communication made between the wireless terminal and a wireless base station.01-07-2010
20110151883METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network, comprising a) a secondary station preparing the transmission to a primary station of a message comprising a report and a data field for containing data in an allocated resource, and b) the secondary station setting at least one transmission parameter of the message at a first level of reliability if the size of the allocated resource is bigger than the size of the message, and else setting at least one transmission parameter at second level of reliability being lower than the first level of reliability, c) the secondary station transmitting the message to the primary station.06-23-2011
20110151882IDLE-TO-ACTIVE STATE SHIFT APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - Provided is a technology that enables a terminal to quickly perform an idle-to-active state shift and to quickly perform a handover using a carrier aggregation characteristic. The terminal may attempt a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection establishment using a plurality of carrier components. When the RRC connection establishment using one of the carrier components succeeds, the terminal may transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete message to a base station.06-23-2011
20090318158BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel.12-24-2009
20090318157RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a transmission device, a reception device, and a communication method which can improve a throughput in a MIMO system performing a precoding process. Each of beams formed by the transmission device are one-to-one correlated to an arrangement position of the uplink control channel so that the arrangement position of the uplink control channel is different in a block for each of beams. The reception device which has selected different beams arranges the uplink control channel at the arrangement position in the block corresponding to the selected beam and transmits the uplink control channel to the transmission device.12-24-2009
20090291691APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE REGION BY USING BROADCAST REFERENCE SIGNAL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) scheme in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. The method includes broadcasting a reference value for determining an FFR region, receiving region information determined by using the reference value from at least one Mobile Station (MS), and determining a communication band of at least one MS by using the region information received from the at least one MS.11-26-2009
20120202509METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RANGING CODES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating ranging codes by a macro base station in a communication system is provided. The method includes broadcasting information related to adjacent femto base stations, receiving a ranging request including class information indicating a degree of a strength of interference of an adjacent macro base station from a terminal, and allocating one of ranging codes included in a code subset dedicated to a corresponding class to the terminal, the ranging codes being allocatable to only terminals in a class indicated by the class information.08-09-2012
20110177823Methods and Arrangements in a Radio Access Network - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements that enable easy integration of on/off repeaters in a radio access network and a minimized signaling for the UE repeater selection. This is achieved by a solution where the RBSs are working in a pre-coding mode and where the repeaters are measuring the downlink reference signals, selecting pre-coding matrices and feeding the index of selection back (i.e. the PMI) to the RBS, in analogy with what a UE does. This allows the RBS to distinguish the UE repeater selection, without introducing any extra uplink report or interaction between UEs and repeaters, by comparing the index from the UE with the indices from different repeaters.07-21-2011
20110212729TECHNIQUES FOR IDENTIFYING BASE STATIONS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a Mobile Station (MS), for use in a wireless communication network comprising a plurality of Base Stations (BSs) capable of communicating with a plurality of MSs, wherein at least some of the BSs are Femtocell BSs (FBSs) and at least some of the BSs are Macrocell BSs (MBSs), for identifying the BSs at the MS, are provided. The method includes receiving at least one of a globally unique BS ID and an Operator ID from an FBS via a Broadcast CHannel (BCH), deriving a Closed Subscriber Group IDentifier (CSG ID) from the received at least one of the globally unique BS ID and the Operator ID, and determining, based on the derived CSG ID, if the FBS is a CSG FBS to which the MS is subscribed.09-01-2011
20080293425Portable wireless communication system - A wireless communication system operates without a base station and allows effective real time conferencing between two or more units. A particular communication protocol used by the devices synchronizes the signals. Received signals are combined to provide the full conferencing feature.11-27-2008
20120064906METHOD OF ADMISSION CONTROL FOR HYBRID FEMTOCELL - Provided is a method of admission control for a hybrid femtocell in a wireless communication system, in which the method is applied to a wireless communication system including a hybrid femto base station and a core network performing admission control of a mobile station terminal in a femtocell of the hybrid femto base station. The method of admission control for a hybrid femtocell performed by a core network according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes determining whether a mobile station terminal has membership; determining whether speed information of the mobile station terminal exists; and assigning a probability value to the mobile station terminal depending on the membership and the speed information of the mobile station terminal03-15-2012
20090029713SYSTEM FOR FAST MACRODIVERSITY SWITCHING IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Fast macrodiversity switching (FMS) dynamically switches radio links used for traffic and control channels for a mobile station among a number of base transceiver stations (BTS) without changing the radio resource, that is, using the same frequency and time slot combination (TDMA) or frequency and spreading code combination (CDMA). The traffic channel switching is under control of zone managers. Each BTS includes a zone manager where a host BTS has its zone manager designated as a host zone manager and other BTSs (assistant BTSs) have their zone managers designated as assistant zone managers. The control by the host and assistant zone managers includes switching down-link signals to and up-link signals from mobile stations among base transceiver stations which include broadcast channels (non-switched) and dedicated (switched) channels. Measurements of the wireless signals are made at macrodiverse locations. Zone managers process the measurements to determine preferred ones of the transceiver stations for particular dedicated channels for a particular mobile station.01-29-2009
20080242308Selection of an uplink carrier frequency corresponding to one of co-sited cells having different coverage areas and supporting different uplink data rates - Random access coverage is assured while at the same supporting high uplink data rates in a same service area served by a base station. The service area includes first and second co-sited cells. The first co-sited cell is associated with a first uplink frequency, and the second co-sited cell is associated with a second uplink frequency. The first cell allows a lower uplink load and provides a greater coverage than the second cell. The second cell allows a higher rise over thermal (RoT) value than the first cell. Random access channel requests are initially directed to the first cell using the first uplink frequency. One of the co-sited cells is selected for supporting the connection depending on one or more factors. Example factors include a priority associated with the mobile terminal, a capability associated with the mobile terminal, a load situation in the second cell, or radio channel conditions associated with the mobile radio terminal.10-02-2008
20090005056Efficient Provision of a Multicast Service by Switching Between Multicast Services in a Mobile Communication System - The invention relates to a method for efficiently providing a bidirectional multicast service (e.g. IMS) to a user equipment (01-01-2009
20100151870NETWORK ELEMENT AND METHOD FOR SETTING A POWER LEVEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network element (06-17-2010
20090209263Method for controlling radio cell monitoring system - A method controls a radio cell monitoring system. A standardized radio cell list is transmitted by a device on the network side, the device being allocated to a radio cell of interest. The radio cell list lists radio cells that are adjacent to the radio cell of interest, receiving radio communication terminals monitoring, using the radio cellist, the signals of the adjacent radio cells for a handover or a cell reselection by way of measurement. The respective measurements of the radio communication terminals are transmitted to the device on the network end. At least one priority on the network side is allocated to each radio cell of the radio cell list. Additionally, at least one indication on the network side, indicating which services are offered within the respective radio cell for execution, is allocated to every radio cell of the radio cell list. A receiving radio communication terminal monitors, depending on the signaled priority and depending on the signaled service indication, only a limited number of the radio cells listed in the radio cell list by measurement in order to carry out a service.08-20-2009
20100298003METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT ALLOCATION INFORMATION TO USER EQUIPMENT IN A MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A method for transmitting pilot allocation information from a base station for reception by at least one of a plurality of mobile stations participating in a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) communication, the method including the steps of generating pilot allocation information for the one mobile station, and transmitting the pilot allocation information for reception by the one mobile station, wherein the pilot allocation information includes at least one of a total number K of pilot streams allocated to the plurality of mobile stations, an index k representing a first pilot stream of one or more pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among a plurality of pilot streams defined for a pilot pattern selected for the MU-MIMO communication, a number M of the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station, and bitmap information indicating the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among the plurality of pilot streams defined for the pilot pattern.11-25-2010
20080254807Access Network, Gateway and Management Server For a Cellular Wireless Communication System - The access network for a cellular wireless communication system includes home gateways (10-16-2008
20080254806Method for Decentralized Assignment of Frequency Band to Base Stations - In a radio communication system having network-side and subscriber-side radio stations a frequency band is used for communication respectively by a subset of the network-side radio stations in time slots. The network-side radio stations are coordinated according to which network-side radio station(s) the frequency band can be used in a defined time slot. The network-side radio stations respectively emit a message containing a number having a value depending on the radio traffic range expected by the respective network-side radio station for the defined time slot.10-16-2008
20120122462DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING COORDINATION FOR PLURAL SERVICE AREAS - An apparatus (05-17-2012
20110009123Numbering of Radio Frequency Channels - The present invention relates to a method and arrangements where each frequency channel is assigned a primary (global) number and a secondary (in-band) number. In accordance with embodiments of the present invention the primary number for one frequency channel (e.g. unicast downlink channel) and one or more secondary channel numbers to account for the corresponding unicast uplink and/or for one or more MBSFN channels are signalled. The primary (global) number indicates the band and frequency channel number while the secondary (in-band) number indicates the frequency channel within the relevant frequency band.01-13-2011
20110021203MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - In case that an uplink grand from a base station apparatus is detected on PDCCH, a data designated by the uplink grant, channel state information measured at the time of transmission are transmitted by PUSCH as an uplink transmission signal. Then, in case that a notice that indicates retransmission is received, the data to be retransmission and the channel state information measured at the time of retransmission are transmitted by PUSCH. Accordingly, the mobile station apparatus can transmit appropriate channel state information when designated to retransmission so that the base station apparatus can make an efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus that is suitable for the current channel condition.01-27-2011
20110053604SCHEDULING METHOD BASED ON HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE AND FEMTO BASE STATION FOR THE SAME - A method for scheduling User Equipments (UEs) in a femto Base Station (BS) in a mobile communication system having a hierarchical cell structure is disclosed. The scheduling method includes transmitting a resource allocation request signal to a macro BS using a predetermined identifier (ID) having a UE ID format, receiving radio resource allocation information about resources allocated in relation to the predetermined ID from the macro BS, allocating the allocated radio resources to one or more UEs, receiving a signal from the one or more UEs using the allocated radio resources, and transmitting the signal received from the one or more UEs to a network via an Internet connection.03-03-2011
20110053603SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING DOWNLINK INFORMATION - Systems and methods facilitating communication of downlink information are provided. In one embodiment, a method can include receiving a signal indicative of a base station enabling or disabling a function, wherein the function is configured to transmit information carried in control channels using selected downlink information; receiving the selected downlink information at one or more locations; and determining a resource allocation of at least one of paging information or system information or unicast data information based, at least, on the selected downlink information. The determining can be performed without decoding control channels corresponding to the selected downlink information in response to receiving a signal indicative of the function being enabled.03-03-2011
20110053602REPEATER GAIN CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - This document proposes soft activation and inactivation of (network) repeaters that are, for example, activated on an as-needed basis. With soft activation, repeater gain ramps upward at a controlled rate, thereby avoiding rapid changes in interference caused by the repeater. Likewise, with soft inactivation, repeater gain ramps downward at a controlled rate. Soft activation/inactivation results in more gradual changes in the interference contribution of the repeater, thereby improving the performance of interference-compensating radio receivers operating in proximity to the repeater.03-03-2011
20100285809METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-CARRIER TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The embodiments of the present invention relate to apparatuses and methods for resource management in a multi-carrier system wherein a plurality of component carriers (CCs) is defined per cell. According to a method in an apparatus corresponding to a radio base station, a message is assembled comprising information on the structure of the cell served by the radio base station; the information including one or more CCs used in the cell that is/are available for a user equipment for performing initial access in the cell. The method also comprises, transmitting the assembled message to the user equipment and indicating to the user equipment to what resources to use for random access in the cell. The exemplary embodiments of the present invention also relates to a method in the user equipment, to a radio base station and to a user equipment.11-11-2010
20100285808WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention has an object to provide a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method, which are capable of measuring line qualities as to a plurality of channels in a high efficiency without giving an adverse influence to communications made by other mobile stations in such a case that a mobile station is communicated with a base station via a relay station.11-11-2010
20100285810METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - Provided are a method of transmitting a dedicated reference signal (DRS), a method of receiving a DRS, and a feedback method of a terminal. The method of transmitting a DRS includes determining a DRS transmitting resource for at least one terminal which is a target of transmission, and transmitting the DRS using the determined transmission resource and notifying the terminal of information about layer used by the terminal. The method of receiving a DRS includes determining a DRS receiving resource, receiving information about layer used by a terminal from a serving cell base station, and receiving the DRS for the terminal using the determined reception resource and the information about layer. Accordingly, a terminal can find the position and sequence of its DRS. In particular, in the case of multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) or joint scheduling, it is possible to prevent or remove signal interference using the DRS of another terminal.11-11-2010
20100291943Method and Apparatus for Pooling Network Resources - A method and apparatus for selecting a network resource from a plurality of network resources in a communications network. A selection node receives a request for a network resource from a terminal, and then retrieves, from at least one further network node, data relating to the plurality of network resources. On the basis of the retrieved data, the selection node selects a network resource from the plurality of network resources. A response is then sent to the terminal, the response including information identifying the selected network resource.11-18-2010
20090047971Configuring radio resource allocation and scheduling mobile station mechanism for frequency reuse in cellular OFDMA systems - Under adaptive frequency reuse technique, mobile stations in a cellular orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system are served by different radio resource regions with appropriate frequency reuse patterns to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve system capacity. In a first novel aspect, the mobile stations measure interference statistics and obtain interference measurement results. The mobile stations report the obtained interference measurement results to serving base stations. The serving base stations determine adaptive frequency reuse patterns based on the received interference measurement result. In a second novel aspect, a radio resource control element receives the interference measurement results, determines frequency reuse patterns and configures radio resource allocation based on the received interference measurement results. In a third novel aspect, the base stations obtain the interference measurement results and schedule the mobile stations to be served with appropriate radio resource regions.02-19-2009
20110117921Method and a Device for Improved Scheduling - The invention discloses a method (05-19-2011
20110077015Methods, Computer Program Products And Apparatus Providing Shared Spectrum Allocation - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: estimating network load for at least one region of a network using a load measurement method (03-31-2011
20100216481SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BASE STATION REFERENCE FREQUENCY AND TIMING CORRECTION - A wireless communications system includes a radio resource manager, one or more base stations, and one or more wireless transceivers capable of communicating with the base stations. The wireless transceivers are configured to be able to measure the difference in network parameter (e.g. frequency and timing offset) between base stations within their range. These network parameter differences along with other information are communicated to the radio resource manager which is then able to update or correct the signal or signals of one or more base stations using the information from the wireless transceivers.08-26-2010
20100323711METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BEAMFORMING FOR FEMTOCELLS - Methods and apparatus for beamforming for femtocells, such as in LTE wireless networks, to provide inter-cell coordination and interference mitigation are disclosed. A macrocell user equipment (UE) may determine information regarding an interfering femtocell node, such as a home eNodeB (HeNB). The information may be sent directly or indirectly, such as by a backhaul communication link, to the HeNB. The HeNB may adjust an output based on the information. The information may include spatial channel information, which may be used for beamforming at the HeNB output so as to mitigate interference in the direction of the UE.12-23-2010
20100323709METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING METHOD USED TO SCRAMBLE DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNALS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to scramble CRC bits of a DCI format using a C-RNTI for dynamic scheduling, and scramble the CRC bits of the DCI format using an SPS C-RNTI for semi-persistent scheduling. If C-RNTI is used, the circuitry generates a downlink transmission grant using the DCI format being a fallback format to indicate a transmit diversity transmission scheme or a single-layer beamforming scheme, and uses the DCI format being a dual-layer beamforming format to indicate a dual-DRS port transmission scheme or a single-DRS port transmission scheme.12-23-2010
20100323707Hierarchical Broadcast Service with Blind Retransmission - In a broadcast service area having regions with varying inter site distances between transmitter sites, the robustness of the transmitted signal is set to meet minimum quality of service (QoS) requirements in the region having small ISD, and additional resources are allocated to the region having large ISD to provide greater robustness. The additional resources in the large ISD area may be used for blind retransmissions of either the original data or new data.12-23-2010
20100323706Method for base stations for overall cell signal decoding - A method for filtering out a useful signal of a mobile radio terminal from a plurality of superimposed signals having a signal quality received by base stations in a cellular mobile radio network. The superimposed signal of the mobile radio terminal is detected by base stations that are reached and the signal quality of the received and superimposed signal of every base station reached is determined. The signal quality of a selected base station is then transmitted to a decision element and a selection of a selected base station is made by the decision element to decode the useful signal of the mobile radio terminal. The invention also relates to a device for filtering out a useful signal of a mobile radio terminal from a plurality of superimposed signals received by base stations in a cellular mobile radio network.12-23-2010
20120034927TRANSMISSIONOF HARQ CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit acknowledgement information together with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or separate from data information in a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). The HARQ-ACK payload for transmission in a PUSCH and the HARQ-ACK signal transmission power for transmission in a PUCCH are derived based on the existence and design of a Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) Information Element (IE) in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats scheduling receptions of data Transport Blocks (TBs) by the UE.02-09-2012
20110256879METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of allocating radio resources from a network of a wireless communication system in accordance with a plurality of scheduling modes comprises transmitting first scheduling information to a user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a first scheduling mode, the first scheduling information including a first user equipment identifier, and transmitting second scheduling information to the user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a second scheduling mode, the second scheduling information including a second user equipment identifier.10-20-2011
20110256878Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Bandwidth Allocations in a Wireless Network - In accordance with particular embodiments, a method includes providing one or more network tuning constants associated with one or more base stations of a wireless network. The network tuning constants are configured to adjust an equilibrium point of a first bandwidth allocation among the one or more base stations. The method also includes receiving one or more signal performance values from each of the one or more base stations in the wireless network. The method further includes determining whether at least one of the one or more network tuning constants needs to be adjusted. The method additionally includes, upon determining that at least one of the one or more network tuning constants needs to be adjusted, adjusting the one or more network tuning constants based at least in part on the one or more signal performance values.10-20-2011
20100136990Charging In Communication Networks - This invention relates to a method for supporting a communication session of an user equipment, by means of a communication system that includes at least one entity between the user equipment and a node with which the user equipment is arranged to establish a session, the method including the steps of establishing a session between the user equipment and the node via the at least one entity, putting the session on hold, reserving resources for the session while the session is on hold, and resuming the session and distributing charging information.06-03-2010
20110081915SCRAMBLING CODE SELECTION - In a femtocell basestation of a cellular communications network, there is a potential difficulty that the basestation may be unable to select a scrambling code for its transmissions, without the risk of interference with other basestations using the same scrambling code. The femtocell basestation receives from a management system a list comprising at least one allowed scram-bling code for femtocell basestations, and also detects, in information broadcast by at least one macrocell basestation, at least one allowed scrambling code available in an area containing the basestation. If it is determined that use of each scrambling code that is allowed and is available in an area containing the basestation would cause interference with another femtocell basestation, a pa-rameter is set to ensure that a user equipment would perform a location update when moving between the coverage areas of said basestation and the other femtocell basestation. The parameter may be a MIB and/or SIB value tag.04-07-2011
20100069080Call Admission Control for Mobility-Capable Telecommunications Terminals - A method and apparatus are disclosed that enable taking into consideration the variation in channel occupancy of a particular terminal or terminals during the call admission process. A channel utilization manager accounts for the probabilistic nature of the call admission decision by using a pre-determined, statistically justified value to represent the channel occupancy. The “per-call” channel occupancy value is determined by a number of factors, including the shared-communications channel data rate. Channel occupancy is incorporated into one or more cumulative distribution functions (CDF), which are evaluated by the channel utilization manager as part of the call admission process. In turn, each channel-occupancy CDF of a shared-communications channel can be generated from a CDF of the terminals' data rates on that channel, which data rates can be determined analytically or empirically.03-18-2010
20100184443EXPLICIT LAYER TWO SIGNALING FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems adapted to enable an eNodeB to instruct a user equipment (UE) to adjust its current discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter by Layer 07-22-2010
20100222063CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND MOBILE STATION RECEPTION DEVICE IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION SELECTION CONTROL METHOD IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular mobile communication system has a problem that communication quality is lowered by increase of an attenuation amount of a desired signal and increase of an interfering signal amount at a position apart from a base station and high-speed data communication becomes difficult. To solve this problem, when a mobile station M is at a location D where the radio attenuation is small, the mobile station M uses an OFDM signal to transmit data x, y and z via a traffic channel all at once so that data communication is performed at the maximum communication speed. On the other hand, when the mobile station M moves from the location D to a location E which is far from any of the base stations A, B and C, the mobile station M divides, the data x, y and z into three and, by using a diffusion OFDM signal having a high interference resistance, increases the interference resistance, and transmits data, x, y and z almost simultaneously from the three base stations A, B and C, thereby realizing equivalence of high-speed data transmission.09-02-2010
20120309404METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus to perform measurements are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein for a user equipment (UE) to perform measurements comprises receiving configuration information from a network, the configuration information to configure the UE to perform logging of measurements in an idle mode, logging measurements in the idle mode, and sending an indication that logged measurements are available.12-06-2012
20120309403RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIGNALLING - A mobile telecommunications system is described in which a base station allocates control channel elements for signalling resource allocation data for a number of mobile telephones. The CCEs are partitioned into at least two groups, one for uplink allocations and one for downlink allocations. In one embodiment, the group size is fixed whilst in another embodiment, the group size changes between sub-frames. In another embodiment, the group size is varied in a pseudo-random manner.12-06-2012
20120309402METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REALIZING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING SERVICE OR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING-LIKE SERVICE - The present invention discloses a method and device for realizing a semi-persistent scheduling or semi-persistent scheduling-like service, which includes: notifying a terminal of its SPS or SPS-like period, so that the terminal sends SPS service or SPS-like service data according to the period and by adopting a transmission mode with a closed loop rank 1; dynamically notifying the terminal of a precoding matrix indicator PMI required for its SPS or SPS-like service to support the transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1, so that the terminal uses a latest received PMI when sending the SPS service or SPS-like service data; and receiving, by a base station and based on the transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1, the SPS service or SPS-like service data sent by the terminal. Through the present invention, the SPS or SPS-like service can support a MIMO transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1.12-06-2012
20120309401Methods and Systems for a Generic Multi-Radio Access Technology - Generic devices, systems and methods for multiple radio access technologies (RATs) are described. A platform for allocating radio resources among a plurality of radio access technology (RAT) modules can include, for example, radio hardware configured to transmit and receive radio signals over an air interface using the plurality of RATs; and a radio planner connected to the radio hardware and configured to receive radio time reservation requests, each of which requests includes a priority value for the radio time reservation request, and to determine whether to grant or deny each of the radio time reservation requests based at least in part on the priority values.12-06-2012
20090176503FLEXIBLE MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FOR AD HOC DEPLOYED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed that facilitate wireless communication using resource utilization messages (RUMs), in accordance with various aspects. A RUM may be generated for a first node, such as an access point or an access terminal, to indicate that a first predetermined threshold has been met or exceeded. The RUM may be weighted to indicate a degree to which a second predetermined threshold has been exceeded. The first and/or second predetermined thresholds may be associated with various parameters associated with the node, such as latency, throughput, data rate, spectral efficiency, carrier-to-interference ratio, interference-over-thermal level, etc. The RUM may then be transmitted to one or more other nodes to indicate a level of disadvantage experienced by the first node.07-09-2009
20090176502Method of Receiving Signaling and Related Communication Device - A method of receiving signaling for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting to monitor a downlink control channel after a scheduling request procedure, used for requesting uplink radio resources, is triggered until the uplink radio resources are received.07-09-2009
20090176501ADVERTISEMENT SCHEDULING - Embodiments of the invention are concerned with a method and a system for scheduling the transmission of messages to a subscriber in a communications network on basis of communications events that are determined to have occurred from communications events generated by the communications network. The method includes identifying a communications event as one of a plurality of predetermined types of communications events on the basis of at least one said identified current or previous communications session, and, responsive to the identified communications event, triggering a scheduling process for scheduling transmission of a message to the subscriber, in which the scheduling process is dependent on the type of communications event.07-09-2009
20090197609Apparatus and method of setting multi-channels in network system - An apparatus of setting multi-channels in a network system includes a mobile station transmitting at least one piece of channel information on a request message, wherein the request message requests to set a connection identifier for a communication service; and a control station calculating a bandwidth according to number of channels using the request message received from the mobile station and setting the calculated bandwidth as a service bandwidth of the connection identifier. The control station such as an ACR supports multi-channels through one frame structure (i.e., a communication structure of a connection identifier) and thus radio resources (e.g., bandwidth) to be provided to the mobile station are reduced.08-06-2009
20100190503INTERACTIONS AMONG MOBILE DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - One embodiment of the disclosure sets for a method for synchronizing multiple mobile devices in a wireless network, which includes the steps of calculating a time interval for a first mobile device to respond to a request, receiving timing information of the first mobile device, determining a first offset associated with the first mobile device based on the time interval and the timing information, receiving a first data stream including the timing information of the first mobile device, and inserting a first dataset into the first data stream based on the first offset before transmitting the first data stream.07-29-2010
20110201343METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for supporting machine-type communications (MTC) are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may configure itself to operate in a mobile-originated-only mode. The WTRU may perform no, or a subset of, radio resource control (RRC) idle and/or non-access stratum (NAS) idle/standby state procedures in the mobile-originated-only mode. For example, the WTRU may perform cell reselection but not paging monitoring in the mobile-originated-only mode. Alternatively, the WTRU may perform paging monitoring but not cell reselection and location update. The operation in the mobile-originated-only mode may be triggered explicitly or implicitly. For example, the WTRU may operate in the mobile-originated-only mode if an inactivity timer expires. The WTRU may switch the mode in accordance with a pre-configured schedule. After transition of the operation mode, the WTRU may send a message to the network indicating such mode switch.08-18-2011
20100029288UPLINK SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SDMA) USER PAIRING AND SCHEDULING - A method, system and communication network for transmitting information signals via uplink (UL) collaborative SDMA, in a wireless communication system. Base station receiver estimates a channel gain associated with the transmission path(s) of each user and keeps a matrix of normalized covariance, between users. Based on the estimated channel gain and the normalized covariance, ULS utility is able to compute channel capacity. Based on capacity estimates of (1) the multiplexed user signals and (2) the individual user signals, signals are either multiplexed for UL SDMA or are transmitted individually. An optimal selection of multiplexed signals may be based upon: (1) a cross user interface measurement; and (2) a selection mechanism based on eigen-decomposition techniques. The ULS utility enables a UL scheduler to pair information signals with clear spatial distinction and minimal correlation, based on capacity evaluations.02-04-2010
20100029291Method for the time-based control of an upward signal transmission in a radio communication system - A method controls a time-based transmission of signals of a subscriber terminal for synchronous reception at a base station of a radio communication system. Upon detection that a determined time offset of received signals is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value, a change from one-step control commands to multi-step control commands for controlling the time-based transmission of the subscriber terminal is performed by the base station, or a synchronization procedure is initiated by means of a randomly chosen access channel by the subscriber terminal.02-04-2010
20100029290Apparatus and method for implementing configurable resource management policies - A resource management apparatus adapted to implement resource management policies for the management of resources of a system, being susceptible of being assigned to entities requesting services to the system. The resource management apparatus includes: a configuration interface adapted to receive resource management configuration data from a user, the configuration data including a resource management decision logic adapted to specify a resource management policy; a resource management policy implementation unit responsive to service requests from the requesting entities and adapted to manage the assignment of the resources of the system to the requesting entities based on the resource management decision logic. The configuration interface is adapted to receive, and the resource management policy implementation unit is adapted to manage resource management decision logic structured as a set of one or more decision rules, each decision rule including: a description of at least one service request intended to be governed by the decision rule; a description of a state of the system in respect of which the decision rule is intended to apply; and action to be taken by the apparatus in case the decision rule applies.02-04-2010
20100022251BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND CHANNEL RATE CONTROL METHOD - To provide a base transceiver station and channel rate control method for enabling the base transceiver station to execute stable processing in a radio communication system compliant with an HSDPA communication scheme, a base transceiver station 01-28-2010
20100022250TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION UPON CHANGING CONNECTIVITY OR POINT OF ATTACHMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method for informing a mobile terminal on target cell-specific system information to facilitate a mobility procedure such as handover or cell reselection in a mobile communication network. Further a radio resource control apparatus, a mobile terminal and a system comprising the radio resource control apparatus and the mobile terminal are provided. The invention suggests improvements to current mobility procedures so as to reduce the interruption time implied by the procedures. More specifically, it is proposed to include at least one pointer to target cell-specific system information to a control message, such as a handover indication or connection release message, pointing the mobile terminal to system information in the target cell relevant for system access and/or to perform mobility procedures. Further, a portion of the target cell-specific system information may also be comprised in the control message.01-28-2010
20100022249WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT PRIORITIZES ACCESS PROBE HANDLING USING A PREDETERMINED TRANSMISSION DELAY - A wireless communication device that prioritizes the receipt of access probes within the slots of a base station having a slotted access protocol for incoming communications from wireless communication devices, where the slotted access protocol includes a plurality of discrete slots in which communication packets from wireless communication devices are received and communication packets arriving earlier in a slot are handled first by the base station. The wireless communication device can statically or dynamically change a predetermined delay in sending the access probe to insure it arrives earlier or later in a slot so as to cause a priority of handling by the base station.01-28-2010
20120302250CONFIGURATION OF RANK INDICATOR REPORTING INSTANCES - A method for setting a periodicity and an offset in rank indicator (RI) reporting in a user equipment in a wireless communication system receives a radio resource control (RRC) signal from a base station, decodes a RI periodicity and offset configuration index, sets the periodicity and offset in accordance with said decoded periodicity and offset configuration index and reports a RI according to the set periodicity and offset. The periodicity is an integer and reporting a RI reports with equal the product of the periodicity and a period of reporting of the channel quality indicator (CQI) and the precoding matrix indicator (PMI).11-29-2012
20120302249ASSIGNING CODE SPACE TO PORTABLE BASE STATIONS - In addition to other aspects disclosed, a portable base station requests assignment of a portion of a code space from a remotely located control station. The assignment is based upon the location of the portable base station. The portable base station is also capable of transmitting an identification signal using the assigned code space portion to uniquely identify the portable base station to one or more access terminals.11-29-2012
20090197610METHOD FOR PERFORMING EFFICIENT BSR PROCEDURE USING SPS RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a terminal providing a wireless communication service and to a method by which a base station and a terminal transmit and receive data in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (E-UMTS) evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) or a long term evolution (LTE) system, and more particularly, to a method whereby, in requesting allocation of radio resources by a user equipment (UE), which has been allocated continuous allocation radio resources, from a base station, the UE compares an allocation time point of continuous allocation radio resources and a start time point of a radio resource request procedure and effectively transmit a radio resource allocation request.08-06-2009
20090325587MOBILE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE SERVER - A mobile telephone exchange server is provided that comprises a telephone information memory corresponding to each mobile telephone and enables a plurality of mobile telephones, to which the same telephone number is allocated, to be switched to use by setting of a control flag or a busy flag with reference to memory contents of a mobile telephone ID number memory, a telephone number memory, and a telephone name memory included in each telephone information memory or by performing a simple operation while viewing a display screen of an ordinary mobile telephone, or by performing an ordinary call request operation or incoming call operation.12-31-2009
20100093360COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD USING DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - A cognitive radio base station may transmit, for each channel, common control channel information to a plurality of cognitive radio terminals at different points in time, respectively. Accordingly, the cognitive radio base station may receive a channel allocation request from the plurality of cognitive radio terminals receiving the common control channel information and allocate a plurality of channels to the plurality of cognitive radio terminals, respectively, to perform communication. In response to another terminal existing in a corresponding channel, the cognitive radio base station may update the common control channel information and switch to another channel to transmit subsequent common control channel information at, for example, a closest point in time to thereby broadcast the updated common control channel information to the plurality of cognitive radio terminals using the switched channel.04-15-2010
20090029710MULTI-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - In a radio communication system that simultaneously provides communication service using a plurality of discontinuous frequency bands, a multi-band radio communication method according to the present invention is a method in which a base station constituting the system allocates a band to a mobile station that requests a communication starting. For example, a specific receiving unit within the base station extracts control information concerning a channel state in each of the frequency bands, and recognizes a frequency band in which the mobile station can receive information, from a result of the extraction. A channel controller 01-29-2009
20100130217METHOD OF TRANSMITTING RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of transmitting radio access capability for a mobile device in a first wireless communication system includes including capability information of the mobile device, corresponding to a second wireless communication system, in a radio resource message, and sending the radio resource message to a network of the second wireless communication system.05-27-2010
20100130214DRX CONFIGURATION - A system is proposed to provide DRX/DTX configuration for mixed real time and non-real time transmission scenarios in a mobile telecommunications environment, particularly applicable to 3GPP networks. The proposed DRX/DTX configuration involves maintaining the DRX/DTX interval the same between the switching of real time VoIP data from an active period to a silence period. The proposed DRX/DTX configuration schedules transmission and/or reception times for a mobile device so that packets for non-real time services are transmitted/received immediately after packets for real time services.05-27-2010
20090061887Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication method used in a system comprising a base station and a plurality of fixed or mobile subscriber stations, the base station maintaining connections with each of the subscriber stations by performing wireless communication in units of frames, and within each frame, allocating resources for data transmissions and signalling in the wireless communication system. The method involves providing, in each frame, a new dedicated shared channel for use by the subscriber stations to report a connection quality to the base station. To save bandwidth in the system, the resources allocated to the shared channel are less than the total resources needed for every subscriber station to report individually within the same frame. The method includes, in the base station, allocating resources to the shared channel, dividing the shared channel into a plurality of reporting opportunities, and transmitting requests for reports to the subscriber stations; and in the subscriber stations, responding to said requests by randomly selecting one of said reporting opportunities and sending a report on the channel quality. Preferably, the responding step is conditional upon the channel quality experienced by each subscriber station meeting a threshold condition set by the base station and included in the requests.03-05-2009
20110306349Channel Access For Local Heterogeneous Communication in a Cellular Network - In an exemplary embodiment there are determined which radio resource are to be used for contention based access, and the allocated radio resource is accessed according to a probability function that varies in dependence on at least one of interference measured on the allocated radio resource and a received power level for the allocated radio resource. By example the radio resource is allocated by a cellular base station for use in D2D communications; the base station provides configuration parameters for the D2D communications via common or dedicated signaling; the received power level is a target received power level that is received via broadcast system information or dedicated control signaling; and/or the received power level is itself a function of pathloss on a wireless link to the cellular base station. Embodiments are presented for method, apparatus, and tangibly stored computer program.12-15-2011
20110306351METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a base station (12-15-2011
20110306350METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RATE PREDICTION IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - A downlink cooperative multi-point (CoMP) framework of a wireless communication system reduces inter-node interference and increases channel gain by scheduling a user equipment (UE) based on improved interference estimates and gain estimates. The UE computes a gain scaling factor (μ) based on theoretical gain and actual gain for each available scheduling scenario and transmits the gain scaling factors to an anchor node of the UE's radio reporting set (RRS). The anchor node computes an internal scaling factor (ν) based on the received gain scaling factors (μ) to estimate an actual gain for the scheduling scenarios. The UE also periodically transmits quantized interference estimates to the anchor node. The anchor node predicts a rate for the scheduling scenarios and schedules the UE based on the internal scaling factor (ν), the gain scaling factors (μ), and the interference estimates.12-15-2011
20090054071Enhanced dedicated-channel reporting for umts - A method for a mobile communication system defining a dedicated channel (DCH) active set and an enhanced-dedicated channel (E-DCH) active set. The method includes performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is not included in the E-DCH active set but included in the DCH active set, and performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is included in the E-DCH active set.02-26-2009
20110070891WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND REFERENCE SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station apparatus capable of preventing degradation of throughput of LTE terminals, even when both LTE terminals and LTE+ terminals are present together. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation section (03-24-2011
20100151871Wireless Communication System And Wireless Communication Method - There is provided a method for scheduling users in a multi user-multi input multi output (MU-MIMO) wireless communication system. The MU-MIMO wireless communication system comprises at least one based station and at least one user equipment, the base station is capable of accommodating plural user equipments by precoding based on a codebook, the method comprising: each of the plural user equipments conducting a channel estimation based on a pilot signal transmitted from the base station, to obtain a channel information; determining, based on the channel information, a codeword that results in the maximum signal-noise-ratio (SNR), and a channel quality indictor (CQI) value corresponding to the codeword; and feeding back the codeword and the CQI value to the base station, the base station setting up an active user set that includes at least one user allowed of downlink transmission based on the codewords and the CQI values fed back from the user equipments, so that a predetermined performance metric of the system is maximized.06-17-2010
20100234037METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER ASSIGNMENT, CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING FOR MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - As part of carrier assignment and configuration for multicarrier wireless communications, a single uplink (UL) primary carrier may provide control information for multiple concurrent downlink (DL) carriers. Optionally, control information for each DL carrier may be transmitted over paired UL carriers. Carrier switching of UL and/or DL carriers, including primary and anchor carriers, may occur during normal operation or during handover, and may occur in only the UL or only the DL direction. A unidirectional handover is performed when only an UL carrier or only a DL carrier is switched as part of a handover. Switching of UL and/or DL carriers may be from one component carrier or a subset of carriers to another component carrier, another subset of carriers, or all carriers in the same direction.09-16-2010
20100130220WIRELESS TIMING AND POWER CONTROL - The use of multiple states of mobile communication device operation to allow a single base station to support a relatively large number of mobile nodes is described. The various states require different amounts of communications resources, e.g., bandwidth. Four supported states of operation are an on-state, a hold-state, a sleep-state, and an access-state. Each mobile node in the on-state is allocated communication resources to perform transmission power control signaling, transmission timing control signaling and to transmit data as part of a data uplink communications operation. Each mobile node in the hold-state is allocated communication resources to perform transmission timing control signaling and is provided a dedicated uplink for requesting a state transition and a shared resource for transmitting acknowledgements. In the sleep state a mobile node is allocated minimal resources and does not conduct power control signaling or timing control signaling. Data may be received in the on and hold states.05-27-2010
20120040682PRIORITIZATION OF DATA COMMUNICATION - Communicating data between multiple devices based on an assigned priority is described. In one aspect, data associated with a local device is received for communication between the local device and a second device. A priority is assigned to the received data based on whether the received data is live voice data. The received data then is communicated between the local device and the second device based on the priority assigned to the received data.02-16-2012
20120040683APPARATUS AND METHODS OF ENHANCERS FOR LOW POWER NODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and method of communicating with a first plurality of nodes and a second plurality of nodes in wireless communication systems are provided. The apparatus includes a communication unit for receiving node information from the first plurality of nodes, and a controller for generating joint resource information based on the node information received from the first plurality of nodes, wherein the communication unit sends the joint resource information to the second plurality of nodes.02-16-2012
20100029289INTERFERENCE REDUCTION FOR TERMINALS OPERATING ON NEIGHBORING BANDS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication infrastructure entity in a wireless communication system implementing an uplink control channel using a narrowband frequency resource within a wideband frequency resource. The entity includes a controller communicably coupled to the transceiver wherein the controller is configured to cause the transceiver to signal a change of location for an uplink control channel within the wideband frequency resource. The uplink control channel includes at least a pair of uplink control channels separated within the wideband frequency resource and accommodates simultaneous uplink transmissions by multiple user equipment communicating in the wireless communication system.02-04-2010
20100273495Predecoding for Joint Processing Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission - This invention is a method of predecoding for joint processing coordinated multi-point transmission. The invention identifies for a particular transmission the cooperating point and the transmit antenna. The invention selects a code by reference to a selected one of a super-cell codebook for each combination of cooperating point and transmit antenna and a multi-cell codebook for each transmit antenna regardless of the cooperating point.10-28-2010
20080214198FLEXIBLE CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR REPORTING - System(s) and method(s) are provided that facilitate a flexible channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting directives or policies. A CQI reporting directive delivers an improved tradeoff between reporting accuracy and overhead by establishing subband-specific reporting periods, reporting repetitions, or power requirements. The CQI reporting directive is based at least in part on channel conditions, traffic requirements, and scheduling techniques. Automated optimization and negotiation of a CQI reporting directive based on communication performance is also incorporated.09-04-2008
20110319090Resource Utilization Measurements for Heterogeneous Networks - Interference issues between wireless network devices are mitigated. An evolved node B (eNodeB) may experience higher cell load or higher interference when serving user equipment (UEs) that are operating in an cell range extension (CRE) area in which the UEs are strongly affected by aggressor eNodeBs. An eNodeB experiencing higher cell load or serving user equipments (UEs) under higher interference generally requests an interfering/aggressor eNodeB to repartition some of its resources. Repartitioning of resources, however, may have a negative impact on the eNodeB serving CRE area UEs. In one aspect, a new measurement of utilization accounts for CRE status and differentiates between protected and unprotected resources, such as subframes.12-29-2011
20090221295OFDMA-based co-channel femtocell - A femtocell increases efficiency and coverage of a macrocellular network operating in a co-channel manner within the macrocell spectrum by selecting subcarriers for its mobile station using both the subcarrier allocation map received from the macrocell and a spectrum sensing operation. Interference is avoided by selecting only subcarriers not allocated by the macrocell and subcarriers allocated to users not nearby to the femtocell. Interference is eliminated from the received signals using co-channel interference avoidance techniques. Selection of subcarriers for femtocell use may take into consideration inter-carrier interference detected.09-03-2009
20120252470DISTRIBUTED ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ENHANCE CELL EDGE THROUGHPUT - Embodiments of a system and methods for distributed adaptive resource allocation to enhance cell edge throughput are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.10-04-2012
20120046039METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a wireless communication system that enable the allocation of resources to UEs based on measurements of their antenna polarization, in order to suppress the interference between different UEs at a very low overhead cost. This is achieved by a solution where the scheduling unit retrieves information about the polarization of the UE antenna configurations, and based on this information allocates radio resources to the different UEs, with the aim to minimize the interference. The scheduling unit may retrieve the information from the RBSs or from the UEs. The RBS and the UE will determine the polarization and transmit information regarding this polarization to the scheduling unit. The scheduling unit coordinates the allocation of resources with other scheduling units if necessary.02-23-2012
20120003984METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TERMINALS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND CORRESPONDING BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling transmissions in a radio communication system comprising a plurality of base stations and a plurality of terminals, a base station being associated to a sector and transmitting/receiving data to/from terminals located in said sector. According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: determining an area around each given sector, said area comprising a set of sectors, allocating to said sectors in said area a scheduling priority chosen among at least two different scheduling priorities, scheduling decisions in a sector having a lower scheduling priority than a sector belonging to said area depending on scheduling decisions made for said sector with higher scheduling priority, said scheduling decisions made in said sector with higher scheduling priority being reported by said base station associated to said sector with higher scheduling priority to said base station associated to said sector with lower scheduling priority.01-05-2012
20120003983DEVICE DETERMINATION - A method of operating a server for determining the model of a mobile device and for delivering configuration parameters to the mobile device (01-05-2012
20120003982Switching Matrix and Test Platform - A switching matrix and testing platform may enable controlled testing of various configurations of radio access networks (RANs) at various signal strengths. The switching matrix and testing platform may enable testing of the radio frequency (RF) signals from RANs or telecommunications devices for new and/or predetermined scenarios, such as using different configurations of the RANs at various signal strengths. During a scenario, various operations may be performed on the telecommunications device in communication with the tested RF signals, such as making voice calls, transmitting and receiving data (messages, videos, music, etc.). A performance of the telecommunications device and/or various telecommunication network elements may be analyzed in comparison to other telecommunications device and/or various telecommunication network elements.01-05-2012
20120115495Resource Management for a Mobile Telephone Terminal - A resource management unit for a mobile telephone terminal, with the terminal comprising radio transmission/reception means for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals corresponding to bursts of symbols during allocated time slots, and a device able to operate in a first mode and in a second mode, said device interfering less with the transmission/reception of radio frequency signals when it is in the first mode than when it is in the second mode. The resource management unit is able to cause the device to change from one of the first and second modes to the other of the first and second modes during the same time slot.05-10-2012
20120115494METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FORMING AN ACTIONABLE COMMUNICATION RESOURCE - An actionable communication resource forming function performs a method for forming an actionable communication resource in a communication system. The method includes receiving, from a resource management system, a plurality of resource identifiers that identify a plurality of resources, wherein each resource is associated with a communication device addressable by a communication system using a communication device identifier; for each resource identifier, determining the communication device identifier for the associated communication device; for each communication device identifier, identifying a communication group to which the corresponding communication device is affiliated, and using the identified communication groups to determine a set of communication groups, wherein each communication group in the set is addressable by the communication system, wherein an actionable communication resource is formed from the set of communication groups to facilitate communications with the communication devices over the communication system using the addressable communication groups.05-10-2012
20120115493SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITIES IN A PORTABLE DEVICE USING A SINGLE TRANSCEIVER - According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method and technique for enabling wireless communications for multiple numbers or subscriber identities using a single transceiver is disclosed. The method includes, for a terminal device including a transceiver for wireless communications, determining whether the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities. The method also includes, responsive to determining that the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities, creating a plurality of recurrent time slots for a communication channel of the terminal device, allocating for each subscriber identity a respective time slot, and enabling wireless communications for the plurality of subscriber identities using the respective time slots via the transceiver.05-10-2012
20120009935Method and base station for implementing carrier aggregation - The present invention discloses a method and base station for implementing a carrier aggregation. The method comprises: a base station determines predetermined information, wherein the predetermined information comprises reserved resources for the carrier aggregation and the capability of a user terminal; the base station selects a first carrier resource from the reserved resources according to the capability of the user terminal and selects, for the user terminal, a second carrier resource for bearing data from the resources except the reserved resources; and the base station aggregates the first and second carrier resources. On the premise of reducing the inter-cell interference, the present invention can increase the number of the carriers used by the user terminal to meet the various requirements of a new wireless communication network and guarantee the communication quality of the wireless communication network.01-12-2012
20120009933Method For Trransitioning Between Multiple Reception Levels - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to transition between a non-discontinuous reception (Non-DRX) level and at least one discontinuous reception (DRX) level. The UE in a DRX level wakes up periodically to monitor a scheduling channel. The method includes receiving a DRX indicator in a Non-DRX level with continuously monitoring the scheduling channel and transitioning from the Non-DRX level to a DRX level indicated by the DRX indicator. The UE can transition between multiple DRX levels by an explicit command/signaling.01-12-2012
20120009932METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE AND SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES MESSAGES - Methods and apparatus for enabling short message service (SMS) and supplementary services (SS) in a long term evolution (LTE) network via evolved packet system (EPS) mobility management (EMM) over the LTE control plane are described. In one embodiment, the radio resource control (RRC) connection signaling radio bearer (SRB) is used for SMS and SS transport over the LTE control plane between a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a mobility management entity (MME). EMM interfaces and primitives are defined for actions towards SMS and SS entities for enabling SMS and SS services in LTE via the LTE control plane media. Message formats for SMS and SS message transport are also disclosed for sending SMS and SS messages within EMM uplink (UL) non-access stratum (NAS) transport and downlink (DL) NAS transport messages.01-12-2012
20120009931METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING UP RADIO BEARER - The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications technologies and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for setting up a Radio Bearer (RB) in order to enable end-to-end RB setup from a User Equipment (UE) to an evolved NodeB (eNB) in a relay network system. The method includes: receiving a first RB setup message sent by an eNB; performing RB setup preprocessing according to the first RB setup message; generating a second RB setup message according to a result of the RB setup preprocessing; and sending the second RB setup message to a UE, notifying the UE to set up an RB on an access link. The present invention is mainly applicable to the relay network system.01-12-2012
20120009930METHOD FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARERS IN A SINGLE HANDSET - A method for managing a voice call while simultaneously running a data application on a handset having a display includes determining whether the display on the handset is on or off; and if the display is off, then suspending data transfer supporting the data application. Other conditions for suspending data transfer include whether an application is in the foreground of the display; whether the handset is in proximity to a user's head, or if network reception quality exceeds a threshold.01-12-2012
20120015663COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller (01-19-2012
20110165883Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165887ALLOCATION OF RADIO RESOURCES IN A CDMA2000 CELLULAR SYSTEM - A CDMA data transmission system and method for periodically allocating channels to subscriber units, wherein prior to the beginning of any period all active subscriber units are identified that are in communication with the transmitter and for which there are data, exceeding a given minimal quantity, stored in a buffer. For each active subscriber unit one or more priority factors are calculated as a function of associated power levels; and on the basis of the priority factors, at least one channel is allocated to a corresponding active subscriber unit. The channel allocation is repeated in respect of any active subscriber units to which no channels have yet been allocated, subject to an availability of unallocated channels and subject to a limitation of maximum transmitter power.07-07-2011
20110165886Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165880Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165885Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165884Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165882Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165881Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message.07-07-2011
20110165879METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR DETERMINING AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL FOR WHICH SIGNALS TRANSFERRED BETWEEN THE AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL AND A BASE STATION OF A WIRELESS CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK HAVE TO BE RELAYED BY A RELAY - A method for determining at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one terminal and a base station of a wireless cellular telecommunication network have to be relayed by a relay, the base station allocating resources of the wireless cellular telecommunication network. The method includes, executed by a management entity: receiving from the base station, information indicating to which terminal or terminals at least a part of the resources are allocated; receiving from the relay, a list of indicators of resources, and determining the at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one terminal and the base station have to be relayed by the relay according to the information indicating to which terminal or terminals at least a part of the resources are allocated and to the list of indicators of resources.07-07-2011
20090247176MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS CONNECTIONS - Techniques for signaling whether or not a radio resource control (RRC) connection should be maintained are provided. The signaling may be provided, for example, in existing NAS transport messages, or in separate messages. The signaling may be provided in the uplink and/or downlink direction.10-01-2009
20120058772Methods and Arrangements in Cellular Communication Systems - The disclosure relates to methods and arrangements wherein a user equipment (UE) supporting a first frequency band H03-08-2012
20120064903Home Nodeb (HNB) Mobility In A Cell Forward Access Channel (Cell_Fach)State - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for managing home nodeB (HNB) mobility in forward access channel (Cell_FACH) states. According to an aspect, a method may be implemented at a Wireless Transmit/Receive Unit (WTRU). The method may include determining whether to communicate an indication to a network node for extended measurement occasion. Further, the method may include communicating the indication to the network node in response to determining to communicate the indication.03-15-2012
20120064902Method and apparatus for transmitting available radio access possibilities in a communications area - The technology described in this application provides a wide-area radio access information transmission scheme where the wide-area radio access information transmitter shares its radio resources with local radio access information transmitters. The radio resources may be divided for example in one or more of the time, frequency, space, and/or code domains. The wide-area radio access information transmitter sets aside and does not use some portions or “chunks” of its radio resources and allocates those unused portions or chunks for use by local radio access information transmitters to transmit local radio access information signals. In one non-limiting example embodiment, the radio resources include time slots, and during those time slots allocated to the local radio access information transmitters, the wide-area radio access information transmitter does not transmit, and thus, is quiet. Hence, those allocated time slots are referred to as “quiet periods” from the perspective of the wide-area radio access information transmitter. The wide-area radio access information transmitter can optionally explicitly signal what those resources are to simplify for the local radio access information transmitters who otherwise have to detect those resources themselves.03-15-2012
20120064901Method and System for Activating a Femto Base Station - A method for activating a femto base station includes transmitting at least one binding message that binds at least one access point with a collocated femto base station. The method also includes determining the collocated femto base station is in a power saving mode. The method additionally includes transmitting via the access point a request requesting that the collocated femto base station is put into an operational mode.03-15-2012
20120208545Method For Reduced-Overhead Short Message Transmission - For applications with very small data activities, connection of a UE to a wireless network for sending or receiving such small data traffic increments via conventional connection set-up processes is quite inefficient in terms of spectral resource utilization. The invention provides a new connectionless methodology for transmission of such small data increments between a UE and a serving eNB. In particular, the invention methodology contemplates identifying a set of preamble sequences among the pool of preamble sequences provided for access requests from a UE to an eNB via the Random Access Channel as corresponding to a request from the UE for access to transmit an increment of data smaller than a predetermined threshold data size. When a UE has data traffic to transmit of a size smaller than the predetermined threshold size, it selects one of the preamble sequences in the identified set and sends an access request, using the selected preamble sequence, to a serving eNB via the Random Access Channel. Upon receipt of the access request from the UE, the eNB determines an appropriate RF resource for the data increment sought to be transmitted by the UE, based on the use of the selected preamble sequence sent by the UE, and schedules an uplink connection for the transmission of that data increment by the UE.08-16-2012
20120064904METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING RESOURCE OF FEMTO BASE STATION FOR PROTECTING INTERFERENCE VICTIM TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE AMONG FEMTO BASE STATIONS - A method and apparatus of controlling resources of a femto base station for protecting a macro terminal and controlling interference among femto base stations are provided. The femto base station or a gateway of the femto base station may allocate resource blocks of a femto cell based on a silencing resource block for protecting the macro terminal. Also, the femto base station or the gateway of the femto base station may allocate the resource block of the femto cell based on a relative location between the macro base station and the femto base station and a victim macro terminal. The femto base station or the gateway of the femto base station may allocate the resource block of the femto cell based on a resource block used by a neighboring femto base station.03-15-2012
20120064905Methods and Apparatus for Transceiver Allocation in Mobile Communication Networks - Methods and apparatus in a base station controller (BSC) or equivalent node for sharing a pool of radio transceivers are described. The BSC belongs to a first wireless telecommunication network, the pool of radio transceivers includes first radio transceivers for a first radio base station (RBS) belonging to the first wireless telecommunication network and second radio transceivers for a second RBS belonging to a second wireless telecommunication network, and the first and second radio transceivers have substantially the same geographic coverage. A method includes selecting a radio transceiver from the pool irrespective of whether the radio transceiver selected is a first radio transceiver or a second radio transceiver; and allocating a communication channel provided by the selected radio transceiver to a respective mobile station registered in at most one of the first and second telecommunication networks.03-15-2012
20120108251MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of processing a handover request from a base station controller (BSC) of a GSM (Global System for Mobile communication)-type network. The method comprises the steps of passing a handover request with GSM-type parameters from a base station controller (BSC) through a Master Switching Center (MSC) of the GSM-type network to a UMTS core network (CN) and to a Radio Network Controller (RNC) of the UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) network, translating the GSM-type parameters to UTRAN parameters in the Radio Network Controller (RNC), and allocating UTRAN resources in response to the translated parameters.05-03-2012
20120157109BANDWIDTH CONFIGURATION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A bandwidth configuration method includes: A terminal acquires that a narrow bandwidth mode is used at a network side by a downlink transmission signal and/or an uplink transmission signal; and the terminal configures a receiving bandwidth and/or a transmitting bandwidth, where the receiving bandwidth and/or the transmitting bandwidth corresponds to the narrow bandwidth mode at the network side. The terminal side can acquire whether the network side uses the narrow bandwidth technology, and automatically adjust a bandwidth of a corresponding channel at the terminal side when the network side uses the narrow bandwidth technology, so that intra-system performance loss and inter-system interference that are caused by different bandwidth modes between the terminal side and the network side are avoided, thus improving performance of a communication system.06-21-2012
20120157108FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A base station node (BS) of a heterogeneous radio access network comprises a terminal locator (06-21-2012
20120157107RADIO RESOURCE GROUP SELECTION METHOD FOR A RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Disclosed is the radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method of managing radio resource(s) using a group selection indicator so as to effectively utilize the radio resource(s) in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system.06-21-2012
20120157110Methods and Apparatuses for Facilitating Reduction of Interference in a Wireless Telecommunications System - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses (06-21-2012
20110077016Apparatus And Method To Facilitate Wireless Uplink Resource Allocation - Embodiments are described herein to provide an efficient, adaptive and distributed approach to wireless resource allocation that seeks to maximize system capacity and/or coverage on the reverse link. The general approach is for each cell (sector) base station to allocate (03-31-2011
20110092219UPLINK MULTI-POWER AMPLIFIER/ANTENNA OPERATION AND CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for controlling transmission power and prioritizing transmission carriers. A method of power distribution for different physical layer channels over one or more carriers in case of power limited user equipment (UE) is proposed. Operation modes of the UE with single and multiple power amplifiers/antennas can be supported.04-21-2011
20110092218METHOD AND SYSTEM OF LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATON WITHIN A RADIO COVERAGE ZONE OF A CELL AND TO A RADIO CELLULAR NETWORK IMPLEMENTING THIS SYSTEM - The method of location of a mobile station within a radio coverage zone of a cell of a iadlo cellular network, comprises: building (04-21-2011
20110092217POWER HEADROOM REPORTING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for reporting a Power Headroom (PH) of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system having a plurality of aggregated uplink carriers. The PH is calculated for a Power Headroom Report (PHR)-triggered uplink carrier. A PHR having the PH and an identifier of the PHR-triggered uplink carrier is generated, and the PHR is transmitted to a network. Also, a PHR having the PH is generated, and the PHR is transmitted to a network over one of a plurality of PHR-transmitting uplink carriers configured to correspond to the PHR-triggered uplink carrier.04-21-2011
20120108254REFERENCE SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS FOR SAME, AND TRANSCEIVER DEVICE USING THE APPARATUS - Disclosed is a reference signal required for an estimation of a frequency domain channel by a receiver side in order to transmit and receive data between a UE and a BS, and an apparatus and a method for allocating a reference signal for obtaining channel state information. In a wireless communication system including a UE and a BS using multiple antennas, cells are distinguished by applying a CDM, multiple antenna layers are distinguished by using a frequency offset or a time offset, and the reference signal for obtaining the channel state information is allocated to a frame or a subframe.05-03-2012
20120108253Method And System For User Equipment Selecting A Home Node - A method and system for selecting a home node for User Equipment (UE) are provided by the present invention, which can reduce the processing complexity of the UE during the process of selecting the home node for the UE. In the present invention, the channel quality information which is from the UE to the network side node is obtained by the network side node performing measurement for the uplink channel of the UE, and the home node is selected for the UE according to the channel quality information, so that during the home node selection process, the UE need not perform measuring and reporting frequently in order to support a service node to judge the transmission set of the CoMP cell and/or Relay node.05-03-2012
20120108252Methods and Arrangements for Mobility Management - The present invention relates to methods and devices for mobility management UE in a cellular communications system. A user equipment maintains (05-03-2012
20090191883METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A method for transmitting data including determining at least one allowable time period which is allowed to be used for data transmission via a communication channel during a time interval which is pre-defined as a transmission gap for the communication channel for carrying out measurements in a first frequency range which is different from a second frequency range used for data transmissions via the communication channel; and transmitting data during the at least one allowable time period via the communication channel.07-30-2009
20110065442METHOD OF MANAGING TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN SMALL BASE STATION - A method of managing a terminal and controlling an interference in a small base station is provided. The small base station, including: an access preamble control unit to assign a unique preamble for each terminal registered in the small base station; a transmitting/receiving unit to receive a random access request message from each of the terminals through the unique preamble, to transmit a reply message to each of the terminals, and to receive information about each of the terminals and a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection request Message from each of the terminals in response to the reply message; and a terminal verification unit to verify whether each of the terminals is a registered terminal using the information about each of the terminals.03-17-2011
20110065441METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING PROGRAMMABLE INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - A wireless system may receive a plurality of multipath signals from a plurality of transmitters and sequentially process each of a plurality of data symbols in the received multipath signals utilizing a plurality of shared hardware modules within a chip. Desired information may be recovered from data transmitted by one or more of the transmitters utilizing the interference suppressed signal. Chips of data may be cell combined utilizing one or more of shared hardware modules. The shared modules may include channel rotation modules and sum and difference modules. One or more fast Hadamard transforms and/or inverse Hadamard transforms may be performed utilizing shared hardware modules. Data symbols may be interpolated, scrambled, descrambled, and/or weighted and added back utilizing the shared hardware modules.03-17-2011
20110065440DATA PATH TRANSFER FOR MULTIBAND COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to setup data path transfer between concurrently operating frequency bands of multiband wireless LAN (WLAN) devices. The embodiments provide an enhancement to the Fast Session Transfer (FST) by introducing a new Information Element (IE) in the Fast Session Transfer (FST) frames to enable negotiating the parameters to be established as a result of switching of at least a portion of the existing data/traffic streams to another frequency band. The new Information Element (IE) includes at least the number of streams being switched and for each stream being switched the stream ID. The new Information Element enables the transmitting and receiving devices to negotiate the connection setup parameters associated with a requested transfer of the operating frequency band. The transmitting wireless device sends a Fast Session Transfer (FST) Setup Request frame with the new Information Element (IE) that includes at least the requested number of streams being switched and for each requested stream being switched the stream ID. The receiving wireless device (STA) replies with a Fast Session Transfer (FST) Setup Response frame with the new Information Element (IE) that either accepts the requested parameters or replies with an alternate number of streams being switched and for each alternate stream being switched the stream ID. In this manner, there is no need to re-establish the traffic streams, but instead the existing parameters are modified or scaled to meet the available resources in the new band. This allows the state of the data exchanges, for example the Acknowledgement bitmap, to be carried forward from one band to another. Also, if for any reason, for example quality of service (QoS), there is any problem in switching a stream to be in a new band, it is possible to switch only specific streams by including only the stream IDs in the Information Element for the specific streams that are to be switched. Alternately, it is possible to abort the switching of all the streams.03-17-2011
20110105135INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS USING WIRELESS TERMINALS AS RELAYS - A method in a wireless communication device and a wireless base station related to spectral efficiency optimization via interference control and mitigation in heterogeneous networks including macro-cells and home-base stations or femto-cells, wherein a mobile station provides a path for coordinating resource utilization between two base stations to facilitate interference coordination and/or mitigation.05-05-2011
20110105134VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and an apparatus are provided for guaranteeing terminal mobility in a time division visible light communication system. In resource assignment in a position where the visible light communication terminal changes a cell, the terminal is assigned a resource to be used in a next cell in a cell boundary area from a communication coordinator, thereby guaranteeing the continuous mobility. The visible light communication system informs the terminal of cell boundary notice information for easily informing the terminal of the cell definition so that the terminal can recognize that the terminal is currently located in the cell boundary and is necessary to change the resource.05-05-2011
20110105133RESTRICTED ACCESS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A cellular communication system comprises a base station which can to operate in a restricted mode wherein support is restricted to user equipments of a first associated set of user equipments, such as a Closed Subscriber Group. The base station comprises a profile unit which determines a first transmit power profile where the first transmit power profile is indicative of the base station operating in the restricted mode. The base station further comprises a transmitter for transmitting at least one common channel, such as a pilot signal or a broadcast signal, with a transmit power according to the first transmit power profile. User Equipments may measure the power profile to evaluate whether the base station employs restricted access. The invention may in particular reduce the number of access attempts to restricted base stations by non-eligible User Equipments.05-05-2011
20110034175SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A VIRTUAL CARRIER FOR MULTI-CARRIER AND COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK OPERATION - A method for implementing coordinated multi-point transmission and reception in a multi-carrier network system including a first serving network node and a second cooperating network node is disclosed. The method includes the steps of configuring a first transmission channel. The first transmission channel is established on the first serving network node. The method includes configuring a second transmission channel. The second transmission channel is established on the second cooperating node. The method includes transmitting control information using the first transmission channel. The control information allocates a resource on the second transmission channel and the second transmission channel is not established on the first serving network node.02-10-2011
20110034176Methods and Systems for Content Processing - Many of the detailed technologies are useful in enabling a smart phone to respond to a user's environment, e.g., so it can serve as an intuitive hearing and seeing device. A few of the detailed arrangements involve using radio base station SDR equipment (e.g., at a cell tower) to perform image recognition operations for phones; forecasting service needs from remote processors, and reserving such capacity in advance of use; delegating a remote execution task to a service provider chosen in a competitive process, such as by a reverse auction; using nearby processors, e.g., in an automobile, another phone, or set-top box, for remote execution tasks; phones with separable camera and/or illumination components; phone camera illumination using different colors of light; using search tree methods with image frames captured at different focuses; using a phone's microprojector to aid in object identification; correcting lens aberrations by texture mapping captured imagery onto a corrective polygon surface using a phone GPU; etc. A great variety of other features and arrangements are also detailed.02-10-2011
20110034177COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - Utilizing a frequency-bandwidth limited IMT frequency band of 3 GHz, requirements of IMT-Advanced; that is, 100 Mbps for high speed movement and 1 Gbps for low speed movement in the downlink are satisfied. A communication system performs radio communication between a base station apparatus 02-10-2011
20100093362MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To realize efficient transmission control of reception quality information which flexibly treats the information amount and the transmission frequency of the reception quality information. A base station apparatus 100 for controlling transmission operation of the reception quality information with respect to a mobile station apparatus includes: a scheduler unit 110 receiving simultaneous transmission permission information for instructing the mobile station apparatus to simultaneously transmit the reception quality information and the uplink data that the mobile station apparatus generates, and an uplink data transmission permission signal, and serving to perform scheduling that includes the simultaneous transmission permission information in the uplink data transmission permission signal, and transmission parts 101 to 105 that transmit, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including the simultaneous transmission permission information.04-15-2010
20120165031METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A FREQUENCY FOR WIRELESS AUDIO COMMUNICATIONS - A method is provided for allocating a frequency for wireless audio communications. A request is received for a frequency for wireless audio communications. The request contains the location, the time period, the quantity of required wireless communications paths and/or the available equipment for the wireless audio communications. This request is compared with information about frequency use which is stored in databases. Possible frequency ranges are outputted, and the possible frequency ranges are allocated to transmitting and/or receiving units of the requested audio communications.06-28-2012
20120165030ASSIGNING AN ACCESS CHANNEL BASED ON A TIMER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, a wireless access node receives an access request from a wireless communication device. In response, the access node starts an access timer and transfers signaling to the communication system indicating the access request. If the access timer expires before a response to the signaling is received, then the access node provides the wireless communication device with wireless access to the communication system. The access node receives the response to the signaling. If the response is negative and is received before the access timer expires, then the access node denies the access request. If the response is negative and is received after the access timer expires, then the access node terminates the wireless access to the communication system for the wireless communication device.06-28-2012
20120165029Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A method and an arrangement (06-28-2012
20130012215SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORK SWITCHING - Disclosed are a system and a method for switching between communication networks, by which a portable terminal can switch from a currently connected communication network to a target communication network within reduced time and with only minimum information. The communication network switching system includes a first communication network configured to transmit only minimum information for call setup among available information of a second communication network to a portable terminal when there is a request for a service of the second communication network by the portable terminal connected to the first communication network. The portable terminal connects to the second communication network and performs the service of the second communication network by using only the minimum information for call setup, thereby reducing delay time for initiating the second service.01-10-2013
20120122464METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEARER PROCESSING - A bearer processing method is disclosed. The method includes these steps: a system border node receives a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) Context Request initiated by a universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS); the system border node adjusts a Request Bearer Resource Allocation message of a system architecture evolution (SAE) system or the PDP Context Request of the UMTS according to the received PDP Context Request to map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. The present invention can map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS.05-17-2012
20120122463Apparatus and Method Employing Scheduler Behavior Aware Predictive Resource Selection in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system to predict interference employing scheduler behavior information in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to receive scheduler behavior information for an allocation of communication resources, and produce an interference history associated with at least one of a communication resource and a user equipment operable in a cellular communication mode. The memory and the computer program code are further configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to predict an interference level on the communication resource as a function of the interference history and the scheduler behavior information for a user equipment operable in a device-to-device communication mode.05-17-2012
20090131062SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR IP-FEMTOCELL PROVISIONED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A system, method, and computer readable medium for provisioning radio access via a femtocell system that includes integrated BTS and BSC functions are provided. The femtocell system is coupled with a packet switched backhaul and provides an IP-accessible radio access network. The femtocell system includes a session initiation protocol adapter that supports a SIP client pool and provides conversion of call set-up functions to SIP client set-up functions for provisioning of radio access to a user equipment. The user equipment may have a session initiation protocol client associated with the user equipment. The session initiation protocol client is hosted and registered with a registrar service by the femtocell system. Accordingly, telecommunication services may be directed to and from the user equipment over the packet-switched backhaul to the user equipment via the femtocell system.05-21-2009
20110183680SOUNDING SEQUENCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM THEREOF - A sounding sequence allocation method in a base station of a wireless communication system and a control system thereof are provided. The method includes, determining a cyclic shift index set different from a cyclic shift index set used by at least one second indoor base station among the plurality of indoor base stations, determining a shift value different from a shift value used by at least one indoor base station located at a periphery, and allocating a sounding sequence with cyclic shift indexes included in the determined cyclic shift index set and the determined shift value to a first indoor base station. The method may provide sounding sequence allocation minimizing interference with another outdoor or indoor base station and reduce maintenance and management costs of a system.07-28-2011
20110183678SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION OF A LTE NETWORK INTEGRATED WITH FEMTOCELLS - A resource scheduling and power allocation technique is provided for a LTE radio network integrated with femtocells. The technique utilizes a tri-phase approach that includes a stochastic geometric model of an exemplary radio network that generates a channel attenuation matrix for each channel at each PRB. A resource scheduling and power allocation procedure determines a near optimal assignment of mobile user to PRBs based on the channel attenuations, potential data rates, and transmit power subject to maximizing the data rates in accordance with a fairness objective. A discrete-event simulation procedure simulates the end-to-end transmission of the data packets in a packet-switch network in accordance with the assignments to analyze the behavior of the overall network.07-28-2011
20120129540Signaling mixed resource allocations for D2D communications - In an embodiment, for a case in which there is an active connection established between a cellular network and a user equipment UE and the UE has simultaneously an active connection within a local network distinct from the cellular network, there is an indication within a resource allocation message communicated between the cellular network and the UE which is used to identify whether a radio resource allocated by the resource allocation message is for the cellular network or for the local network. In various embodiments, the local network is a D2D network and the message is directed to a C-RNTI associated with the D2D network; and/or a value of the indication identifies the allocated radio resource as an allocation for the D2D network or for the cellular network and also whether the allocation is to the UE or to a paired D2D device or to both.05-24-2012
20120135741METHOD, DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONFIGURING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method, device and user equipment for configuring a reference signal (RS). The method includes: acquiring group number information of a RS allocated for a UE respectively by each cell; acquiring, according to the group number information, group offset information of a RS of a UEm served by at least two cells at the same time in the UE; and sending the group offset information to the UEm, so that the UEm acquires new group number information according to the allocated group number information of the RS and the group offset information, and sends a RS according to the new group number information. In the method, a RS is sent according to new group number information, thereby avoiding interference generated by a UE in each cell on a scheduled UEm when an eNB schedules the UEm.05-31-2012
20100197313Optimization of uplink resource grant procedure - A method is disclosed that includes receiving a radio resource control message for which a response message is required to be transmitted to a network access node; performing at least one procedure specified by the radio resource control message; and transmitting the response message using network radio resources that are received in a non-solicited manner from the network access node. Also disclosed is an apparatus that includes a controller configured to operate with a radio frequency receiver and a radio frequency transmitter. The controller is further configured to transmit a radio resource control message for which a response message is required to be received from a user equipment, and to specify to the user equipment in an un-solicited manner those network radio resources to be used by the user equipment for transmitting the response message.08-05-2010
20100173638COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without uplink data according to the information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible. Therefore, more efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus can be achieved.07-08-2010
20100173641APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating resources in a mobile communication system is provided. The resource allocation method includes determining whether a transmission time of response information indicating presence/absence of an error in received data overlaps a transmission time of channel state information; and when the transmission times overlap each other, allocating, to the response information, a resource block for the channel state information, cyclic shift values in a frequency domain, and orthogonal sequences having orthogonality in a time domain.07-08-2010
20100173640Single User Multiple Input Multiple Output User Equipment - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and a computer program to perform operations including receiving information descriptive of a type of radio access which a user equipment is acting on, and in response to receiving the information descriptive of a particular type of radio access, transmitting from a multiple transmit antenna user equipment so that the transmission appears, at a receiver, to have been made by a single antenna user equipment, or by a user equipment that supports antenna switching/selection.07-08-2010
20100173642Sequence Allocating Method, Transmitting Method and Wireless Mobile Station Device - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST07-08-2010
20100173639PROVIDING SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - To provide space division multiple access in a wireless network, plural beams are transmitted within a cell segment. Different information sets are sent in the corresponding plural beams, where one or more of the information sets are detectable by a mobile station depending upon a location of the mobile station in the cell segment. An indication responsive to which of the different information sets is detected by the mobile station is received, and beam selection from among the plural beams is performed according to the received indication.07-08-2010
20120172048WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - A random access instructed by a base station apparatus and having a small delay is enabled in Advanced-EUTRA system. Upon detection of control data in any one of a plurality of component carriers, component carrier information, a preamble number, and random access channel information are extracted from the control data, and if the extracted information indicates dedicated preamble transmission, a random access channel position to be used is selected from information on random access of a component carrier specified in the component carrier information and the random access channel information, a random access preamble is generated from the information on random access and the dedicated preamble number, and the random access preamble is transmitted at the random access channel position.07-05-2012
20120172047HANDS-FREE SYSTEM AND VEHICLE HAVING SAME AND MOBILE TELEPHONE INTEGRATED WITH SAME - A system for enabling the hands-free use of a mobile telephone in a vehicle includes a processing circuit, a short-range communication unit and a microcontroller unit. The processing circuit calculates positional coordinates of the system. The short-range communication unit connects with the mobile telephones and receives positional coordinates of all nearby mobile telephones. The microcontroller unit receives the positional coordinates of the system and the mobile telephones, determines which mobile telephone is located in a defined position of the vehicle, and creates a wireless connection with the mobile telephone.07-05-2012
20120252476BASE STATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A base station apparatus wherein the delay time in a call connection procedure can be reduced by use of a software process. A base station apparatus, which wireless communicates with a mobile telephone terminal, includes: a radio resource managing unit for managing radio resources for use in wireless communications; and a call connecting unit. The call connecting unit, which is provided as a function block independent of the radio resource managing unit, performs a call connection related to the mobile telephone terminal.10-04-2012
20120252475Communication Systems and Methods for Flexible Telematics at a Vehicle - A method for providing telematics to a vehicle includes the step of providing a user-removable telematics component with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a data pump, and a short range wireless personal area network transceiver. The telematics component is communicatively connected to an integrated communication device of the vehicle. The integrated communication device has a short range wireless personal area network transceiver and a memory storing a list that includes at least a phone number of at least one currently paired mobile communication device. At least a portion of the list is periodically received at the data pump, the portion of the list including the phone number of the at least one currently paired mobile communication device. The portion of the list is periodically transmitted out from the telematics component to an off-site telematics provider utilizing a communications path of the data pump.10-04-2012
20120252472WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user terminal performs wireless communication with a base station in a wireless communication system. The user terminal includes a generating unit configured to generate a call connection control signal including a control signal to be used when call connection is performed between the user terminal and the base station; a transmitting unit configured to transmit, to the base station, the generated call connection control signal; and a requesting unit configured to transmit a call connection request to the base station according to an operation for making a call. The call connection control signal transmitted from the user terminal is stored by the base station, and the stored call connection control signal is used by the base station according to the call connection request from the user terminal to perform the call connection between the user terminal and the base station.10-04-2012
20120252473METHOD FOR PERFORMING GATE COORDINATION ON A PER-CALL BASIS - Network resources for a call between a calling party and a called party are allocated. The network resources for the call are reserved based on a reservation request. The network resources are reserved before any one network resource from the reserved network resources is committed. The reserved network resources for the call are committed when a called party indicates acceptance for the call.10-04-2012
20120252471RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO STATION, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio terminal and a communication control method are provided by which measurement information accompanied by detailed location information is efficiently measured and reported to a network, with a load on the terminal suppressed. The radio terminal, which can communicate with a radio station, requests a measurement instruction of the radio station, performs measurement according to the measurement instruction received from the radio station, and reports a result of the measurement and information regarding the location of the radio terminal to the radio station.10-04-2012
20120252474Sounding Reference Signal Configuration - The present invention is related to configuration of uplink sounding reference signal transmissions in a modern cellular telecommunication system. A terminal device of a cellular telecommunication system is configured to apply a sounding reference signal configuration used for transmitting a dynamically scheduled sounding reference signal from the terminal device to a base station. In connection with the scheduling of the transmission of the sounding reference signal, the present invention utilizes a downlink control message transmitted to the terminal device regardless of whether or not uplink data transmission is scheduled to the terminal device at the same time.10-04-2012
20110201344METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of providing a machine-type communication (MTC) service in a wireless communication system is provided. The method include transmitting information of an MTC group, to which an MTC device belongs, to the MTC device, wherein the MTC group is a group of MTC devices that share one or more MTC features, and wherein the information of the MTC group includes an identifier (ID) of the MTC group.08-18-2011
20120214500METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDING ASSISTING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The invention provides a method and apparatus for processing downlink communication and a corresponding assisting method and apparatus. According to an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method for assisting a base station in processing downlink communication in a user equipment, which includes the steps of: estimating a downlink channel between the base station and the user equipment; determining a spatial correlation matrix between the base station and the user equipment according to the result of estimating the downlink channel; determining at least one pre-coding vector among a plurality of pre-stored pre-coding vectors based upon the spatial correlation matrix; and notifying the base station about the determined at least one pre-coding vector and spatial correlation matrix. The invention improves the performance of a system, improves the average throughput and the throughput of an edge user of the multi-user MIMO system and has a wider applicability scope then the original codebook and feedback mechanism.08-23-2012
20120214499WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A wireless network includes a base transceiver station configured to transmit signals over a wireless connection to a plurality of terminals and receive signals over a wireless connection from a plurality of terminals. The terminal may transmit a connection request message including an identifier and a request to identify the new terminal to the network when the new terminal tries to access the wireless network. A base station or access point may receive or maintain information or a list regarding one or more new terminals attempting to access the wireless network. The base station or access point may receive a control command indicative of a selection of at least one terminal from the list. The base station or access point may connect the at least one terminal to the access point or network.08-23-2012
20100048220WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Wireless communication arrangements including: first base station referring to beam scheduling information including identification information of a beam pattern to be used in each slot by the second base station, selecting, where identification information of the beam area to be used by the second base station in the slot assigned is coincident with the identification information of the first interference beam area received from the wireless terminal, the first data rate received from the wireless terminal, and selects, where the identification information of the beam area to be used by the second base station is not coincident with the identification information of the first interference beam area, the second data rate received from the wireless terminal; a step at which the first base station modulates data in accordance with one of the selected first data rate and second data rate, and transmits modulated data to the wireless terminal.02-25-2010
20100048219RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit (02-25-2010
20100048218Antenna System - Embodiments of the invention relate to wireless communications networks, and more specifically to an antenna apparatus for cellular wireless systems. Increasing data capacity of cellular wireless systems places increasing demands on the capacity of the two way connection, known as backhaul, between a cellular base station and a telecommunications network such as the PSTN backhaul, since this is the connection that has to convey the wireless-originating traffic to its destination, often in an entirely different network. Known backhaul links include leased lines, microwave links, optical fibre links or radio resources for relaying backhaul traffic between base stations. The fixed line solutions are expensive to implement and maintain, while the radio solutions antenna configurations that are not ideal for relaying data between base stations. In embodiments of the invention, communication between base stations occurs in a first timeslot by use of a first antenna system and communication between a given base station and a user equipment occurs in a second timeslot using a second antenna system. The benefit of this method is that the first antenna system can be optimised for use in communication between base stations, whereas the second antenna system can be optimised for communication with user equipment which preferably occurs within the area of cellular wireless coverage of the sector served by the second antenna system.02-25-2010
20120178466Home Base Station Access Method, Home Base Station System and Home Base Station Access Point - The present invention discloses a home NodeB access method comprising: during initialization, a home NodeB access point selecting a home NodeB gateway connected to one of core networks which the home NodeB access point has right to access as a serving home NodeB gateway; the home NodeB access point registering in the serving home NodeB gateway, registering user information with the serving home NodeB gateway after receiving a non-access layer message sent from a user equipment, and forwarding the non-access layer message to the serving home NodeB gateway; and the serving home NodeB gateway forwarding the non-access layer message to a core network corresponding to a network access identifier of the user equipment according to the identifier after receiving the non-access layer message; and the core network interacting with the user equipment to complete access of the user equipment; so as to achieve share of the home NodeB.07-12-2012
20120178465Measurement Gap Configuration in Wireless Communication Systems with Carrier Aggregation - A method of measurement gap reporting and configuration is provided. In a mobile network, a UE receives a capability enquiry message from a serving base station. The UE comprises one or more radio frequency modules that support a list of frequency bands and a list of carrier aggregation (CA) band combinations. In response to the enquiry, the UE transmits capability information containing measurement parameters to the base station. In one embodiment, the measurement parameters comprise need-for-gap parameters for each frequency band and each CA band combinations associated with a list of to-be-measured frequency bands of target cells. Based on the reported measurement parameters, the eNB transmits a measurement configuration message to the UE. Finally, the UE transmits a measurement gap application message back to the base station. The measurement gap application message indicates whether the UE applies MG for each configured component carrier.07-12-2012
20120178464METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT EFFICIENT AND RELIABLE MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - For use in a machine device, a method to support machine-to-machine communications over a network includes acquiring system information from the network. The method also includes determining a ranging channel during a ranging back-off window. The method further includes performing ranging based on the determined ranging channel. The method still further includes communicating over the network. The ranging channel is determined according to a ranging priority of the machine device.07-12-2012
20120178462METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for multi-cell cooperative transmission are provided, for increasing the capacity of an MS at a cell edge through cooperation among a plurality of adjacent cells or BSs each having a plurality of antennas. The present invention improves Coordinated Multi Point (CoMP) performance due to simple CoMP implementation and reduced backhaul overhead and delay, and enables simple implementation of a CoMP resource allocation process and reduces handover overhead by eliminating handover between CoMP processing units.07-12-2012
20120258721METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING COMPONENT CARRIERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for operating component carriers in a wireless communication system. The method for operating component carriers according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the following steps: determining whether or not to reconfigure component carriers of user equipment, and transmitting, to the user equipment, a reconfiguration message containing information on uplink component carriers to be allocated to a cell; allocating a resource in the cell as an uplink component carrier resource; and receiving, from the user equipment, a message containing the result of the allocation of the uplink component carriers via the allocated uplink component carriers.10-11-2012
20100273497METHOD FOR MAPPING SUBBAND/MINIBAND IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for mapping subband/miniband in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefore are disclosed. The present invention includes dividing the system frequency band into a plurality of physical resource units (PRUs) and mapping a plurality of the physical resource units to a subband physical resource unit (PRU10-28-2010
20100273498APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for mitigating inter-cell interference in a macro Base Station (BS) of a wireless communication system having at least one femto cell are provided. The method includes restricting the use of at least one code among at least one available code when forming a beam by resource block, constructing a codebook set for each resource block, when feedback information is received from at least one Mobile Station (MS), allocating a resource to the MS in consideration of the feedback information, determining a weight for forming a beam to the MS in consideration of the codebook set for each resource block and the resource allocated to the MS, and forming the beam to the MS using the weight.10-28-2010
20100273496TRANSMISSION PROCESS RESTRICTION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - A transmission process restriction method according to the present invention includes the steps of transmitting a notification information notifying of a restriction rate for each access class and a restriction rate for each traffic class, causing the mobile station to determine a restriction rate of the mobile station on the basis of the notification information received by the mobile station, an access class of the mobile station, and a traffic class of the mobile station, causing the mobile station to compare a random number generated by the mobile station to the restriction rate of the mobile station, and causing the mobile station to decide whether or not to block the connection request transmission processing in accordance with a result of the comparison.10-28-2010
20100273494RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CORRELATION SETTING METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can suppress a use amount of an SRS communication resource. In this device, a correlation rule setting unit (10-28-2010
20120178463BASE STATION AND WIRELESS DEVICE - A base station and a wireless device for use in a communication system are provided. The communication system has a first-type communication standard and a second-type communication standard. The base station receives an uplink signal with a station identification and a piece of identifying information from the wireless device, and determines that the wireless device belongs to one of a first-type wireless device and a second-type wireless device according to the identifying information. The first-type wireless device conforms to the first-type communication standard and the second-type wireless device conforms to the second-type communication standard.07-12-2012
20100009690MANAGING NETWORK-INITIATED QUALITY OF SERVICE SETUP IN MOBILE DEVICE AND NETWORK - Systems, methodologies, and devices are described that manage employment of network (NW)-initiated resource allocation and user equipment (UE)-initiated resource allocation for a UE. To employ NW-initiated resource allocation, a core network can transmit an indicator to the UE indicating that Policy and Charging Control (PCC) is supported by a network associated with the UE. The UE receives the indicator and other information, such as indicator regarding whether the current access network supports NW-initiated resource allocation and whether the current application prefers NW-initiated resource allocation, determines that NW-initiated resource allocation is to be employed, and the core network initiates resource allocation for the UE. If any indicator is not received by the UE, or the UE receives an indicator that indicates PCC is not supported or not preferred, the UE determines that UE-initiated resource allocation is to be employed, and transmits a request for resource allocation to the core network.01-14-2010
20100009692METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FRAME BASED RESOURCE SHARING IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frame structure, a method, and an apparatus for inter-frame resource sharing in a Cognitive Ratio (CR) communication system are provided. An apparatus for sharing a channel in an environment where a plurality of CR communication systems coexist, constitutes a Superframe Control Header (SCH), in one superframe, that includes a frame allocation MAP for frame information allocated to a Base Station (BS), with respect to each BS, and transmits and receives the SCH at the start frame of the frames allocated to the BSs.01-14-2010
20100009691PERMUTATION DEVICE AND METHOD HAVING IMPROVED RESOURCE GRANULARITY FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A device and method for permuting subcarriers in a subframe which is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping, at a mobile station, physical resource units for localized resource allocation to a frequency partition of the plurality of frequency partitions in units of N_1 number of resource units, and physical resource units for distributed resource allocation to the frequency partition in units of N_d number of resource units, N_1 being different from N_d; and spreading, at the mobile station, subcarriers of the physical resource units for distributed resource allocation across the whole distributed resource allocations.01-14-2010
20100009687SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING EFFICIENT MBMS DOWNLINK RADIO RESOURCE RE-USE FOR OTHER DOWNLINK TRAFFIC - A system and method by which individual user equipment items can be informed about subframes re-used or exceptionally used for unicast transmission. In various embodiments, a dedicated indication is transmitted to each item of user equipment. This indication may comprise, for example, a dedicated message transmitted to those user equipment items that will get additional unicast downlink allocations in the re-used subframes. In other embodiments, common broadcast signaling is used to indicate subframe re-use to all items of user equipment. This signaling may be transmitted on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) as a common broadcast message.01-14-2010
20100009688METHOD OF OPERATING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A random access channel operating method in a mobile communication system is provided. The random access channel operating method includes: (a) selecting a transmission mode according to a load of random access channel and performing transmission to a mobile terminal; (b) receiving a message having a format corresponding to the selected transmission mode from the mobile terminal; (c) determining whether or not a preamble or data is included in the message received in (b) receiving of the message; and (d) if the data is determined to be included in the (c) determining, transmitting a response message for data reception to the mobile terminal. Accordingly, use efficiency of a random access channel can be increased by measuring a system load of the random access channel in a base station and changing a transmission format of a burst transmitted through the random access channel according to the measured load level.01-14-2010
20120122465Methods and Arrangements for Allocating Scheduling Request Resources in a Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in a base station for allocating scheduling request resources to a user equipment. The method and arrangement comprises receiving a bearer setup message from the user equipment and sending a first instruction comprising a first scheduling request interval, to be used by the user equipment. Also, a scheduling request is received from the user equipment. The moment of time when data was generated at the user equipment and a periodicity of data generation at the user equipment are estimated. Further, a second scheduling request interval and scheduling request resources to be used by the user equipment is determined, based on the estimated periodicity and moment of data generation at the user equipment, and sent to the user equipment. In addition, a method and arrangement in a user equipment for assisting the base station for allocating scheduling request resources to the user equipment are described.05-17-2012
20120122461TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCES FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - Techniques to manage communications resources for a mobile device are described. An apparatus may comprise a mobile computing device having a radio arranged to communicate information over a wireless link, a link classifier arranged to generate a class parameter for the wireless link based on signal quality measurements of the wireless link, and a data service manager arranged to receive a data service request from an application, determine whether the application may communicate information over the wireless link based on the class parameter for the wireless link, and generate a control directive for the application granting or denying the data service request. Other embodiments are described and claimed.05-17-2012
20090298506Method and Devices for Distributing service requests to service providers - The invention relates to methods and devices for generating a distribution function. To that end preference vectors are defined for each instance something is distributed to from which elements are selected by means of an arbitration vector.12-03-2009
20100291942MULTIPLE RADIO INSTANCES USING SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO - In a first aspect an exemplary embodiment of the invention provides a method that includes instantiating a plurality of radio protocols, operating the plurality of radio protocols with an underlying physical layer, where each instantiation of a same radio protocol is embodied in a same code module and where each instantiation has associated data stored in a memory. The operating of the plurality of radio protocols comprises executing each instantiation of the radio protocols so that a portion of resources are shared between different instantiations of the radio protocols and different instantiations of radio protocols do not interfere with each other.11-18-2010
20100291941Method for improving cell load balance in cellular network and associated user equipment - A method for improving cell load balance in a cellular network and an associated user equipment (UE) are provided to improve cell load balance of the cellular network in a more flexible and effective manner. The method is used in the UE, and comprises receiving a first priority set and a second priority set from the cellular network and applying one of the first and second priority sets when selecting a new serving cell from the cellular network. Each of the first and second priority sets assigns a selecting priority to at least one carrier frequency or radio access frequency of the cellular network11-18-2010
20100291939Method of Handling Radio Resource Control Connection and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a radio resource control (RRC) connection for a network in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving from a mobile device in a RRC_CONNECTED mode a RRC connection reestablishment request message for requesting reestablishment of a RRC connection of the mobile device, and sending to the mobile device a message for rejecting the reestablishment request, whereby the mobile device does not enter a RRC_IDLE mode from the RRC_CONNECTED mode.11-18-2010
20100291937RESOURCE SELECTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE ACK/NACK ON PUCCH CHANNEL - In a method of operating a communication network (11-18-2010
20100291936EXTENDED COORDINATED MULTIPOINT CELLS TO MITIGATE INTER-COMP-CELL DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE - Inter-CoMP cell interference is reduced by “extending” at least one CoMP cell to include UEs served by a neighboring CoMP cell in the extended CoMP cell's transmission calculations, so as to minimize interference to the UEs served by other CoMP cells. Each UE in a border sub-cell identifies neighboring CoMP cells from which it receives interference in excess of a threshold value, and includes the interfering CoMP cells in a close-neighbor set. The close-neighbor set is transmitted to the UE's serving CoMP cell controller. When downlink transmissions are scheduled to the target UE, the controller notifies the neighboring CoMP cells in the close-neighbor set, identifying the target UE. Those CoMP cells then use information about the channel conditions from their transmit antennas to the target UE receive antennas to compute transmissions to UEs they serve, with the constraint that interference to the target UE is below a predetermined level.11-18-2010
20100291935Multi-stream wireless relay - A multi-stream wireless relay is arranged to maintain independent data streams with multiple base stations and thereby provide a relay from those multiple base stations to mobile units having respective communication relationships with those multiple base stations. In an alternative approach, the data streams from the multiple base stations are superposed on each other, wherein harmful inter-cell interference is converted into useful information bearing signals, thereby enabling the scheduling of transmission resources from the multiple base stations for a single mobile unit via the relay.11-18-2010
20120220306COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller (08-30-2012
20120220305FACILITATING EFFICIENT MULTIMEDIA BROADCASE/MULTICAST SERVICE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio access network facilitates transmission of a Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS) to user equipments in plural cells served by a radio base station. A radio network controller includes in a first message of a transport channel setup request either an indication that transport sharing is allowed or an identification of a common transport bearer. The radio base station configures a new transport channel mapped to the common transport bearer such that it is stable with respect to other common transport channels. During operation, the radio network controller provides the MBMS data over the common transport bearer and the radio base station retransmits the MBMS data over the common transport channels to the plural cells. If the MBMS data over the common transport bearer arrives outside of time-of-arrival windows of any common transport bearer, then the radio network controller adjusts the transmission accordingly.08-30-2012
20120083283Feedback mapping for D2D control signals - A position of a device within a cluster of multiple devices is determined and stored in a memory. An uplink radio resource is mapped from a downlink radio resource in dependence on the determined position of the device within the cluster of multiple devices. In an embodiment the respective uplink and downlink radio resource is a PUCCH and PDCCH of a cellular network, and the cluster is a D2D network. In one embodiment the device position is an index j which is used to offset from a predetermined mapping pattern. In another embodiment the position of the device corresponds to an individual field of a transmission on the PDCCH and the mapping is in dependence on a bit value in the individual field.04-05-2012
20120264442Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS.10-18-2012
20120264443COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR STATUS DEPENDENT MOBILE SERVICES - The present invention introduces system, apparatus and method that reduce wastage of network resources and mobile phone resources. The mobile phone would indicate its status in a tracking area update message when it is connected to the device. The network can then understand from the status indication that the mobile phone is capable of delivering packets to the device, and would thus allow the server to initiate communications. An absence of the status indication would imply the mobile phone is not capable of delivering packets to the device, and the network would then disallow the server to initiate communications.10-18-2012
20120264444METHOD, DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR SWITCHING NETWORK CONNECTION AUTOMATICALLY - A method, a device and a mobile terminal for switching network connection automatically are provided by the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: using one of the multiple available network connections for the mobile terminal as the current network connection, and setting the other network connections of the multiple network connections as the standby network connections; switching the mobile terminal to one of the standby network connections according to the priority order of the standby network connections when preset switching event which happens at present time is detected. Application of the method, device and mobile terminal provided by the embodiments of the present invention can provide automatic and quick switching to the standby network connections, thereby improving the switching efficiency without affecting the uninterrupted usage of the network for the user.10-18-2012
20120083284Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block.04-05-2012
20120190376Method and Apparatus to Control Scheduling - A method of scheduling resources in a communications link wherein a scheduling requests are transmitted from a first entity to a second entity including determining if any of the following conditions exist: the time elapsed since the last scheduling request exceeds a designated time; the up-link requirement exceeds a predetermined level; or semi-persistent scheduling exists; and if so, suppressing the transmission and/or triggering of scheduling requests.07-26-2012
20120190375Methods and Devices for Multipoint Transmission - Methods and devices are provided whereby a cellular radio network, in particular a node in the network is configured to dynamically transmit data to UE from different cells while considering information that is not known to a central node, such as an RNC. This can in accordance with some embodiments be accomplished by decoupling the procedure of handling a set of cells form which simultaneous transmission of data to a UE can take place.07-26-2012
20120264441Multi-Cell Signaling of Channel State Information-Reference Signal and Physical Downlink Shared Channel Muting - This invention includes signaling schemes for communicating the PDSCH muting configuration from the eNodeB to its UEs so that they can measure inter-cell CSI if configured. The base station transmits to each served user equipment a number signal indicating a number of allowed muting configurations, parameters for each allowed muting configuration and an enable/disable signal. Each served user equipment mutes or does not mute a physical downlink shared channel according to one of the allowed muting configurations and the state of a corresponding bit of the enable/disable signal.10-18-2012
20090017834Apparatus and method for allocating connection identifier in communication system - An apparatus and a method are disclosed for allocating a connection identifier by a base station in a communication system. The method includes: checking if a mobile station can use a private connection identifier; allocating at least one private connection identifier to the mobile station when the mobile station can use the private connection identifier, wherein the private connection identifier can be allocated to multiple mobile stations controlled by the base station, and at least two private connection identifiers allocated to each mobile station are not different from each other.01-15-2009
20090017832OPTIMAL-CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A machine-implementable method of optimizing the performance of a wireless network includes collecting, with a first discovery component of the wireless network, a first set of information describing at least one transmission characteristic of each access point of a first set of at least one access points within a detection area of the first discovery component. Each access point of the first set transmits data over a respective channel of a set of channels. The method further includes determining, based on the first-set information, an optimal channel of the set of channels, the optimal channel having associated therewith the lowest probability of interference with the channels over which the access points of the first set are transmitting.01-15-2009
20090017833Co-ordinating the Sharing of a Radio Transmission Resource - A web based server system is disclosed and facilitates the sharing of a radio transmission resource. The state owners have locations at which radio transmission equipment may be located, possibly sharing with existing equipment. Service providers control transmission equipment at selected locations and provide a radio service. Contractors erect equipment at the selected locations in response to orders placed by service providers. An authority wishes to maximise the sharing of existing locations and thereby minimise the use of new green field locations. The server system is configured to establish an on-line market that facilitates the creation of contracts between estate owners and service providers. The execution of the contracts are monitored by receiving progress data from contractors service providers and estate owners. Contract specific data and enterprise specific data is made available to each of the contractors, service providers and estate owners. In addition, industry-wide information relating to the sharing of resources is made available to the authorities.01-15-2009
20110124344Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS.05-26-2011
20120231803METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POSITION REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for generating and use of a position location reference signal that allows a receiver to receive position location signals from relatively weak signal generators when in the presence of a strong signal source. The position location reference signals from multiple sources can be synchronized to occur within a scheduled time slot of a time division multiplexed communication system. During the scheduled time slot, each signal source can configure a transmission that includes a media access control address that corresponds to a value reserved for position location signals. Each signal source also configures the transmission to include a position location reference signal that corresponds to the signal source. The position location signals from each of the signal sources is positioned to occur at a time within the data portion of the scheduled time slot that no neighboring signal source transmits its corresponding position location signal.09-13-2012
20120264440ENHANCEMENTS IN CHANNEL RELIABILITY IN SCENARIOS OPERATING ON SHARED BAND - The present invention proposes methods and devices for mobile communication deployed on shared bands, which enhance reliability of channels such as control channels. According to an aspect thereof, at a communication terminal, a list of channels useable for communication is maintained, information on the usability of a currently used channel is obtained, and it is switched to one of the channels of the list of useable channels if the currently used channel becomes unusable. The invention encompasses also corresponding computer products as well as methods, devices and computer products residing at a network node.10-18-2012
20120270555COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION THEREOF - A communication system for supporting carrier aggregation and a method and apparatus for updating system information thereof are disclosed. A method for providing system information in the communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes: when system information of said communication system changes, generating first information including information for indicating the change of system information; determining a first cell of a terminal related to the change of system information, wherein said first cell is one of cells to which said terminal connects, and corresponds to a carrier unit currently used by said terminal for keeping connection with a base station of said communication system; and transmitting said first information to said terminal through said first cell.10-25-2012
20120322456METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING AREA, WIRELESS BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method including collecting position information indicating a position of an area to which a wireless communication service is not provided, transmitting the position information from the mobile terminal to a wireless base station using a random access procedure for setting up a communication channel between the wireless base station and the mobile station, and identifying the area which is within a cell range of the wireless base station and to which the wireless communication service is not provided.12-20-2012
20120270557DRX CONFIGURATION - A method performed by a mobile communication device of a communication network, the method including receiving allocation data defining an allocation of resources to allow the mobile communication device to communicate data with the communication network, the allocation data defining an allocation of resources for both a real time service and a non real time service. Storing a Discontinuous Reception/Transmission (DRX/DTX) pattern which includes i) duration data defining a duration of on periods in which the mobile device can communicate data with the communication network, and ii) interval data defining an interval between adjacent on periods. Using the DRX/DTX pattern to control times at which the mobile communication device can power down circuitry thereof. Communicating non real time data after the real time data in a same on period as the real time data.10-25-2012
20110217983MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station, where the mobile station includes a reception quality measurement unit, a channel quality information transmission unit, and a control signal transmission unit, where the reception quality measurement unit is configured to measure a reception quality of a pilot signal of each of a plurality of cells, when a radio link is established with the plurality of cells, where the channel quality information transmission unit is configured to transmit, to a first cell having the beset reception quality among the plurality of cells, channel quality information corresponding to the reception quality, and where the control signal transmission unit is configured to transmit, to a cell other than the first cell among the plurality of cells, a control signal requesting not to transmit a data signal by using the same resource as the first cell.09-08-2011
20110212730METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a Central Node (CN), a method in a Remote Node (RN), and a method in a wireless communication system for allocating reference signals to be used for uplink transmission are disclosed. According to one aspect reference signals are allocated with a method comprising the steps of: determining in a CN a number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by a Remote Node RN; indicating to the RN the number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by the RN; configuring an uplink transmission by the RN with at most the number of reference signals N; and performing by the RN the uplink transmission with at most the number of reference signals N on transmit antennas comprised in the RN. The present invention further discloses a CN and a RN relating to said methods.09-01-2011
20110230196DROPPED CALL RECONNECTION SYSTEM WITH INTER-NETWORK CAPABILITIES - Reconnecting a dropped call between two parties by detecting an unintentional disconnection of one connection of the call using a system connected to a network associated with at least one of the parties to the call. A detection task receives the number identifications of the two parties; receives a release message associated with the call; and tests a cause-indicator in the received release message to determine a match to a prescribed criterion. In response to a match, a portion of the set of resources allocated to the call by the entities in a network of the party that was not unintentionally disconnected from the network are preserved while permitting release of all other resources allocated to the call. A reconnection task executes to ultimately reconnect the dropped party using at least the preserved portion of the set of resources allocated to the original call. A system is also described.09-22-2011
20120322455MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PROCESSOR - An ASN coding unit of a mobile station apparatus generates mobile station component carrier capability information including information that defines a component carrier that supported by communication with a base station apparatus. A transceiver device transmits, to the base station apparatus, mobile station component carrier capability information. A control unit controls a communication with a base station apparatus, the control being made by using a component carrier allocated by a base station apparatus, the allocation being made based on mobile station component carrier capability information.12-20-2012
20120322454RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR DISTRIBUTED OFDMA FEMTOCELL NETWORKS - Systems and methods for resource management in distributed femtocell networks include categorizing a clients into a first category that includes interference-insensitive clients and a second category that includes interference-sensitive clients and sub-categorizing the clients in the second category into a low-sensitivity sub-category and a high-sensitivity sub-category. A desired local reuse zone is determined based on a number of interference-insensitive clients and a common reuse zone size is determined based on transmissions from neighboring base stations. Positions for a local reuse zone, transition zone, and isolation zone within a frame are allocated based on the desired local reuse zone and the common reuse zone size. Probing is used on a coarse time scale to determine whether network conditions have changed and, if network conditions have changed, a fine time scale is used for probing to adjust zone sizes according to the changed network conditions.12-20-2012
20120322453MOBILE GUIDED UPLINK INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Systems and methods can be implemented on a user device and eNBs to manage uplink interference. A user device associated with a serving base station may detect downlink interference from one or more interfering base stations that are different from the serving base station. The user device that detects downlink interference can determine an uplink radio resource set from a plurality of predefined uplink radio resource sets based, at least in part, on the detected downlink interference. The user device can then transmit to the serving base station a radio resource indication identifying the determined uplink radio resource set to facilitate uplink interference management.12-20-2012
20110237270METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - In a system having a plurality of cells participating in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation, a method for transmitting Reference Signals (RSs) to User Equipment (UE) includes generating, by Base Station (BS) included in each of the plurality of cells, a subframe including RSs for a UE located in the each of the plurality of cells, and transmitting the generated subframe to the UE by the BS. The RSs include RSs for channel measurement, and RSs for data demodulation, the plurality of cells are grouped according to frequency shift values applied to the RSs for channel measurement and RS allocation patterns are determined for two cells among the plurality of cells according to a predetermined rule.09-29-2011
20110237269APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a first cellular station of a first service network and a second cellular station of a second service network, wherein the first service network is a long term evolution (LTE) network and the second service network is a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network. The controller module receives a measurement request message from the first cellular station via the wireless module, performs a measurement on the second cellular station in response to the measurement request message and reports the measurement result to the first service network via the wireless module, wherein the second cellular station is previously not requested or configured by the first service network to be measured.09-29-2011
20110237268MANAGEMENT SERVER, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a management server including a holding unit for holding a location/frequency list in which location information and frequency information are associated, a list creation unit for creating an available frequency list by extracting, from the location/frequency list, frequency information corresponding to location information received from a base station, and a list transmission unit for transmitting the available frequency list created by the list creation unit to the base station.09-29-2011
20110237267UE-RS SEQUENCE INITIALIZATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Pseudo-random sequences of a plurality of user equipment specific reference signals (UE-RSs) for use by a plurality of user equipments (UEs) are initialized, the initialization of each pseudo-random sequence associated with each UE-RS being independent of a specific UE identifier and independent of a resource bandwidth assigned to a specific UE. Pseudo-random sequences of the UE-RSs are generated. At least one of the pseudo-random sequences is mapped to a portion of common resources for at least one UE among the plurality of UEs.09-29-2011
20110237266Sounding Reference Signal Transmission During Discontinuous Reception - A method implemented by a user equipment (UE). An indicator is read. One or more sounding reference signals (SRS) are not reported when the indicator is set to “true” and an On Duration Timer associated with a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle is not running. One or more SRS are not reported when the indicator is not set to “true” and the UE is not in active time during the DRX cycle.09-29-2011
20110237265MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a mobile station device which can increase the success ratio and reduce a communication delay when transmitting a dedicated preamble from the mobile station device to a base station device by using a random access channel (RACH). The mobile station device performs random access to the base station device by using a dedicated preamble. The mobile station device transmits a first message by using the dedicated preamble and again transmits the first message using the dedicated preamble during a period (a random access response reception-uncertain period) when the base station device may transmit a second message as a response to the first message.09-29-2011
20100203897ESTIMATING ABSOLUTE POWER LEVEL IN A MUROS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for estimating an absolute power level in a Multiple Users Reusing One Single time slot (MUROS) system are provided. The absolute value of power level of the MUROS user is received by the MUROS user from a Base Transceiver Station (BTS). The MUROS user also determines the mean value of its own signal strength. The absolute value of power level of the other user paired with the MUROS user is estimated using the received absolute value of power level of the MUROS user and the determined mean value of signal strength. The estimated absolute value of power level of the other user and the absolute value of power level of the MUROS user are further used by the MUROS user to estimate its channel. Information about the estimated channel of the MUROS user is provided to the BTS by the MUROS user and the BTS uses this information to allocate power to the two users which are paired for MUROS.08-12-2010
20100203896COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESTRICTING METHOD - A communication device, a communication system, and a restricting method permitting a communication restriction for each service class. A user equipment has a memory unit which stores service class information showing correspondence between service classes indicative of available communication services, and service class codes to discriminate the service classes. A notice information receiving unit then receives a restriction message indicative of a service class number from an RNC. When the restriction message including the service class number is received, a restricting unit specifies a service class corresponding to the service class number stored in the memory unit and implements a communication restriction in the service class on a communication processing unit.08-12-2010
20100203895Shared Uplink Notification Bursts (SUNB) - A mobile station (MS) operating within a radio network includes a processing unit having an active mode and an inactive mode. The mobile station includes a transmitter in communication with the processing unit. The mobile station includes a memory in communication with the processing unit for storing uplink payload. The mobile station includes a radio interface in communication with the radio network and the transmitter; when there is uplink payload to transmit when the processing unit is in the inactive mode, the transmitter transmitting an activity indication to a base station over the radio interface, the processing unit changing to active mode, and the transmitter transmitting the uplink payload to the base station over the radio interface. A method for a mobile station operating within a radio network. A method for a base station operating within a radio network.08-12-2010
20100234032METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONFIGURING A COMMON CHANNEL - The present invention for reconfiguring a common channel, receives a first control message indicating modification of a first common channel configuration through the first common channel, and a second control message through a second common channel, based on the first control message. The first channel is reconfigured using the second control message. Also, the mobile terminal of the present invention comprises a processor unit by which the common channel is reconfigured. According the present invention, the common channel, such as the MCCH, may be reconfigured more efficiently.09-16-2010
20100234036COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a detecting part which detects a bandwidth used by a first terminal equipment which performs radio communication, a communication speed measurement part which measures a communication speed of a second terminal equipment, a control part which generates a control signal controlling a communication of the second terminal equipment if a total bandwidth of a bandwidth detected by the detecting part and a bandwidth corresponding to a communication speed of the second terminal equipment measured by the communication speed measurement part is equal to or larger than a certain threshold value, and a restraint part which restrains communication of the second terminal equipment according to the control signal generated by the control part.09-16-2010
20100234035RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A radio communications system includes at least one terminal communication unit having one antenna that conducts a radio communication with a plurality of terminals; and at least one baseband modem that generates and decrypts a data signal, a cell being configured by at least one of the antenna, wherein the baseband modem divides a radio frequency band used for the radio communication into two or more subbands, generates and decrypts the data signal specific to each of the divided subbands, and allocates the data signal specific to the subband to the terminal communication unit, and wherein the terminal communication unit receives the data signal specific to the subband generated by the baseband modem, and forms the cell of each the subband by the data signal specific to the received subband.09-16-2010
20100234033MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a metric calculation unit configured to calculate a UE-metric of the mobile station; a comparing unit configured to compare the UE-metric with a metric threshold sent from a base station; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the UE-metric to the base station if the comparison result shows that the UE-metric is equal to or greater than the metric threshold.09-16-2010
20120088515METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL FOR A LOCATION-BASED SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, in configuring a location estimation subframe for determining the location of a terminal in a wireless communication system, the present invention involves replacing a portion of repeating patterns of a channel estimation pilot in the location estimation subframe with a location estimation pilot. In this way, the present invention is capable of transmitting a location estimation reference signal for a location-based service to the terminal while minimizing influences on an existing wireless frame structure.04-12-2012
20120088514METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR INTER-CELL COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method for transmitting feedback information for cooperative transmission in a wireless communication cellular system comprises: receiving information on cells that can be cooperatively transmitted from a base station; determining cells that prefer the cooperative transmission among the cells that can be cooperatively transmitted; generating feedback information, which includes a preference cell indicator representing preferred cells and non-preferred cells for the cooperative transmission among the cells that can be cooperatively transmitted, precoding matrix information for the respective cell that can be cooperatively transmitted, phase information representing a phase correction value of each of the preferred cells for the cooperative transmission, and a channel quality indicator; and transmitting the feedback information through a control channel or a data channel. Accordingly, the present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a report of implicative feedback information on code books that can be designed for the gain improvement of a high-level inter-cell cooperative transmission.04-12-2012
20120088513Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Voice Call Requests During Data Communication Sessions With A Mobile Device - A mobile device is engaged in a connected data service via a wireless network. The connected data service utilizes a radio traffic channel established between the mobile device and the wireless network and a data session for communicating data. While engaged in the service, the mobile device receives via a user interface a voice call request for initiating a voice call. In response to the request, the mobile device permits the initiation of the voice call. Specifically, the mobile device causes the radio traffic channel for the connected data service to be torn down without terminating the data session. The mobile device also causes the voice call to be established and maintained over a new radio traffic channel via the wireless network while the data session for the data service is maintained.04-12-2012
20120088512MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF AND DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD - In case that an uplink grand from a base station apparatus is detected on PDCCH, a data designated by the uplink grant, channel state information measured at the time of transmission are transmitted by PUSCH as an uplink transmission signal. Then, in case that a notice that indicates retransmission is received, the data to be retransmission and the channel state information measured at the time of retransmission are transmitted by PUSCH. Accordingly, the mobile station apparatus can transmit appropriate channel state information when designated to retransmission so that the base station apparatus can make an efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus that is suitable for the current channel condition.04-12-2012
20120088511SERVICE PROVIDING APPARATUS, SERVICE CONSUMING APPARATUS, AND SERVICE TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF - A service providing apparatus, a service consuming apparatus, and a service transmitting method thereof are provided. The service providing apparatus is able to pre-allocate a plurality of service consuming apparatus into different groups, to pre-schedule the groups in a control channel, and to pre-schedule the groups in at least one channel. Accordingly, the channel resource can be consumed more efficiently by the service consuming apparatus.04-12-2012
20120088510WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER WITH AMPLIFIER BIAS ADJUSTED BASED ON MODULATION SCHEME AND TRANSMIT POWER FEEDBACK - An electronic device may contain a transceiver that transmits and receives radio-frequency signals through antenna structures. Power amplifier circuitry may amplify the radio-frequency signals that are being transmitted. An adjustable voltage supply may supply an adjustable power amplifier bias voltage to the power amplifier circuitry. The power amplifier circuitry may include multiple power amplifiers each of which may handle signals transmitted using a different cellular telephone standard. For each cellular telephone standard, multiple modulation schemes may be supported. A power detector may provide real time measurements of output power. Control circuitry can adjust the transceiver circuitry based on the measurements of output power and can adjust the adjustable power amplifier bias voltage in real time to select an optimum power amplifier bias voltage based on the current cellular telephone standard, modulation scheme, power amplifier gain state, and operating frequency in use.04-12-2012
20120329467Network Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein for Configuring Cells for Downlink Operations - A method in a network node (12-27-2012
20120329466Method and System for Measuring Background Noise of Machine - A method and system for measuring noise of a machine are disclosed by the present invention, and the method includes: acquiring a first noise interference set, searching for noise interferences which are less than a preset noise interference threshold from the first noise interference set to obtain a second noise interference set, and then calculating an average value of the second noise interference set; and determining whether the average value of the second noise interference set is less than or equal to a set threshold, and if the average value of the second noise interference set is less than or equal to the set threshold, the current noise of the machine is equal to the average value of the second noise interference set. With the present invention, a more accurate measurement value of the noise of the machine can be obtained.12-27-2012
20120329469Method of Controlling A Communications Channel - A method of controlling a communications channel, comprising: receiving a real time digital signal; processing the real time digital signal to provide a control signal; and controlling the base station in response to the control signal. Where the processing comprises in succeeding time slots determining whether predefined signal content is present in the real time digital signal, increasing or decreasing a first value when predefined signal content is present and, respectively, decreasing or increasing the first value when predefined signal content is not present, and changing the control signal when the first value reaches a first target value. The method also relates to controlling a base station for a headset, where the base station and headset communicates via a wireless connection and where the base station communicates with a PC via a wired interface e.g. a USB interface.12-27-2012
20120329468Mapping Reference Signal for Multi-Cell Transmission - Described is a method for the mapping of reference signals. The method includes generating a reference signal sequence for two or more cells, where each cell of the two or more cells has a cell bandwidth. The method also includes determining an offset for the reference signal sequence based at least in part on the cell bandwidth of each cell. Mapping the reference signal sequence to resource elements of physical resource blocks for the cells based at least in part on the offset is included in the method. Apparatus and computer readable media are also disclosed.12-27-2012
20120100865Method and System for Processing Resource in Process of Connection Mobility Management - The prevent invention discloses a method for processing resources in a process of connection mobility management. The method includes: a Radio Bearer Control (RBC) module receiving resource configuration related messages sent by a Connection Mobility Management (CMM) module and a network side, and configuring resources included in the resource configuration related messages. The prevent invention further provides a system for processing resources in a process of connection mobility management. Based on the method and system, processing procedures of the resources in the process of connection mobility management are simplified and the processing efficiency is improved.04-26-2012
20120100864Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - A method in a user equipment for transmitting scheduling requests to a base station includes triggering a scheduling request transmission and transmitting a scheduling request to the base station at the next occurring scheduling request opportunity as a response to the triggering. The method also includes starting a scheduling request prohibiting timer in the user equipment when the scheduling request is transmitted to the base station and prohibiting any further scheduling request retransmission at future scheduling request opportunities while the scheduling request prohibiting timer is running.04-26-2012
20120100863METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CHANNEL MODIFICATION IN A CELL OF A MOBILE RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method is provided for channel modification within a macro cell of a cellular mobile radio access network. The method includes the steps of: providing a first control channel signal transmitted by a first transmitter, wherein the macro cell comprises the first transmitter and the macro cell overlaps at least partly with a radio coverage area created by a second transmitter; and providing a second control channel signal transmitted by the second transmitter, wherein the second control channel signal is transmitted using a same physical layer configuration as the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal is synchronized to the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal includes a duplication of the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal differs from the first control channel signal in at least one information element carried by the first control channel signal.04-26-2012
20120100862METHOD FOR RESOLVING DATA CONFLICTS AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The invention provides a method for resolving data conflicts and a mobile communication terminal. The embodiment about the method of the invention includes: a mobile terminal determining a time slot in a frame i for receiving a first data block; if a second data block needs to be received in the frame i, the mobile terminal determining a relationship between the time slot for receiving the first data block and a time slot for receiving the second data block; and if the time slots for receiving the first data block and the second data block are not the same and not adjacent, the mobile terminal receiving the first data block and the second data block sequentially according to the time slots in the frame i. The embodiment of the invention further provides a mobile terminal for implementing the method described above. The invention could receive multiple data blocks in a frame i and decrease the number of data blocks being discarded.04-26-2012
20120289238RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio network controller for a wireless communication system, in which a dedicated channel and an enhanced dedicated channel are switched and assigned for an uplink for each call, includes a throughput estimation unit that estimates a throughput, wherein the throughput is expected when the enhanced dedicated channel is assigned to a call to be transmitted by a mobile station to which the dedicated channel has been assigned and/or to a call to be transmitted by a mobile station that initiates a communication; a packet access scheme selection unit that selects the enhanced dedicated channel, when the throughput estimated by the throughput estimation unit is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold value; and a packet access scheme setting unit that sets the enhanced dedicated channel, when the packet access scheme selection unit selects the enhanced dedicated channel.11-15-2012
20120289237ALLOCATING AN IP SUBNET ADDRESS IN A LOCAL NETWORK COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF DEVICES AND CONNECTED TO THE INTERNET - A local network is provided comprising a plurality of devices and connected to the Internet. The network is configured as a local IP subnet in which the devices each have a corresponding IP subnet address. One of the devices is a femtocell base station. A user terminal connected to the femtocell base station is allocated an IP subnet address so as to be able to initiate communications with another of the devices in the local network.11-15-2012
20100120443UPLINK TIMING RECOVERY - The present invention provides for a method of controlling uplink timing recovery within a mobile radio communications device operating within a mobile radio communications network, including the step of determining a requirement for uplink timing recovery in a manner responsive to velocity of movement of the mobile radio communications device, and preferably on the basis of a timing-offset within downlink signalling.05-13-2010
20100167751RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A method and apparatus for system resource augmentation are provided. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) internal system resource is monitored. A plurality of communication links are established between the WTRU and an external system resource. The plurality of communication links are used to augment the internal system resource with the external system resource.07-01-2010
20100167750METHOD FOR PROCESSING PAGING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for processing paging information allows the operations of a mobile terminal to be simplified and permits efficient use of resources for the mobile terminal. The network instructs in advance, the transmission of control information, such as a particular paging message, a notification message, system information and the like, via a single indicator channel. The mobile terminal receives this single indicator channel and uses the indicator information that was transmitted via the indicator channel in order to receive the control information.07-01-2010
20130012218MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system comprises a base station and a relay station to relay data transmitted/received between the base station and a mobile station. The base station includes a first scheduler to perform scheduling of initial transmission of the data transmitted/received between the base station and the mobile station via the relay station, and a first manager to manage predetermined wireless resources which are periodically used, as wireless resources used for the initial transmission of the data. The relay station includes a second scheduler configured to perform scheduling of transmission of a message for confirming necessity of retransmission of the data and retransmission of the data and a second manager configured to manage wireless resources used for the transmission of the message and the retransmission of the data.01-10-2013
20130012220Method and Apparatus for Providing Collaborative Context Data Sensing And Communications - An approach is provided for collaborative context data sensing and communications. A context platform determines context data from a plurality of devices. The context platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the context data to determine scheduling information for causing, at least in part, a sensing, a transmission, or a combination thereof of additional context data by at least one of the plurality of devices. The context platform then determines the additional context data based, at least in part, on the scheduling information.01-10-2013
20130012216System and Method for Indicating Local IP Access Support - A method of providing Local IP Access (LIPA) indication is proposed. In one novel aspect, an enhanced cell selection method is proposed using LIPA capability information. Based on LIPA capability related information, a UE is able to prioritize LIPA-capable cells and establish a corresponding packet data network (PDN) connection accordingly. In a first embodiment, LIPA information is statically configured in the UE. In a second embodiment, LIPA information is informed to the UE via broadcasting or unicasting Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.01-10-2013
20130012217MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RADIO RELAY TRANSMISSION FUNCTION - A radio base station apparatus includes a determining unit that dynamically determines, based on both quality information and traffic information, collected for each of a first link used for direct communication between a first radio terminal and the base station apparatus, a second link used for direct communication between a second radio terminal and a fixed radio relay apparatus, and a third link used for relay transmission between the base station apparatus and the relay apparatus, of sub-frames in a radio frame as radio resources, a number of sub-frames to be allocated to the each of the first, second and third links and an allocation timing therefor; and a notifying unit that notifies the relay apparatus of allocation information including the number of sub-frames to be allocated to the third link used for the relay transmission and the timing therefor in a period of at least once in the frame.01-10-2013
20130012219SIGNALING FOR PREAMBLE USED FOR RANDOM ACCESS - According to one embodiment, a method of requesting a random access connection between a mobile terminal and a base station includes: receiving, by the mobile terminal, information comprising at least one signature root sequence index, a cyclic shift parameter, and a number of signatures used for representing a boundary between a first signature set and a second signature set; preparing, by the mobile terminal, random access signatures according to the at least one signature root sequence index and the cyclic shift parameter, wherein at least one of the random access signatures is associated with the first signature set and the remaining of the random access signatures are associated with the second signature set; and selecting, by the mobile terminal, a random access preamble from the first signature set or the second signature set based on a message size and a radio condition.01-10-2013
20100130216RECEPTION CYCLE CONTROL METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station (eNB) is configured to start the transmitting-side timer and a Polling timer which is set to expire earlier than the transmitting-side, upon transmission of a last piece of downlink data accumulated in a transmission buffer to the mobile station. When the Polling timer expires, the radio base station (eNB) notifies the mobile station (UE) of the expiration, and restarts the transmitting-side timer, and the mobile station (UE) restarts a receiving-side timer in response to the notification.05-27-2010
20100130219METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING A PLURALITY OF UPLINK CARRIERS AND A PLURALITY OF DOWNLINK CARRIERS - A method and apparatus for utilizing a plurality of uplink carriers and downlink carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) activates a primary uplink carrier and a primary downlink carrier and activates or deactivates a secondary uplink carrier based on a signal from a network or upon detection of a pre-configured condition. The WTRU may deactivate the secondary uplink carrier based on inactivity of the E-DCH transmission, a buffer status, a channel condition, or power constraints. When the secondary uplink carrier is activated, dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) transmission may be initiated predetermined time periods prior to initiating E-DCH transmissions. The initial DPCCH transmission power may be set based on a DPCCH transmission power on the primary uplink carrier or to a value signaled by a network. A default grant value may be used for initial E-DCH transmission upon activation of the secondary uplink carrier.05-27-2010
20100130218METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING AGGREGATION OF MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method and apparatus for supporting aggregation of multiple component carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in an idle state performs a cell search to detect a downlink anchor carrier and camps on the downlink anchor carrier. The downlink anchor carrier is a component carrier and may be assigned for synchronization and idle mode operations for the WTRU. The WTRU via the downlink anchor carrier receives a broadcast channel for a broadcast message, a paging channel for a paging message, and a control channel for control information necessary while in the idle state. The WTRU receives data via an aggregated carrier having at least two component carriers including a data carrier. The data carrier being a component carrier assigned for data transfer to the WTRU in a connected state.05-27-2010
20120149385BLIND CHANNEL DETECTION TECHNIQUES - Techniques for use in a blind detection process of information elements. Channels can be allocated into groups. For each group, resource blocks of each channel can be further divided into subspaces. A base station may communicate a number of channels in a group, a number of subspaces allocated to a group of channels, and a bit shift value to all mobile stations via non-specific user channels to a mobile station. The mobile station uses a blind detection scheme and the number of channels allocated per group, a number of sub-spaces per group of channels, and a bit shift value to locate an information element assigned to the mobile station. A number of blind detection trials may be capped to a sum of a number of channels for all allocated groups.06-14-2012
20120149384METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING CHANNELS FOR INTERPHONE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, SYSTEM AND INTERPHONE - A method for distributing channels for interphone, a communication method, a system and an interphone are provided. The method for distributing channels for interphone includes: according to the subnet the interphone belongs to, acquiring the corresponding subnet resource information, determining a control channel and service channels that can be used by the interphone; the number of service channels is more than or equal to 2; different subnets correspond to different channel resources; and waiting on the control channel in the case of standby. A communication method and a system for interphone, as well as an interphone are also provided by the invention. The technical solutions of the invention improve the spectrum utilization efficiency, resolve the channel interference, shorten the time needed to set up a call, and reduce the probability of call collision.06-14-2012
20120149383COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A communication method and a communication device using the same method are proposed. The proposed communication method is adapted to a machine-to-machine communication device (M2M device) with low mobility, and includes following steps: reporting that the M2M device is low mobility to a communication network; reporting a sector, in which the M2M device is located, to the communication network; and transmitting a paging message only in the sector to the M2M device.06-14-2012
20130017835BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITAANM Takahashi; HirokiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Takahashi; Hiroki Osaka-shi JPAANM Hamaguchi; YasuhiroAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Hamaguchi; Yasuhiro Osaka-shi JPAANM Yokomakura; KazunariAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Yokomakura; Kazunari Osaka-shi JPAANM Nakamura; OsamuAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Nakamura; Osamu Osaka-shi JPAANM Goto; JungoAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Goto; Jungo Osaka-shi JP - A high spectrum efficiency is achieved even in a system where mobile station apparatuses with different units of assignment coexist. A base station apparatus, which performs radio communication with a mobile station apparatus, newly defines a minimum unit of assignment for each of the mobile station apparatuses, determines band assignment, and notifies each of the mobile station apparatuses of assignment information, when a mobile station apparatus with an RB (Resource Block) being a minimum unit of assignment and a mobile station apparatus with an RBG (RB Group) being a minimum unit of assignment coexist. In addition, the minimum unit of is newly defined by defining the number of RBs constituting an RBG for each mobile station apparatus.01-17-2013
20110159882PILOT SELECTION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A pilot selection method adapted for selecting rank-2 pilot patterns for a macrocell advanced base station (ABS), a femtocell ABS and a non-macrocell and non-femtocell ABS is proposed along with a wireless communication system and a base station thereof. Different rank-2 pilot pattern is selected for a femtocell ABS from its overlay macrocell ABS and non-macrocell and non-femtocell ABS rank-2 pilot patterns. Another pilot selection method for selecting a rank-1 pilot pattern for a femtocell ABS co-located with at least a macrocell ABS is also proposed. Different rank-1 pilot pattern is selected for a femtocell ABS from its overlay macrocell ABSs using rank-1 and/or rank-2 pilot patterns, where some of the macrocell ABSs can use rank-2 pilot patterns and the rest of the macrocell ABSs just use rank-1 pilot patterns. Also, different rank-1 pilot pattern is selected for the femtocell ABS from its neighboring femtocell ABSs using rank-1 pilot patterns.06-30-2011
20110159881Communication System Using Joint Leakage Suppression Scheme with Low Complexity - A communication method for at least one mobile station that includes a target mobile station that performs a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) communication with at least two base stations, is provided. The communication method includes determining a beamforming vector used by the at least two base stations based on channel vectors and at least one channel matrix such that a signal-to-leakage-plus-noise-ratio (SLNR) for a target antenna from among antennas of a target mobile station is maximized. A Cholesky factorization may be used to determine an optimal beamforming vector with a low complexity.06-30-2011
20110159880SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RADIO LINK RECOVERY - Devices and methods are provided for expedited recovery from radio link failure or the like. In one embodiment, the method involves collecting at least one optional system information block (SIB) during connected mode, wherein the at least one optional SIB comprising neighbor information. In another embodiment, the method involves storing dedicated information provided by a base station through a dedicated channel. The method generally involves using the neighbor information and/or dedicated information for cell selection, in response to the radio link failure.06-30-2011
20130023274SELECTION OF A RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY RESOURCE BASED ON RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY RESOURCE HISTORICAL INFORMATION - The disclosed subject matter provides for selecting a radio access technology resource based on historical data related to the radio access technology resource. Location information can be employed to determine a radio access technology resource. Historical information related to the radio access technology resource can then be employed to determine the suitability of the radio access technology resource. A set of radio access technology resources can be ordered or ranked to allow selection of a suitable radio access technology resource from the set. Incorporation of historical information can provide for additional metrics in the selection of a radio access technology resource over simple contemporaneous radio access technology resource information. In some embodiments timed fingerprint location (TFL) information can be employed to determine a location.01-24-2013
20080248803APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FREQUENCY RESOURCE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resources for a mobile station in a communication system is provided. The method includes determining if a mobile station within a cell is located in one of a first region corresponding to a cell center, a third region corresponding to a cell edge, and a second region corresponding to an area between the first and third regions, allocating frequency resources within an entire frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the first region, wherein the entire frequency band comprises at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band, allocating frequency resources within the first frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the third region, and allocating frequency resources within the second frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the second region.10-09-2008
20090286544ADMINISTRATION OF AN ACCESS CONTROL LIST TO FEMTO CELL COVERAGE - A system, method, and apparatus for facilitating management of access to femto cell coverage is provided. A femto access point provides access to the femto cell coverage and a subset of services to at least one communication device included in an access control list associated with the femto access point. An access management component utilizes an access criteria to edit the access control list. The access criteria includes criteria for adding a communication device to the access control list and criteria for automatically removing the added communication device from the access control list.11-19-2009
20100081441Dynamic Radio Frequency Allocation for Base Station Cooperation with Interference Management - A method allocates bandwidth from a radio frequency spectrum in a cellular network including a set of cells. Each cell includes a base station for serving a set of mobile stations in the cell. An area around each base station is partitioned into a center region and a boundary region. In each base station, bandwidth for use in the center region is reserved according to an inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) protocol, and bandwidth for use in the boundary region is reserved according to the ICIC protocol and a base station cooperation (BSC) protocol. Then, the bandwidth is allocated to mobile stations as the mobile stations communicate with the base station in the center regions and the boundary regions according to the bandwidth reservations.04-01-2010
20080233965METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVE ALLOCATION OF FEEDBACK RESOURCES FOR CQI AND TRANSMIT PRE-CODING - Aspects of a method and system for adaptive allocation of feedback resources for CQI and transmit pre-coding may include assigning a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more CQI reporting units and a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more PMI reporting units. One or more feedback messages may be generated based at least on channel state information associated with the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the one or more CQI reporting units and with the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the one or more PMI reporting units. The bandwidth and the feedback period of the CQI reporting units and/or the PMI reporting units may be adjusted dynamically and/or adaptively. Based on the channel state information or as a function of a feedback rate, the bandwidth and/or the feedback period may be assigned.09-25-2008
20080220791Method and system for transmitting and receiving common control information in a communication system - Disclosed is a method of transmitting common control information by a base station in a communication system including a first communication system and a second communication system different from each other. In the communication system, a frame for carrying the common control information includes an uplink sub-frame and a downlink sub-frame, each of which includes a resource allocation area for the first communication system and a resource allocation area for the second communication system. The method includes: configuring the common control information to be received by a mobile station belonging to the second communication system; and transmitting the common control information through the resource allocation area for the second communication system included in one of the uplink sub-frame and the downlink sub-frame.09-11-2008
20080220790Radio resource management in wireless cellular networks having multihop relay stations - Radio resource management for wireless cellular networks equipped with relay stations for multi-hop packet or protocol data unit (PDU) relaying.09-11-2008
20080220789Method and Related Apparatus for Enhancing Resource Utility Rate in a Wireless Communications System - In order to reduce power and computing resource consumption in a user equipment of a wireless communications system, a method for enhancing a resource utility rate for the user equipment is provided. The method includes stopping receiving data and control signals through a first common channel and a second common channel and clearing configuration corresponding to the first and second common channels when the user equipment receives a connection setup message configuring the user equipment to enter a CELL_DCH state.09-11-2008
20080220788Multi-band Channel Aggregation - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein.09-11-2008
20080220787Channel Aggregation - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein.09-11-2008
20080220786Methods and Apparatus for Adaptively Selecting a Channel - A system assesses channel conditions for a plurality of channels. The system maintains a history of channel information for the plurality of channels. The system enables communications on a channel from the plurality of channels, based on the channel conditions, and the history of channel information for the plurality of channels. The system provides an operator with at least one of channel conditions, and the history of channel information.09-11-2008
20130178218METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULCASTING WITHIN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for simulcasting within a communication system is provided herein. During operation, each base site will be equipped with a plurality of radios capable of transmitting on various frequencies. Base sites within the communication system will be capable of communicating on a predetermined number of channels, which may differ among base sites. A number of channels will be shared by the base sites. When a simulcast is desired, the participants are located, and a common channel is determined for communication. Thus, call participant location information is used to determine the best channel to use to meet the group's coverage needs.07-11-2013
20130178219METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE TO MOBILE STATION BY MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing a service to a Mobile Station (MS) by a plurality of Base Stations (BSs) operating in cooperation in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring, by a master BS, a first cooperative cell including at least one slave BS, sending a resource request message for requesting resource allocation to the at least one slave BS included in the first cooperative cell, receiving, from each of the at least one slave BS, a resource request response message including resource approval control results for the resource allocation request, changing member BSs constituting the first cooperative cell based on the resource request response message, and allocating resources to an MS that is served in the first cooperative cell.07-11-2013
20130178220APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving downlink data channel signal transmission information in a cellular radio communication system using a Cooperative Multi-Point (COMP) scheme are provided. In the downlink data channel signal transmission information transmission method, a Base Station (BS) transmits downlink data channel signal transmission information including information related to Resource Elements (REs) scheduled for a downlink data channel signal transmission to a User Equipment (UE), and transmits downlink data channel signal non-transmission information including information related to REs through which a downlink data channel signal is not transmitted among the REs scheduled for the downlink data channel signal transmission to the UE.07-11-2013
20130178221Method and Apparatus for Managing Transmit Power for Device-To-Device Communication - A method and apparatus for managing transmit power for device-to-device communication is provided. According to an embodiment of the invention, a UE uses a component carrier of one cell to engage in D2D communication. In parallel with its D2D communication, the UE uses one or more other component carriers of one or more other cells to engage in cellular communication. The UE configures its D2D transmit power as well as its cellular transmit power so that its total transmit power does not exceed the UEs maximum power limit, and so that the transmit power on a component carrier of a cell does not exceed the maximum power limit for the cell that provides the component carrier.07-11-2013
20130178222METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL UPLINK CHANNEL SELECTION - First and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels are available for use by a wireless device in transmitting data to a network. In various examples, the device selects between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to various different criteria. Examples include selecting between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to the type of data to he transmitted and according to the identity of the device, and various combinations of these.07-11-2013
20130203429METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises a processor configured to determine whether a scheduled transmission is to be initiated in a frequency band in which at least one device uses contention based communication and a transmitter configured to transmit a reservation message to release a resource from the contention based communication in response to a determination that the scheduled transmission is to be initiated.08-08-2013
20130172001METHOD FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK, NETWORK ELEMENT OF A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A Method for inter-cell interference coordination in a cellular communication network (07-04-2013
20110269475METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNALING RESOURCE PARTITION - Signaling resource partition of a component carrier in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The number of primary resource blocks and the number of extension resource blocks of the component carrier is encoded and signaled to a UE, so the UE can obtain the resource partition of the component carrier.11-03-2011
20130172000Cooperative Relay System - The invention relates to apparatuses, methods, systems, computer programs, computer program products and computer-readable media.07-04-2013
20130102319RADIO CONTROL APPARATUS, SECOND TRANSMISSION STATION TRANSMISSION POWER DETERMINATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Transmission power of each base station of a secondary system is determined in such away that a transmission capacity of the secondary system is increased as much as possible while interference with a first radio system (primary system) is suppressed by properly controlling the transmission power of a plurality of second transmission stations. A second transmission station transmission power determination means is provided, which determines the transmission power used in each of the second transmission stations based on a first condition that satisfies an allowable value in relation to a system interference amount as an interference amount given to a first reception station as a predetermined reception station of the first radio system by all of the plurality of second transmission stations as transmission stations of a second radio system using a frequency band allocated to the first radio system or a frequency band allowed to be preferentially used.04-25-2013
20130115966METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A FEEDBACK SIGNAL IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to wireless communication, and particularly, to a method and device for transmitting a feedback signal of a terminal in a multi-node system. The method for a terminal to transmit feedback information in a multi-node system including a plurality of nodes and a base station for controlling same includes: transmitting first information upon the request of resource allocation so as to give notice that there is information to be transmitted to the base station; receiving information from the base station at the request for the transmission of second information necessary for the resource allocation; and transmitting the requested second information to the base station. The feedback information may be transmitted to the base station together with the first information or the second information.05-09-2013
20130115965Method, Device, and System for Performing Assignment for a Call - The invention discloses a method for performing assignment for a call. The method includes: if a user initiates a call, assigning a target bearer for the call and obtaining an identifier of the target bearer; determining at least one target base station according to the identifier of the target bearer and an identifier of a base station accessed by the user, wherein the coverage of the target bearer of the at least one target base station overlaps with the coverage of a bearer, on which the call is initiated, of the base station accessed by the user, and obtaining identifier of the at least one target base station; and sending the identifier of the target bearer and the identifier of the at least one target base station to the user. The invention is capable of improving the success rate of the assignment.05-09-2013
20130115964METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SECONDARY SHARING05-09-2013
20130130704METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VALIDATING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL MESSAGES - A method for validating radio resource control (RRC) messages includes determining whether an RRC message received by a wireless transmit-receive unit (WTRU) is valid based on: an RRC state for which the WTRU is configured, whether or not the WTRU needs a new transport format combination set, and whether or not the RRC message will configure the WTRU for a CELL_DCH state. A WTRU includes a rule application device configured to implement the method.05-23-2013
20130143581Adaptive Broadband Platforms And Methods Of Operation - A subscriber platform for broadband communication, according to various aspects of the present invention, includes an antenna, a plurality of transceivers, and a processor. The antenna supports communication via a plurality of directional beams. The plurality of frequency agile transceivers operate simultaneously, each transceiver being coupled to the antenna for communication via a respective directional beam. The processor is coupled to the plurality of transceivers. And, the transceivers are coupled to the antenna to communicate data among the directional beams as directed by the processor, communication including directional diversity and frequency diversity.06-06-2013
20130143582TRANSMITTING RADIO CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FROM A BASE STATION TO A RELAY NODE - The invention relates to a method of transmitting radio configuration parameters from a base station (06-06-2013
20110212731METHOD OF RESOURCE RESERVATION REQUEST AND RESOURCE RESERVATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of resource reservation request and resource reservation in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of resource reservation request of a mobile station in a wireless communication system with femto cells comprises transmitting a resource reservation request message to a macro base station to request a femto cell base station not to use resource used by the mobile station if interference from the femto cell base station is over a threshold; and receiving a resource reservation response message from a macro base station.09-01-2011
20110223927METHOD OF RELAYING DATA - A method of relaying data in a relay station of a wireless communication system based on a radio frame consisting of a plurality of downlink subframes and a plurality of uplink subframes is provided. The method includes receiving, from a base station, scheduling information comprising information regarding a transmission time for transmitting uplink data from the relay station to the base station, receiving the uplink data from a user equipment, and relaying, to the base station, the uplink data at the transmission time determined depending on the scheduling information. Accordingly, efficiency of radio resource usage can be increased in the wireless communication system employing the relay station.09-15-2011
20110223926RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD AND CHANNEL SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - A radio terminal, radio base station, channel signal forming method and channel signal receiving method wherein when an upstream unit band and a plurality of downstream unit bands associated therewith are used to perform communications, the quality of downstream assignment control information can be prevented from being degraded. In a base station (09-15-2011
20110223924SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULED RESOURCE RELEASE PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation of a user equipment in an LTE-based mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also related to a user equipment and a eNode B implementing this method. To provide a mechanism for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation in a LTE system which is not requiring any changes to the Physical layer-to-MAC layer interface and/or preferably no changes to the PDCCH formats agreed by the 3GPP a combination of NDI value and MCS index is defined that is commanding the release of SPS resources. Alternatively, another solution proposed to define a special transport block size that when signaled in a PDCCH is commanding the release of SPS resources.09-15-2011
20080261607Channel Allocation for Channel Allocation Tiering - A method and device for channel allocation using channel allocation tiering (CHAT), where radio resources are de-coupled from hardware resources and the available hardware resource units in a cell are divided into logical groups, “channel tiers”. Each tier simultaneously utilizes, partly or fully, the same radio resources. There is a first tier and at least a second tier. In accordance with the invention terminals are allocated to the first tier until a radio resource load threshold close to but less than 100% is reached. Terminals are allocated channels on said at least second tier based upon a terminal's interference suppression capabilities, or the radio requirements of the service being used on the terminal, or the radio location of the terminal, or a combination of the above.10-23-2008
20110244875SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless communication device includes conventional components to permit a network communication link to be established with a wireless communication network. In addition, the wireless communication device includes a non-network short-range transceiver that detects the presence of other similarly equipped devices. When two such equipped devices come within proximity of each other, a direct non-network wireless communication link is established.10-06-2011
20110250900METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACCOUNTABLE RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN CELLULAR AND BROADBAND NETWORKS - A method includes receiving information flows between users into a basestation of a cellular network, applying a usage accountability framework responsive to predetermined user fairness metrics, bandwidth resources on the network and a history of channel bandwidth variations by the users, and executing bandwidth allocation for the flows between the users responsive to the applying an accountability framework for improving user experience on the network by the users.10-13-2011
20110250898Resource allocation - A method of communicating control information performed by a communication device in a mobile telecommunication system in which each of a plurality of communication devices are allocated plural orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) resource allocations, the method including receiving, in a control channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a frequency resource allocation in a shared data channel, and receiving, in the identified frequency resource allocation in the shared data channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a further frequency resource allocation.10-13-2011
20120276913METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication network are provided. A base station having information of an idle mode user equipment transmits a connecting operation mode to the user equipment when the idle mode user equipment is connected to the base station. The user equipment transmits a small amount of data together with a connection request completion message to the base station. The base station transmits, over a network, the data received from the user equipment, without being interlinked with a mobility management entity, and the user equipment returns back to an idle operation mode after data transmission. Thus, the overhead required to support signaling of the base station for acquiring context information of the user equipment can be reduced in order to provide the user equipment with an efficient data transmission environment.11-01-2012
20120276912COUPLED SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS MOBILE TERMINAL AND RELAY - A wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system includes a wireless relay and a mobile terminal. The wireless relay is coupled to a phone network. The mobile terminal is physically coupled to the wireless relay to make a voice communication with the phone network via the wireless relay. Further, the mobile terminal and the wireless relay exchange control data and voice data corresponding to the voice communication over a short-range wireless link based on one of a transparent mode and a translation mode. A signaling connection is established on an asynchronous connection-oriented logical (ACL) transport channel between the mobile terminal and the wireless relay for exchanging the control data, and a voice connection is established on a synchronous connection oriented (SCO) channel between the mobile terminal and the wireless relay for exchanging the voice data.11-01-2012
20110275379Apparatus and Method for Dynamic Resolution of Secondary Communication System Resources - An apparatus, method and system for dynamic resolution of secondary communication system resources for communications in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to receive an allocation of secondary communication system resources on a control channel of a primary communication system to enable communication in a secondary communication system. The secondary communication system resources are a function of unused primary communication system resources in the primary communication system.11-10-2011
20110275381Methods and Arrangements in a Radio Communication System - An Uplink control channel resource Management Module (11-10-2011
20110275380SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR COMPENSATING FOR INTERFERENCE IN SECTOR TRANSMISSIONS - A method for interference cancellation in a device that receives transmissions from multiple sources is disclosed. The method includes receiving multiple slots, each including a pilot segment and a traffic segment. A first one of the slots includes information indicating an activity level of a traffic segment of the first one of the slots. The method also includes calculating a value associated with interference among the plurality of slots, utilizing the information indicating the activity level to account for an amount of interference attributable to the first one of the slots. Furthermore, channel conditions are estimated for a second one of the slots using the value associated with the amount of interference. The method also includes processing the second one of the slots according to the estimated channel conditions.11-10-2011
20130150061DEVICE-TO-DEVICE GROUP COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - Provided are a device-to-device (D2D) group communication method and a device using the same. The method includes transmitting a scheduling request for D2D group communication to a base station, receiving first radio resource information for a status report of D2D data to be transmitted from the base station, transmitting a D2D buffer status report to the base station through a first radio resource, receiving second radio resource information including D2D resource allocation information necessary for the D2D group communication from the base station, and transmitting control information for the D2D group communication including a D2D group identifier (ID) as a device ID and D2D user data to two or more communication partner devices belonging to the D2D group.06-13-2013
20130150062SENDING UPLINK DATA WITHOUT SYNCHRONIZATION - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) sending a first data signal via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) is provided. The WTRU may reconfigure physical channel parameters based on a reconfiguration message. The WTRU may subsequently send a second data signal without performing a synchronization procedure.06-13-2013
20130150063REMOTE ANTENNA CLUSTERS AND RELATED SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS, AND METHODS SUPPORTING DIGITAL DATA SIGNAL PROPAGATION BETWEEN REMOTE ANTENNA UNITS - Distributed antenna systems supporting digital data signal propagation between remote antenna clusters, and related distributed antenna systems, components and methods are disclosed. The distributed antenna systems facilitate distributing digital data signals to provide digital data services remotely to distributed remote antenna units. The digital data signals may be propagated between remote antenna units within a remote antenna cluster for digital data signals transmitted to wireless client devices in the distributed antenna system and for digital data signals received from wireless client devices in the distributed antenna system. Received digital data signals from wireless client devices can be propagated from remote antenna unit to remote antenna unit in a remote antenna cluster until the digital data signals reach a wired network device for communication over a network. The remote antenna units may be configured to support high-frequency digital data signal to support larger channel bandwidths and in turn higher data rate transfers.06-13-2013
20130150064RRC MESSAGES AND PROCEDURES - A method and apparatus for radio resource control (RRC) messaging. A method in a Node B includes transmitting a RRC change command including a plurality of commands to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), and receiving an RRC change response from the WTRU, wherein the RRC change command includes a command for performing a measurement gap configuration procedure and a command for performing a measurement gap activation procedure.06-13-2013
20130150058METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION RESOURCES FOR CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-BASED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method of controlling communication resources for cellular mobile communication system-based device-to-deice (D2D) communication. The method includes selecting, at a base station, at least two devices, which are performing cellular communication in the same cell, as D2D candidates, measuring environment-based information on the selected D2D candidates to select at least one D2D pair, and allocating uplink (UL) resources or downlink (DL) resources to the D2D pair.06-13-2013
20130150059FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for Frequency Allocation (FA) in a mobile communication system which separates a Radio Frequency (RF) unit and a digital unit are provided. A method of a digital central office including a plurality of channel cards includes processing signals of a plurality of cells corresponding to a plurality of RF units through the channel cards, measuring loads of the cells through the channel cards, determining FA per cell by considering the measured loads per cell, and operating the channel cards according to the determined FA per cell.06-13-2013
20130150060BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method that support a next-generation mobile communication system and are capable of controlling in an adaptive manner to interference in a heterogeneous network. Provided is a room base station apparatus (06-13-2013
20130137445Method and apparatus for allocating spectrum - A method and an apparatus for allocating spectrums are provided in the disclosure. The method includes: reconfigurable spectrums for a target group domain are calculated, wherein said reconfigurable spectrums contain one or more of a dedicated spectrum, a reusable spectrum and a loanable spectrum; during the system reconfiguration, spectrums are allocated to cells of the target group domain in a non-overlap region after spectrums are allocated to cells of the target group domain in an overlap region according to the reconfigurable spectrums. By use of the disclosure, the spectrum allocation can be implemented during the system reconfiguration, and interference can be effectively suppressed.05-30-2013
20130137444METHOD AND SYSTEM OF USING SMART ANTENNAS FOR BACKHAULING - A method and system for utilizing smart antenna in transmission of messages between nodes are disclosed. A wireless communication system includes a plurality of nodes, and each node is capable of being connected to each other node. At least a portion of the nodes are provided with a smart antenna configured to generate a plurality of directional beams. Each node maintains a list of other nodes and beam configuration information to be used in transmission of messages to other nodes. When a source node is required to transmit to a target node, the source node retrieves the beam configuration information and transmits with a directional beam directed to the target node.05-30-2013
20130137443Method and Apparatus Having Improved Handling of State Transitions - A method, in a wireless communications device, for transitioning between communication states, the wireless communications device compliant for use in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), the method comprising: checking for radio bearer mapping information for the communication state being transitioned to prior to sending an update message, where the transition between communication states is not a transition from a paging state to a bidirectional communication state using shared channels; and transitioning to the state to be transitioned to using the checked radio bearer mapping information for that state and sending the update message.05-30-2013
20100291938METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR HIERARCHICAL CELLULAR SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION FRAME FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Described herein is a resource allocation method for a hierarchical cellular system, and a transmission frame for performing the method. A macrocell dedicated resource and a shared resource are respectively controlled based on a usage rate of the macrocell dedicated resource and a usage rate of the shared resource. The macrocell reports a usage plan of the shared resource that the macrocell uses to a small cell, and the small cell may allocate the shared resource to terminals based on the usage plan of the shared resource. A control message related to the usage plan may be transmitted/received via the transmission frame.11-18-2010
20120258722Resource Allocation Method and Device for Foreground Switch of J2ME Application - A resource allocation method and a resource allocation device for foreground switch of a J2ME (Java 2 Micro Edition) application are provided in the present invention. A JAVA application program receives a first message from a JAVA virtual machine when switching to background from foreground, wherein the first message carries information indicating that the JAVA application program needs to release partial resources; and the JAVA application program returns a first response message to the JAVA virtual machine so as to realize release of the resources, wherein the first response message carries information of resources to be released and/or information of resources to be reserved for restoring to an executing state. The user experience can be improved and the normal use of local applications can be ensured according to the technical solution provided by the present invention.10-11-2012
20130183989MULTICHANNEL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND CHANNEL USING METHOD - A base station judges whether backup channel of the base station has therein a channel which is not an operating channel of another base station configuring an adjacent cell by the channel management unit, and, if there is at least one channel which is not an operating channel of the another base station, performs fairness processing according to a prescribed etiquette to have one of the channels as an operating channel of the base station, and, if not, determines a base station which requests a release of an operating channel from the another based on the basis of a degree of satisfaction defined as a function of an offered communication traffic within a cell, a transmission rate depending on a propagation environment between the base station and a wireless communication terminal and an actually allocated operating channel number, and performs negotiation processing to cause a release of an operating channel.07-18-2013
20100317361SIGNALLING GAIN FACTORS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a communication network entity for optimizing the radio resource utilization in a communication network system comprising a network side and a user equipment side between which data is transmitted on uplink (12-16-2010
20100317360SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource allocated by a resource grant within a multi-carrier communication system wherein resource grants are specified by control channel element (CCE) subset candidates, the method comprising the steps of identifying the number of carriers used to communicate with the access device, based on the number of carriers used to communicate with the access device, identifying a number of CCE subset candidates to decode and decoding up to the identified number of CCE subset candidates in an attempt to identify the resource grant.12-16-2010
20100317359RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A base station configuring a plurality of sectors adjacent to one another and controlling communication with a plurality of mobile stations, the base station including: a position determination unit configured to determine, for the mobile stations, a mobile station present at a sector boundary and in the vicinity of the base station; and a scheduling unit configured to allocate, to the determined mobile station, a frequency domain that is not used in a sector adjacent to a sector in which the determined mobile station is present.12-16-2010
20100317358RECEIVING APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING DETECTION METHOD - A receiving apparatus includes a synchronization timing detector that detects one of a first sampling timing and a second sampling timing as a synchronization timing of a received digital signal. The first sampling timing being a timing at which a maximum correlation power value is detected and the second sampling timing being a timing adjacent to the first sampling timing. The detecting is based on a correlation power value detected at the first sampling timing, a correlation power value detected at the second sampling timing, a correlation power value detected at a third sampling timing that precedes an earlier one of the first and the second sampling timing by n sampling intervals, and a correlation power value detected at a fourth sampling timing that follows a later one of the first and the second sampling timing by n sampling intervals, where n is a natural number.12-16-2010
20100317357MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROLLER AND METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a first assignment unit configured to assign radio resources to a user in a W-CDMA system, a second assignment unit configured to assign radio resources to a user in a LTE system, a dual mode terminal capable of communicating in the W-CDMA system and the LTE system, and a selection unit configured to select the first assignment unit or the second assignment unit depending on a type of user traffic data in communication with the dual mode terminal. The assignment unit selected by the selection unit determines which of the radio resources is available for the dual mode terminal and signals the determined radio resources to the dual mode terminal.12-16-2010
20100317356APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERWORKING BETWEEN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND MODES - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises signaling by a user equipment (UE) to indicate a support for at least a second frequency band mode in addition to a first frequency band mode, wherein the first frequency band mode and the second frequency band mode have at least one overlapping frequency channel; and receiving from a base station at least one resource allocation message to allocate at least one of a downlink channel and an uplink channel that complies to at least one of a plurality of radio frequency (RF) restrictions of the second frequency band mode.12-16-2010
20120282939METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE AND SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES MESSAGES - Methods and apparatus for enabling short message service (SMS) and supplementary services (SS) in a long term evolution (LTE) network via evolved packet system (EPS) mobility management (EMM) over the LTE control plane are described. In one embodiment, the radio resource control (RRC) connection signaling radio bearer (SRB) is used for SMS and SS transport over the LTE control plane between a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a mobility management entity (MME). EMM interfaces and primitives are defined for actions towards SMS and SS entities for enabling SMS and SS services in LTE via the LTE control plane media. Message formats for SMS and SS message transport are also disclosed for sending SMS and SS messages within EMM uplink (UL) non-access stratum (NAS) transport and downlink (DL) NAS transport messages.11-08-2012
20120282938RADIO BASE STATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION CONTROLLER, ACCEPTED-CELL-NUMBER DETERMINATION PROGRAM, AND ACCEPTED-CELL-NUMBER DETERMINATION METHOD - A radio base station system 11-08-2012
20120282937Network Entity for Mobile Communications Towards a Mobile Station - The present invention relates to a network entity for handling communications towards a mobile station over a communication network, the mobile station being capable of receiving a paging request from a mobile switching center of a pool of mobile switching centers, and, in response to the paging request, of transmitting a paging response over the communication network. The network entity comprises a receiver (11-08-2012
20120282936Methods of PDCCH Capacity Enhancement in LTE Systems - A method is provided for transmitting data scheduling information from at least one transmission point in a cell in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises, in a procedure for generating a PDCCH, the at least one transmission point inserting a DMRS into at least one resource element in at least one REG in at least one CCE that contains the PDCCH, wherein the PDCCH is intended only for at least one specific UE.11-08-2012
20120282935METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING RESOURCE ELEMENTS FOR THE PROVISION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products define additional resource elements of a physical resource block (PRB) to be allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals in a manner that does not create issues relating to backwards compatibility for legacy mobile terminals. A method may include receiving a definition of a plurality of resource elements of a PRB to be allocated for provision of channel state information reference signals. At least some of the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals correspond in position to resource elements of the PRB that are interpreted by a different type of mobile terminal to be muted. The method also causes, channel state information reference signals to be received via the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals.11-08-2012
20130157669Resource Utilization in Wireless Networks - Downlink common control information communicated in a first network (such as a macro network or a small cell) between a first/macro access node and a user equipment UE is mapped to an uplink resource. The first/macro access node and UE then tune to the mapped uplink resource to send or receive dedicated control information about the UE concerning a second network (an underlay network such as a femto CSG or D2D network). In one embodiment the DCI may be within a downlink assignment indicated by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, or SI-RNTI; and the mapping uses a control channel element which carries the P-RNTI or the RA-RNTI or the SI-RNTI. In another the mapped uplink resource is a format 06-20-2013
20130157670Device-To-Device Discovery In Cellular Communications - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for implementing a cellular oriented mechanism such as Random Access (RA) mechanism to support device-to-device (D2D) discovery procedure and D2D connection setup for a direct D2D communication of cellular devices such as UEs, e.g., in LTE wireless systems. The network can provide D2D uplink resource(s) to UEs for setting the D2D communication based on a RACH preamble (e.g., mapped according to a predefined procedure from the discovery signal) received by the network from the UE.06-20-2013
20130157671METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPUTING A SCHEDULED LOAD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for adjusting a scheduled load for one or more user equipment (UE) in a wireless network. A comparison of each of one or more control parameters related to signals received from one or more UEs to a corresponding threshold can be determined. The control parameters can correspond to an in-cell load, rise-over-thermal, etc. The scheduled load of a base station can be adjusted based in part on the comparison. This adjustment can include adjusting the scheduled load by a step-size increase value or step-size decrease value, which can be computed based in part on a target tail probability for the one or more control parameters.06-20-2013
20130157672MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, FEMTOCELLS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING THE SAME - A method for resource allocation for use in a wireless communication system including at least one first femtocell and one neighboring second femtocell is provided. At least one first mobile communications device camps on the first femtocell. The method includes the steps of determining a first group corresponding to the first femtocell and the second group corresponding to the second femtocell according to at least one signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) of the first and second femtocells measured by the first mobile communications device and a threshold, wherein the first mobile communications device is included in the first group and the second group simultaneously, and the first and second groups forms an allocation group when the measured SIR of the first and second femtocells is less than the threshold, and sequentially performing a resource-allocation procedure on each group of the allocation group according to a specific allocation order.06-20-2013
20130157673NETWORK OPERATOR-NEUTRAL PROVISIONING OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques are disclosed for provisioning mobile devices in a network operator-neutral manner in communication networks. For example, a method comprises a mobile device that is operator neutral attaching to a first operator network, and the operator neutral mobile device establishing a provisioning bearer in the first operator network.06-20-2013
20130183990RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A radio communication system according to the present invention is a radio communication system including mobile stations and a base station which performs radio communication with the mobile stations, and includes: 07-18-2013
20130183991METHOD AND BASE STATION SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention pertains to a method for providing access to a mobile communication network comprising at least one base transceiver station, wherein the communication network is being visited by a piece of user equipment having a home operator in a home network. The method comprises at the base transceiver station: receiving a channel request from said user equipment, creating a virtual machine associated with said home operator of said user equipment, establishing a channel using said virtual machine, and allocating channel resources of said at least one base station to accommodate said channel. The invention also pertains to a base station system to carry out the method of the invention.07-18-2013
20130183988LTE SINGLE-CARD DUAL-STANDBY MULTI-MODE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING CONCURRENCY OF ITS CS SERVICE AND PS SERVICE - The present invention is applicable to the field of communications technologies, and provides an method, the method includes: when a CS service and PS service of a local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal are concurrent, detecting, by a local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, whether a peer communication terminal that is performing voice communication with it is in a voice silent period; when detecting that the peer communication terminal is not in the voice silent period, receiving, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, downlink data in an LTE system, and suspending, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, sending of uplink data in the LTE system at the same time; and when detecting that the peer communication terminal is in the voice silent period, sending the uplink data and receiving the downlink data, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, in the LTE system.07-18-2013
20110312329METHOD AND GSM SYSTEM FOR REALIZING FLAT MOBILE COMMUNICATION, AND ENHANCED BASE STATION - The present invention discloses an enhanced base station, which includes a Um interface functional module (12-22-2011
20110312328COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION, AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - A communication terminal is described comprising a determiner configured to determine, for a frequency region, a plurality of first communication devices from which the communication terminal receives a signal via the frequency region; a selector configured to select at least one of the first communication devices based on a predetermined interference criterion; a signal generator configured to generate a signal with an identification of the at least one selected first communication device; and a transceiver configured to transmit the signal to a second communication device, to receive an indication from the second communication device specifying whether the communication terminal should use the frequency region for data communication with the second communication device, and to carry out data communication with the second communication device using the frequency region depending on the indication.12-22-2011
20130190001METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for providing location information in a wireless communication network. The method includes initiating a transmission of the UE's location information to the network when a positioning status of the UE becomes available or when the UE needs to provide the positioning status to the network.07-25-2013
20130115963DECOUPLING RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FROM AN ACCESS GATEWAY - Particular embodiments provide an access gateway that facilitates communication between a plurality of access technologies. The access gateway facilitates data communication with an access terminal through a bearer path. A radio resource manager is configured to provide radio resource management functions for the communications. The radio resource manager is decoupled from the bearer path and provides control of radio transmission characteristics for the bearer path to the gateway. Because the radio resource manager is not in the bearer path, the access gateway may be access technology agnostic. Thus, the access gateway does not need to have access-specific modules based on the radio technology for each bearer path.05-09-2013
20130115962BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in low traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently.05-09-2013
20120009934METHOD FOR INFORMING USER EQUIPMENT OF DOWNLINK CONTROL MESSAGE CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control messages from a base station to a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages.01-12-2012
20120021756CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for receiving control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of receiving setup information on component carriers which are allocated to a terminal from a base station, determining one of 101-26-2012
20120021755RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MULTIPLE USIM MOBILE STATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for resource allocation for a TD-SCDMA multiple USIM mobile station. According to certain aspects, a base station may send allocation for a first call with a first subscriber identity to a UE that supports multiple subscriber identities, wherein the allocation for the first call comprises allocation of at least a first uplink time slot and at least a first downlink time slot in a frequency carrier and send the UE allocation for a second call with a second subscriber identity, wherein the allocation for the second call comprises allocation of at least a second uplink time slot and at least a second downlink time slot in the frequency carrier, wherein the second uplink time slot is different than the first uplink time slot.01-26-2012
20120021754RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND BANDWIDTH DETERMINATION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication device that, even when a terminal erroneously receives a retransmission grant or a response signal from a base station, can reduce the number of other terminals in which the terminal interferes at a retransmission. In this device, a determination unit (01-26-2012
20120021753METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION VIA OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR AND RELATIVE NARROWBAND TRANSMIT POWER - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using resource partitioning are described. A UE may receive or determine information related to received interference and/or future scheduling. The information may be communicated to a serving base station, which may use the information to allocate uplink or downlink resources between cells. The uplink and/or downlink resource may be partitioned in subbands to mitigate interference from adjacent network nodes. The eNBs may communicate, such as directly, via a backhaul connection, and/or between UEs to configure interference coordination and signaling.01-26-2012
20120021752METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to perform assignments in wireless communications are disclosed. A disclosed example method to receive resource assignments at a mobile station involves receiving an assignment message from a network and identifying radio block periods assigned to the mobile station. At least one of the assigned radio block periods is separated from a next occurring one of the assigned radio block periods by at least one non-assigned radio block period. The example method also involves processing downlink transmissions from the network based on the assigned radio block periods.01-26-2012
20130196674METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED SCRAMBLING SEQUENCES - Methods and apparatus for identification of macro-cells and subordinate transmission nodes. In one embodiment, the methods and apparatus are configured for use within a long term evolution (LTE/LTE-A) network, and include a scrambling technique which can facilitate advanced capabilities in which the subordinate nodes possess unique cell identities from the macro-cell. The use of unique scrambling sequences allows subordinate node switching and other advanced multi-antenna techniques in heterogeneous networks. The disclosed methods and apparatus further allow for distinction and detection of signals transmitted from low-power RRHs, femto-cells, etc. and advantageously achieve greater interference randomization gain.08-01-2013
20130196673MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND CELLULAR SCHEDULING AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications may include a housing, a cellular transceiver carried by the housing and configured to operate based upon power levels, and a wireless local area network (WLAN) transceiver carried by the housing. The cellular transceiver may be configured to send timing information to the WLAN transceiver. The WLAN transceiver may be configured to schedule WLAN communications based upon the timing information and the selected power level of said cellular transceiver.08-01-2013
20120034926COMPUTATION OF CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK IN SYSTEMS USING COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - When enabled with common reference signal interference cancellation, a user equipment (UE) may still compute a channel state feedback value with consideration of any canceled interfering neighboring signals. When the neighboring cells are determined to be transmitting data during the time for which the channel state feedback value is being computed, the UE is able to derive the channel state feedback value considering those canceled interfering signals. The UE determines whether each neighboring cell is transmitting during the designated time either by obtaining signals that indicate the transmission schedule of the neighboring cells or by detecting the transmission schedule, such as based on the power class of the neighboring cells. If the UE determines that the neighboring cells are transmitting data during this time period, the UE will compute the channel state feedback value including consideration of the canceled interfering signals.02-09-2012
20120295628Mobile Terminal Device And Control Method Thereof - A cellular telephone device includes: an external connection unit that communicates with a PC; a wireless communication unit that wirelessly communicates with a base station; and a control unit that controls the external connection unit to send data received by the wireless communication unit to the PC or controls the wireless communication unit to send data received by the external connection unit to the base station, in which the control unit controls the wireless communication unit to send information relating to resource assignment corresponding to a data transfer rate of the external connection unit to the base station.11-22-2012
20100081444SYNCHRONIZING BEARER CONTEXT - Bearer context maintained by an access terminal is synchronized with a network so that a change in the status of the bearer context may be reflected at the network. For example, if an access terminal determines that a resource previously requested by the access terminal is no longer needed, the access terminal may deactivate the bearer context locally in a case where the access terminal is unable to communicate with the network. In such a case, the access terminal may synchronize its bearer context with the network once the access terminal reestablishes communication with the network. For example, the access terminal may send a message to the network indicating that the access terminal has deactivated the bearer context.04-01-2010
20130203430METHODS FOR CELL SELECTION BALANCING, COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - The invention relates to a method (08-08-2013
20130203426OPTIMIZING BLOCK RECEPTION FOR SIMULTANEOUS USE OF AT LEAST TWO SIM CARDS - There is described a method for optimizing block reception for products that do support a simultaneous use of at least two SIM cards.08-08-2013
20130203427Method and device for selecting one or more resources for use from among a set of resources - A method for selecting one or more resources for use from among a set of resources comprises obtaining (08-08-2013
20130203428INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference alignment method and apparatus in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a serving Base Station (BS) for uplink interference alignment in a wireless communication system includes estimating a channel for at least one served Mobile Station (MS), estimating an interference channel for at least one neighboring MS, exchanging information about an interference channel with at least one neighboring BS, determining a precoding vector of each of the at least one served MS for configuring interference from all of the at least one neighboring MS as one spatial dimension, and transmitting the determined precoding vector to each of the at least one served MSs.08-08-2013
20120077508Radio Resource Management In Mobile Communication Network Employing Private Base Stations - There is provided a solution for reusing radio resources opportunistically by private base stations to increase the overall capacity of the network. The solution is based on applying an uplink broadcast in a mobile communication, in which information representing a radio resource allocated by a base station to a user terminal is broadcasted.03-29-2012
20130095840ENHANCEMENT OF DEDICATED RANGING IN RESPONSE TO PAGE MESSAGES FOR A MOBILE STATION - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure present methods and apparatuses for enhancing the dedicated ranging procedure. Certain embodiments improve probability of correct reception of a ranging code from a mobile station by accumulating two or more copies of the ranging code received from the MS on two or more different frames in a transmit opportunity. Certain aspects improve probability of correct reception of the ranging code by modifying timing of uplink transmission.04-18-2013
20130095841AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL - In one example, a Bluetooth enabled navigation device pairs with a mobile phone and then sends a plurality of tuning transmissions, each at a different transmission power gain amount, to a remote server using the mobile phone. These tuning transmissions are encoded using frequency tones that synthesize speech for transmission through the mobile phone and a voice channel of its wireless telecommunications network. The navigation device then tunes transmit power settings according to a received response to the tuning transmissions and uses the tuned transmit power settings for subsequent transmission to the remote server using this particular mobile phone.04-18-2013
20120094679Determination Of Carrier Frequency Scanning Priority In Communications - Various methods are provided to address some of the current issues in selecting a carrier frequency. Some embodiments include estimating (04-19-2012
20130210446SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of communicating in a mobile telecommunication network (08-15-2013